&EPA
             United States
             Environmental Protection
             Agency
              Office of Water
              Program Operations (WH-547)
              Washington DC 20460
EPA 43019-76-001
February 1976
             Water
Anaerobic
Sludge
Digestion
Operations
Manual
                                       MO-11

-------













E DIGESTION
O
Q
00
o
03
O
CC
LU
J
3
<
CO

O
1-
OPERA



























-








—































X
a
Uj
a.
a.
<









^
fe<
a m
?





E
n oc
PART
POTPOU




Z
o
<
PART 2
ROCESS OPER
a.



CD

O co
H X D
DC CO —
1 3S
°- co
O
cc
1-















<



SSARY
O
_I
0








1

CO



THEORY





CQ


CO
LU
O
111
a:
LU
LL
LU
a:








1

LO
CM

^

TYPES OF
EQUIPMENT





O
Q
111
1-
co
>
P
<
_i
a.








Q



ni
_i
0 <
F>
1- -D
uj a
S UJ
1 1

T—
rn '
z ^
H
o
FACTORS AFFE
DIGESTION






CO

•"*

DIGESTER
CONTROL
LU LL CD X

5 z w

(0 w ^ ct LU
1- < LU < I
Uj D (E LT w
DQ CL r~ Q Q
^ O *C 2 ^
-1 LL Q<
^nr^ i i i




•
1 1 ! !














CM
CO

{2
MANPOWER
REQUIREME





CO
CO


SAFETY





t-
co


DIGESTER
START-UP





CM
CO


TOXIC
MATERIALS
in g>
CM ^
CO M


W
LU CO
DC fc
1 1 1 1 1 1

CM
CM.



PLANT
REVIEW

1











CM
U
Z
0

LU
CD Q
O —

Q_ (2









00
CM



EQUIPMENT
OPERATION









r^
T—
CM


PROCESS
CONTROL









CO
CO
CM


CHEMICAL
USAGE








1 1 1














LU
h-

oc
LU ~
CO Q-

,_ |_

l 1













-------
          HOW TO USE THIS
          REFERENCE  INDEX

This is an abbreviated Index designed to give
you  quick  access  to the  most important
or most often used subsections of the manual.

If you need  more detail  on manual  sections,
or want  to cross-reference various  sections,
see the inside covers and  pages iii through ix.
Pages x through xii tell you what this manual
covers and how to use it.

To find materials covered by this index, fan
the manual to locate the edge marked  page
corresponding to the edge mark on this page.
      QUICK REFERENCE INDEX

CONTENTS                           iii

PART I  - TROUBLESHOOTING      1-1
          GUIDES
PARTII-DIGESTER OPERATION   2-1

  Digester equipment operation        2-8

  Digester process control             2-17

  Chemicals for digester control        2-33

PART III-POTPOURRI              3-1

  Manpower requirements             3-2

  Safety                            3-6

  Digester Start-up, interruption,
  and cleaning                       3-11

  Toxic Materials                     3-21

  Heavy Metal Toxicity               3-23

  Gadgets                           3-29

PART IV-THE  BASICS             4-1

  What factors affect sludge digestion   4-11

  Digester control                    4-16

  Types of Equipment                4-20

APPENDICES

  Glossary                            A-1

  Digester Test Procedures              E-1

  Formulas and Calculations            F-1

  Data Review and Graphing            G-1

-------
                                   NOTES

To order single copies this publication, MO-11, "Operations Manual
Anaerobic Sludge Digestion", Write to:

                         General Services Administration (8BRC)
                         Centralized Mailing Lists Services
                         Building 41, Denver Federal Center
                         Denver, Colorado  80225

Pleas© indicate the MO number and title of publication.  Multiple copies
may be purchased from:

                         National Technical Information Service
                         Springfield, Virginia  22151

-------
EPA 430/9-76-001
                   OPERATIONS MANUAL
              ANAEROBIC
                    SLUDGE
                DIGESTION
              by
          CHUCK ZICKEFOOSE
           R. B. JOE HAYES
          PROJECT OFFICER
         JAMES O. BRYANT, JR.
       MUNICIPAL OPERATIONS BRANCH
     OFFICE OF WATER PROGRAM OPERATIONS
          WASHINGTON, D.C.

             for the

     OFFICE OF WATER PROGRAM OPERATIONS
     U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
        WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
         CONTRACT NO. 68-01-1706
           FEBRUARY 1976

-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This manual  was prepared for the office of
Water  Program  Operations of  the  United
States   Environmental   Protection  Agency.
Development and preparation of the manual
was  carried  out by  the firm  of  Stevens,
Thompson  & Runyan, Inc., Portland, Oregon,
under the direction of Chuck Zickefoose and
coauthbred by R. B. Joe Hayes.  Recognition
is also due to many plant operators for their
assistance in providing  information  for the
manual  and for  comments on material con-
tent.  EPA  coordination  and   review  was
carried out by James 0. Bryant, Jr., Office of
Water Program Operations.
                 NOTICE

The mention of trade names of commercial
products in this publication is for illustration
purposes and  does not  constitute  endorse-
ment or recommendation for use by the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
This  document is  available to  the  public
through  the  National Technical  Information
Service,  Springfield, Virginia  22151  and is
available for sale through the Superintendent
of  Documents, U.S.  Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C.  20402.

-------
CONTENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL                    .               Inside Front Cover
READY REFERENCE GUIDE                                   Inside Back Cover

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS                                                     ii .
CONTENTS                                                ,             iii
LIST OF FIGURES                       "     •  '  •                      viii
LIST OF TABLES                        . ..'                   .           ix
INTRODUCTION                               •                           x
HOW TO USE THIS MAN UAL                  •                             xi

PART 1 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES
    TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ANALYSIS CHECK LIST                     1-2
 '•'  TROUBLESHOOTING                                              '1-3
 1   LOADING                             '           '  . .   •   •       1-4
 2  SUPERNATANT                                                   1-5
 3  DIGESTED SLUDGE                                                1-7 '
 4  SLUDGE  PUMPING AND PIPELINES                                    1-8
 5  SLUDGE  TEMPERATURE CONTROL USING INTERNAL COILS              1-9
 6  SLUDGE  TEMPERATURE CONTROL USING-EXTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGERS  1-10
 7  SLUDGE  MIXING-GAS MIXERS                                       1-11
 8  SLUDGE  MIXING-MECHANICAL MIXERS                              1-12.
 9  SCUM BLANKET                                          "         1-13
10  DIGESTER GAS SYSTEM                              '              1-14
11   DIGESTER COVERS-FIXED                                         1-16
12  DIGESTER COVERS-FLOATING                                      1-17
13  DIGESTER COVERS-GAS HOLDER TYPE                               1-18
14  TOXICI.TY        .                  .-•.-.-'               1-19

PART 2  DIGESTER OPERATION
PLANT REVIEW                                                    '•  . 2-2
    Plant Review Check List                              ..•••••  :  •-,-•  ; 2-4
DIGESTER EQUIPMENT OPERATION                                      2-8
    Equipment Operation Guides
        Pretreatment                  '•                                2-9
        Raw Sludge Pumps                                              2-10
        Digester Covers                                                 2-11
        Mixers                                                       2-12
        Internal Heaters                  .   '                            ^"^
        External Heaters                    '     ;  '••''"'"    ;  "         2'14
        Recirculation  Pumps                                             2-15
        Supernatant                                                   2-16
                                                                       in

-------
DIGESTER PROCESS CONTROL   '  '   •
    Introduction
    How to Set up a Feed Schedule
         Control of Excess Water
         Feed Schedule Interval
         Operation Guide 1—Digester Feeding
    How to Control Loading
         Organic Loading Survey             •  '                  .
         General Loading Guidelines
         Methods for Determining Digester Capacity
         Operation Guide 2—Digester Loading
    How to Control Digester Temperature
         Operation Guide 3—Digester Temperature Control
    How to Control Mixing
         Scum Blanket Control
         Operation Guide 4—How to Control Mixing
    How to Control Supernatant Quality and Effects
         General Guidelines for Supernatant Control
         Operation Guide 5—Supernatant Control
    How to Control Sludge Withdrawal
    How to Use Lab Tests and Other Information for Process Control
         Important Indicators
         Importance of Samples in Process Control
         Sample Points for Control Information
         Non-Standard Tests
         Digester Profiles
    Operations Check  List
    Preventive Maintenance Check List
CHEMICALS USED IN DIGESTER CONTROL
    Control of pH
         Lime
         Anhydrous Ammonia
         Other Chemicals Used for pH Adjustment

PARTS  POTPOURRI
MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS FOR ANAEROBIC DIGESTION OPERATION
  AND MAINTENANCE
    Introduction                    •''''• •'
    Estimating Time Requirements
    Job Descriptions
    Training Digester Operation  Personnel
SAFETY
    Basic Cautions
    Maintenance Safety                •
    Danger Areas
    Digester Safety Devices               . •  -,      ..-.      •  .,,   •
    Safety Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-20
2-21
2-21
2-22
2-22
2-22
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-26
2-26
2-27
2-29
2-29
2-30
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-35
2-36
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-3'
3-4
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-8
3-10
IV

-------
DIGESTER STARTUP, INTERRUPTION AND CLEANING                 ,.
     Introduction
     Starting a New Digester                          .        •
         Single Digester—No Seed Available
         Multiple Digester—No Seed Available
         Single Digester—Seed Available
       .  Multiple Digester—Seed Available                          .
         High Rate Digesters—No Seed Available                    _
     Interruption of Normal Process Without Draining        .".'
         Mechanical Repairs                             •      .
         Temperature Loss
         Hydraulic Washout
         Organic Overload
         Toxic Loading
     Cleaning of Digesters
         Single Digester  Plants                .  .                 .._..„.
         Multiple Tank Plants             .   ,  ,     ,    .
         I n-House or Contract           ,
     Basic Equipment Needed for Cleaning
     Safety Precautions
     General Information                    .'.--..-
TOXIC MATERIALS                    . .      _.  . •      ...    ,,:
     Introduction                     :           ,   .  -     :
   •  General Plans and Procedures            ,:
     Prevention                                              .           ,
         Alkali and  Alkaline Earth Salt Toxicity   .                     •
         Ammonia Toxicity
         Sulfide Toxicity                                  . ,
          Heavy Metal Toxicity                                 .
CASE HISTORIES
     Loading
         ' Controlling Waste Activated Sludge Loading in a Digester
          Use of Soda Ash to Control Organic Overload
          How One Plant Controlled its Hydraulic Overload by Using Polymer
          Grit Removal in a Single-Stage Digester
          Breaking up a Scum Blanket with a Pump
     Mixing                                                        '
          Use Motor Amperage Readings to Indicate Impeller Wear
      Line Plugging                                    - -    .'.-."•
          How to Unplug a Supernatant Line
          Freezing a Sludge Line to Install a Valve  .-:..,
     Toxicity                            •
     Cold Weather Problems
          How to Prevent Freezing Digester Pressure Relief Valves
     'Digester Draining                                                 :
          How One  Plant Solved its Sludge Removal Problem         ,
          How to Control Odors Using  Hydrogen Perioxide
      Plant Startup
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-23
3-23
 3-23
 3-25
 3-25
 3-25
 3-25
 3-25
 3-25
 3-25
 3-26
 3-26
 3-26
 3-26
 3-26
 3-26
 3-27
 3-27
 3-27
 3-27
 3-27
 3-27

-------
GADGETS
    Digested Sludge Sampler
    Gas Production Estimator
    Scum Blanket Finder
    Supernatant Line Purge Device
    Automatic Pump Shut-off Control
    Raw Sludge Thickness Control
    Supernatant Selector

PART 4  THE BASICS
SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
WHY DIGEST ORGANIC SOLIDS?
WHAT MATERIALS ARE REMOVED FROM WASTEWATER?
WHAT TYPE OF DIGESTION? AEROBIC OR ANAEROBIC?
WHAT HAPPENS INSIDE AN ANAEROBIC DIGESTER?
WHAT ARE THE PRODUCTS?
    Gases
    Scum
    Supernatant
    Digested Sludge
HOW IS DIGESTION AFFECTED BY TYPES OF DIGESTERS?
    Single, Unheated  and Unmixed Digesters
    Single, Heated, Mixed and Covered Digesters
    Two-Tank Systems
    Conventional Versus High Rate Digesters
WHAT FACTORS AFFECT SLUDGE DIGESTION?
    Bacteria
    Food
    Loading
    Contact (Mixing)
    Environment
DIGESTER CONTROL
    External Controls
    Internal Controls
    Process Indicators
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT
    Sludge Heating
    Sludge Mixers
    Digester Covers
    Gas Handling and Control Devices
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-9
4-9
4-10
4-10
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-12
4-12
4-12
4-13
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-20
4-25
4-25
4-27
4-28
4-29
VI

-------
APPENDICES
A        GLOSSARY                                         ,   .-,'.    :

B        REFERENCES                                       '. . .

C        PLANTS VISITED                   ,             .         ;

D        METRIC CONVERSION EQUIVALENTS        .:

E        DIGESTER TEST PROCEDURES
            Alkalinity of Wastewater and Sludge
            Determination of Volatile Acids in Wastewater and Sludge
               Method A-SiI icic Acid Method
               Method B—Non-Standard Titration  Method
               Method C-DistiNation Method
            Sludge Solids                :   .--.;. .
               Total Solids                                             '
               Volatile Sol ids                            ;
            Settleable Matter (Imhoff Cone Test)         '       •
            Sludge (Digested) Dewatering Characteristics               .    .
            Supernatant Graduate Evaluation                       ;
            Gas Analysis

F        FORMULAS AND CALCULATIONS USED IN DIGESTER OPERATION
           CONTROL                                        :•

G        DATA REVIEW AND GRAPHING
            Moving Averages
            Construction of Graphs
            Solids Balance                        .

H        WORKSHEETS                                 :    ,
 A-1

 B-1

 C-1

. D-1

 E-1
 E-1
 E-3
 E-3
 E-6
 E-8
 E-9
 E-9
 E-11
 E-12
 E-14
 E-16
 E-17


 F-1

 G-1
 G-1
 G-2
 G-4

 H-1
                                                                               vn

-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
No.

2-1
2-2

3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7

4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23

G-1
G-2
EXAMPLE OF A SIMPLE LINE DIAGRAM
CORRELATION GRAPH

DIGESTED SLUDGE SAMPLER
GAS PRODUCTION ESTIMATOR
SCUM BLANKET FINDER
SUPERNATANT LINE PURGE DEVICE
PRESSURE SHUTOFF SYSTEM TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO PUMP
RAW SLUDGE THICKNESS CONTROL
SUPERNATANT SELECTOR

DIAGRAM OF MATERIALS REMOVED FROM WASTEWATER
DIAGRAM OF WASTE STABILIZATION
TYPICAL ACID FORMING BACTERIA
OPEN TOP, UNHEATED, UNMIXED DIGESTER
OPEN TOP UNMIXED DIGESTER AFTER 3 TO 6 YEARS
SINGLE COVERED DIGESTER WITH RECIRCULATION
TWO TANK SYSTEM
DIGESTER CONTROL TEST DIAGRAM
GRAPH OF CHANGE SEQUENCE IN A DIGESTER
DIGESTER INDICATOR TEST DIAGRAM
SLUDGE FEED DIAGRAM
HOW VOLATILE SOLIDS ARE CONVERTED TO STABI LIZED SLUDGE
INTERNAL SUBMERGED BURNER
EXTERNAL SUBMERGED BURNER
INTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGER
INTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGERS
EXTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGERS
INTERNAL FIXED MIXERS
INTERNAL MOVING MIXERS
FIXED COVER
FLOATING COVER
GAS HOLDER COVER
TYPICAL FLOW AND INSTALLATION DIAGRAM

DIGESTER DATA GRAPHING EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE OF A SLUDGE SOLIDS BALANCE
Page

2-3
2-18

3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35

4-4
4-6
4-6
4-9
4-9
4-10
4-10
4-16
4-18
4-20
4-21
4-21
4-25
4-25
4-26
4-26
4-27
4-27
4-28
4-28
4-29
4-29
4-30

G-3
G-4
viii

-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table
No.
11-1

II-2

II-3

1 1 -4

1 1 1-1
III-2
IV-.1
IV-2
IV-3
TABLE OF EXPECTED RANGES OF SUPERNATANT
    DIFFERENT TYPE PLANTS      '   ' : '.'.:,  ' ..''•-  ^V''-.
SUGGESTED TESTS AND FREQUENCY-1.2 MGD SIZED 'PLANT,:
    TWO DIGESTERS               , „  .-.,   .  .,..  ,...-.. , -.. ,-.
QUANTITIES OF VARIOUS ALKALIES REQpIRED^TO'NEUTRALIZE:
    VOLATILE ACIDS               '"".-. : "'... V> ' L:'": .'-',.  ""," '-^
CHEMICALS USED IN THE CONTROL OF DIGEStlON .,  "  >'-'"  .  ":
                           -:... •  "-. ". • .;•,: •*.--... •   ' . '•  •'' s • ' » ; •- "i '' •": .; ••'•";
DIGESTER CLEANING CHECK LIST' ,   ' r-,'•• •  .,  "
STIMULATORY AND INHIBITORY CONCENffiATIONS
    AND ALKALINE EARTH CATIONS    '         "
2-24

2-28

2-37
2-38

3-19

3-23
OPTIMUM CONDITIONS.FOR ANAEROBIC DIGESTION  ,  1 , '.'..•'-   ,'•'     4-13
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON DI.G:ESTION_TIME    :   -,' '.''.  " "" :     4-14
DIRECTION OF PROCESS.INDICATORS OCCURRING SUVJULTANBqiJSLY
    INDICATE POSSIBLE DIGESTER PROBLEMS   ,  "  ^^"^":^l     4-24
G-1      GAS PRODUCTION AVERAGE    '
G-2  •. .GAS PRODUCTION AVERAGE ...v',-.. ..... -.,y-.-.
G-3     7-DAY MOVING AVERAGE ,, ,'".'';', :'-',.;,-,,.•'.;!;-
G-4     PLANT MONTHLY REPORT-EXAMPLE"•'•*'. .^.
G-5     INITIAL SOLIDS BALANCE DATA "'" '  '"  ; I,"
G-6     FINAL SOLIDS BALANCE DATA  .... ;  .,  -. .,
G-7     PLANT DATA SUMMARY       '.  .,'.'•..''•••..'••:='.•
                                                              G-1
                                                              G-1
                                                              G4
                                                              G-2
                                                             VG-5
                                                             -. G-6
                                                              :G-6
                                                                        IX
                                                                      1:. ^

-------
INTRODUCTION
The  purpose of this  manual  is to satisfy a
current need  in anaerobic digestion for a
guide to digester operation and maintenance
for plant operators.

This   manual    covers   three   important
considerations:

 1. It provides a probem solving guide useful
   in identifying and solving a digester prob-
   lem and  in  identifying and eliminating
   potential problems.

 2. It presents routine operational techniques
   for  process  control  and  maintenance.

 3. It provides the general background neces-
   sary  to understand how anaerobic diges-
   ters work.

The  development of this manual began with
contacting  and  visiting  many  operators at
different  plants  throughout   the country.
Their comments have been incorporated in
the manual. Use was  also made of the  vast
amounts of literature contributed over the
years by scientists  and engineers seeking to
advance  or to explain the state of the art.

Case history examples of problem solving and
operational  experiences  are   presented  in
Part  111.

The  overall  aim  is  to provide a manual  for
operators,   drawn   from   experiences   of
operators, with  useful information for the
designer and other interested persons as well.

-------
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual is not like other books that you
have seen on the subject of sludge digestion.

HOW IS IT DIFFERENT?

o   You  don't  have to read page 89 after
    page 88 if you don't want to.
o   If you read only three pages and get a
    good idea, it's worth it.  -
o   Start where you want to, stop where you
    want to.

HERE'S HOW IT WORKS—

The manual is divided  into four parts and an
Appendix. Each has a different use.

o   Got a specific problem? Check your plant
    check list, then go to the Troubleshooting
    Guides in Part I.
o   Want  to analyze your digester and see
    how  it  compares with others?  Look  in
    Part II.
o   Are you curious to know what "toxicity"
    means in a digester? Look in Part III for
    this title. Other useful topics are also found
    in  Part III, such  as Manpower, Safety,
    Start-up, Case Histories and Gadgets.
o   Want to bone up on what makes a digester
    "tick"? Look at "The Basics" in Part IV.
o   Need    more   information?   Look  in
    Appendix B for reference material. Need
    worksheets to  apply  ideas presented  to
    your plant? Look in Appendix H.
HOW TO FIND YOUR WAY AROUND IN
THE BOOK—

Parts I, It and ill assume that  the reader is
familiar with the process of anaerobic sludge
digestion.   Those  not  completely  familiar
with the process are encouraged to read and
study Part IV, "The Basics."

Page
No.

1-1    Troubleshooting—Fourteen   separate
       topics that  concern  operators  are
   '.    shown in chart form.

2-1    Plant Check  List—This has space for
       you to fill in the blanks using informa-
       .tipn from your own plant and lab re-
       cords. Use this to see how you compare
       with the "average." Use it to pick out
       problem  points, places where  you
       might have trouble in the future or
       where your digester looks pretty good.
       Follow the references for more infor-
       mation on the subject.

2-6    Process Operation—This section has a
       chart  with some  of the operation
       procedures used  in some plants and
       examples of how test results can  be
       used  in  digester control. References
   "   .listed  here show where  to get more
       information.
                                                                                      XI

-------
Page
No.

3-1
4-1
A-1
inside
front
cover
inside
back
cover
Potpourri—(This  is a  four-bit word
meaning  "many  things  are found
here.")  Personnel, gadgets, and several
other  topics  are stuck  back here.
Flip through it.

The Basics—Here some of the things
you already  know  are listed  along
with some things you  possibly didn't
know.  Simplified diagrams show cut-
aways,  illustrations on digesters and
pieces  of equipment.  This will  be of
most use to  new operators. (Note the
words  in bold  type,  these will  be
found   in  the   Glossary   in   the
Appendix.)

Appendix—Every  manual  needs  an
Appendix. Look here for the glossary,
references,  metric equivalents  and
work   sheets.  Additional   literature
sources for  subjects  introduced  but
not covered in detail  are also located
here.

Information Flow Diagram—A  quick
guide to  the major  headings can  be
used to find  the major subject of in-
terest.  Then go  to the Table of Con-
tents  for subtitles or the Reference
Key on the inside back cover.

A Subject Index, located on the inside
back  cover  is  a block diagram that
shows   where a topic is  discussed.
NOW	

   You have  some idea what's inside. Flip
   through  the pages,  get acquainted with
   how the  Troubleshooting  Guide works,
   scan the charts, diagrams and worksheets.
   Get an idea of what's inside.

FINALLY	

   Remember  that conditions, arrangement
   and parameters  will vary from  plant  to
   plant depending on design, load,  waste,
   etc. The values presented in this manual
   are typical, but may vary.

   See how the contents  relate to what you
   have "in your  own backyard." Take a
   look at the Plant Review Check List start-
   ing on page 2-4. Look  at your system and
   fill  in  the information that  represents
   what your system is  and how it's working.

   After that  is  done,  go to  the section  or.
   sections that  will  help answer the ques-:
   tions raised.

   Most of all—don't try to read the manual
   cover to cover—pick  the parts that interest
   you most.

THE NEXT MOVE IS YOURS	
XII

-------
                                                  PARTI
        TROUBLE
Troubleshooting
Guide Number

    1

    2

    3

    4

    5

    6
    9

   10

   11

   12

   13

   14
            Troubleshooting Guide

LOADING

SUPERNATANT

DIGESTED SLUDGE

SLUDGE PUMPING AND PIPELINES

SLUDGE TEMPERATURE CONTROL USING INTERNAL COILS

SLUDGE.TEMPERATURE CONTROL USING EXTERNAL HEAT
EXCHANGERS

SLUDGE MIXING-GAS MIXERS

SLUDGE MIXING-MECHANICAL MIXERS

SCUM BLANKET

DIGESTER GAS SYSTEM

DIGESTER COVERS-FIXED

DIGESTER COVERS-FLOATING

DIGESTER COVERS-GAS HOLDER TYPE         „

TOXICITY

-------
Eo
m **r o
CD O £_
.— O ~CO 4-< •)-
•+- ^ m o co
0 0. £ Q) .0
+-• CD co t -a
co -c c o c:
— +-• F o •—
Q- "a •= o CD
CD r— 1ZH •• c*
4-» .„ CD i^
co tp <-
t5 Q-g §^
™ r~ co to c/]
" ("x. C/5 ^* ^~
CD > -V co O
.C 4-* O CD °
I- -o .2 -5 o
_• '-K -Q .c £
§ ? i "> S
0 0 g £ £
- iliU^
22 £>Bo§

~*^ Q) OT Q* ij n.
v/ Q} p§\ Q) 9-
1 litii
-1- vx CD CD C-
O § ~ 2 °- S
w o E 2 o £
55 -S cS 5 ^ .2
w^ .A ^ TS
5 Il.lii
1 I-lll
^f "^3 ^X M^ CO ^^

Ul •= .E g- 2 CD
^ ^ la" to "3 -+9
§ i 1 -^ § 1
O •> w S" ^-5
2! • "K ,S2 ^
UM Q) C "7^ *^— C
*_ co CD f> 1 — ^
Cj Q. ~~ ..T O
w « Q- « 1 |
"J cS G c g «
-J O CD ' — CO "t^
OQ O H T3 — O
Du~ tr CD C^ CH
f> ^J m "-3 ^
O ni S "^ CO
£JC _^ CD 0 CD E
1- 1- £ a.£ ^




C?
U
S
£
§
I 5
O to
£ o:
3 I 1
S 15.|
D g .E S
W O *5 t)
t/5 cu '— ft*
S o a: o
O














.2
<3 o*
£ CO
3 to
^ " 0
•g E 'g
OJ ~ O
^ •- 15


NX > ^
o 1 8 S
1- co £ co

^^
^**^^^
T-^T"


CD
CO
O
a.
CO
CD
i—
CD
1
CD


a, ro
= ^ >
S . 1 1 1
i^ J3 -O o> 3
te a -s s o-
> 01 5; j> S
i 1 1 1 I
C3 -J ct Q. CL

•i-1
CO
CD
CD
-C
u.
O
M —
3
05
~
1 i ^ '

^ 5 S
a- S 5
(D O
O .2 To a
Z C •- in
X 1 C u
_ fl) Q) O
S 5 ui oT
C
§**
^
%
&
1





>
d5 d g 1
fo* | 1 Q. S
&^ .s a s, c
•D fo ro TJ -D £
^ ^ = — — £
'OT £ ™ -0 "D ' >
S 1 E * 5J = "
y E O CO CD 5 0) .
_" *"* 3"D 3*~ COD)
He) ~ Kei w3 3
^£ CD 'o01 *Cj4-t +-^-
aiS9 c cu3 

a,
•a
ill
1 I !
CO c °
e S '1
1 c§ a
Z s- <-
•d
* 1 ,j -
? S E s
1 111
S -6 •= ° S,
£ 5 c S •-
s ? ° -S ^
13 2 JS S "o o
2 01 0 £ n> >-ri
a 1 | | r -g |
3 3 i c! i. Si
0 01 0

Q ir £ „ g

£
J£ — 	 Q)
(JO) — f
S T l- *"*
SUO1VOIQNI g jo g 5




1-2
IN O i_
-J M 5 OT g
CO UJ C -. o
— CO ^ -D "JO
co 3 £ = H >. a>
° 0 S J ill
(S   O
h-   1-
r~   m   a
(3   d   C3
^r   in   CD
O   O   O
H   h-   I-

r-^   CN   CO
H
O
^
S

o>
O
1-

^j.
1-







•z.
Q
<
O
_J

C3
K-

*~
CM
(H
(-

CN
CO
(T
1-

co

o
1-

*

-------
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting begins by knowing the
system. The operator needs to know:

 1. What each part of the system is supposed
   to do.

 2. How each process or piece of equipment
   operates normally.

 3. How to recognize abnormal conditions.

 4. What alternatives are available when
   trouble develops.

Briefly, to recognize when something is bad
you must know how it works when no
trouble exists.

-The purpose of this section is to present a
ready and quick operator's reference to
process problems and their solutions. They
have been drawn from operator's experience
in dealing with these problems and from the
many authors who have contributed their
knowledge.

The Trouble Guides are arranged in columns
as explained below:     ,

INDICATORS. The information in this
column shows what has been indicated or  .
observed by the operator.
PROBABLE CAUSE. This shows the most
likely cause of the indicated upset.

CHECK OR MONITOR. The operator should
perform the listed monitoring until the pro-
cess has recovered. Usually no single  indicator
tells the whole story.

SOLUTIONS. The operator should perform
any of the suggested solutions available to
him as indicated.

REFERENCES. This column could be entitled
"Help!" The numbers appearing in this
column show where in the manual,the opera-
tor can find additional information.

Reading across the page, follow the numbers.
As an example, the number one in the
Solutions column  refers to the number one in
the Indicator column.
                                                                                 1-3

-------

o
DC
CO
UJ
u
H
UJ
cc
III
u.
UJ
cc
LUTIONS
O
CO






cc
o
•ZZ
2
O


cc
o
0
UJ
I
o






UJ
CO
^
o

UJ

CO
ca
0
a.







CO
CC
5
o
5
5

CM
i
^l
r>ooo«*cocMT— co
iiVViiVi


If ratio increases to 0.3:
Add seed sludge from secondary
digester (or)
Decrease sludge withdrawal rate
to keep seed sludge in digester
(and/or)
Extend mixing time.
Check sludge temperatures
closely and control heating if
needed.
. ro J3 d T3
TJ
Q)
s s
•— tr
B g
51 tn
'IE
O Q>
— XJ „.
O o -rj • "5 =^ g
o '5 > < H
5 -a ...

r—
a. Si
E "§
ED.""
s H
w> O :i
^ — — t
-O .{3 O
•g £ °
S IH en
Jo ° c
° (O §
a> - co
C C *"
;r- Q ^
T3 .— JC
III
111
^

5? o -ri
^ -^ ro
'5 ro O
ro >- —
*^J O
— < ,y
> *^ 3
Q) > 2
"P "^^ "^
'm != o
'= J §
 .— .
c2
'5."o
E £
QJ (O
05 "o
3 >
"^ 4— Qj

o ^ =

'c o -a
O g 0)
S O3 H-

CM'

o
+J CO
!8-1
15 Jri
._ c
•M ro
V) 4-1
-^ CJ

" (D
o " ti
r- C
CD ._ CO
2*  ._E 'E
< "ro o
CM




>g
CM


Continue 1b, 1c and 1d as above
and starting adding lime or other
caustic solution using1 the volatile
acids to calculate the amount.
CO






,j
d
i_
3 CD
"^ M

co ro

ro oj
g CD
ro -O
CO









CM

-a

ro
r—
0)
CD
CO
CO
in .E
O CM .
o O S>
*-" O ro
« u_ O
S? ^ o
**- c c
.° .2 'o
<-• -H 4=
£ £ 
" •£ r
•^ S iS
< o «
> o S3
< 0 CO
> OJ (U
— "5 ^
CO



CO CO «- ^" S
CM CO CM CO (3
CM CM CO CO 1—


Add lime or other caustic
solution.
Decrease loading to less than 0.01
Ib. vol. solids/cu.ft./day until
ratio drops to 0.5 or below.
ro -Q


CD
O c
-Q 2
ro p
•0 0 ^
£j ' O
ro 0} -£j
™ "O o
T) M^ i_
~ 1 |

ro C iJ 3
j_ 0> O -"
2 §"§S
•— 1- u O
S'g.-ag
S x g'cc
ro -Q cj










CM

•a
c
ro
CD
CD
CO
•*

X CM ^
CD O £ O 1
•£ -r> O c C
> C ^ •£ 'S
oo ro -a JH +•
? o lr °
O i- CD ^5 ,<2

CD O C ^f "
y^ 4-J •— 1 C
• — . . _. (^ _
i— +-1 CD Z_4. Q
o || S 2
— S g D. X
*








Install some type of measuring
indicator and attach a cord to
the floating cover so that the
end can indicate the distance
the dome travels when pumping
in and not removing supernatant.
Calculate the amount pumped in
a 24-hour period by this method.
Volume computed by the inch
or by the foot.
in


































&_

0
_>•
2 ~9
o £
Q- -5
*r vt
% C
|1
S C
LO
   1-4

-------
h-

<
oc
LU
Q.
CM
LU
o
o
o
i
C/3
LU
_l
CO
3
O
cc
CO
LU
O
LU
CC
LU
U-
LU
CC




40
o
H'
_] '
O
CO

MONITOR
cc
O
x.
o
Ul
0




LU
CO
1

LU
_l
CO
<
CO
O
cc
0.
CO

o
H«—

>
cc
LU
CO
CD
o
CO
cc
IT
o

Q
2





CD
CN •*

_
il fi*
o <2 S .5? o
•S £ =5 -a •"" "'
<-> S! c . c o
D O- ._,_.+-•
•Q S >-a >
o i" " E -° 25
• — i " i— f
.1± g C CD CD •
•a a .° Z CD c
C i- +3 ° c ••-
82 "f-l -'S
+j _Q C ' C — Q3
— •— . — Q CO D) M—
1 5 S § Ff.E c
•£ Q. g .2 0 -1£ g
i € s |E g I |

co -Q
JO
d o
. • *— ' i—
3 § >5
S1 S | 5
2 g ,E >. en
CU v- sx CO C
S. '5 o ^ -x
-Q £ a ^ 'g
^ g, ™ "g 2
to CD ro "tn 5
TT > D) "D £
-° 'S5 C = c
E S '-5 o S
3 O CTJ • 0
OT UJ J § -0
cd -Q

C

to Jo
E E
CD -r-
0. Q_
3 2"
o
C 03
•n ro
03 fS
> «
J "i! -
E05 .
CZ y

U_ ifc  g 2- -a Q £ ^
c^ ^

O
Dl
Q- c .
3 '5 c .;
°> -| .2 "cl
~ E S S
"CO -g 3
a> ._ TD o
i—  O O
-° a) fe *=
4^0"- •*-•
OJ X « OJ
,V QJ CC . _V^
c >. o> c

— JU ^ —
.0 __ ._ _o
ECU trt C
w OJ c
o ii X o
C/0 O QJ C/0
CO -O
CM
•.E ..Q .._ ..., .. . __ .,=
ECD
S*
g 2
V) *"
O ~D>
S -1

•- E
C o
5 ^ ! ,
Q. ^x
C CO 4->
a. £ cE
E S..E '

— i  a.
CM'


,.\
•••- . - -'-^\
1 C33
/ CN

CD C
0) C O C
c t; c g -43 o
1* 11 111 1
 CO -^ cj i-
^T ^~ ^ ^"^ fli ^"T ^"^ i • to qj u
^ Q- ..r - ^ • ' c f— fn o *^ ' -
IcoJjjTi™ ^ oOTJaj"
E.+J-.t»£<8:5.{3 § c ^ O *
11 If 111 I sllll
o? • -a " :
.' » . . '
§* . o „ •=••-£••
j_ 4_i X °* CD k—
C i- O — o
C ~ . ' O *•" >. C CD
§<2 ^w-P-aco .cu
'^ "ciaro"'5 •
So o.2Q--i-' _ CD
~ O <-" -P  .§ 8 
-------
 O
o
I

cc
LU
O.
CM

LU

Q
o
o
X
CO
LU
_J
CQ
3
O
cc
CO
LU
O
-z.
LU
CC
LU
LU
LU
CC




LUTIONS
o
CO

ECK OR MONITOR
o





LU
CO
3
<
O
LU
_1
CO
<
CO
o
cc
a.
CO
Z
O
£
^>
CC
LU

CO
O
O
Q







T^ ^-

0 CD
1- H



u
Add lime or other causti
SeeTG 1, "Loading."
SeeTG 14, "Toxicity."
t
CO ^ U
00
pH of supernatant should be 6.
SeeTG 1, "Loading."
See TG 14, "Toxicity."
to JQ u
.
| c |
~~ 4-* ^
00 CO
2 -"~ t
fe 2 S
(!) O) ^
^O) 1^ 2
-"Sri
rn ^ O
|f |J
H C§ c?H
cd J3 6


•
0 °
•§ 8
13 O

vt ^*
ro co
1'i.jj
Us
to .+; en
C CD T3
CD C *%-
Q. C >•
3 S ™
CO *: T3
^

O3 +J E
.S = ,_ 3
S 2 — S
S> E y «
Allow longer periods for
before withdrawing supei
Adjust tank operating lev
draw-off pipe to get into

in -0
%
Put 10-20 liters in glass carboy
and observe separation pattern.
Locate stratum of supernatant
by sampling at different depths
to -Q
LO
_C
O> 4-J
3 0
O c
— ^~ 55
- .12 Q.
Q_ C/) 3
3 "*•!-»
.ill
^ o i1
s i's
to 'i s

H £2
LO

C C
1 ? z .
i_ 5J ^ x
Schedule pipe revision fo
possible time when diges
be dewatered.
Increase digested sludge
withdrawal rates. CAUTI
Withdrawal should not e:

O -a

Determine volatile solids con-
tent. Should be close to value
found in well mixed sludge
and much lower than raw
sludge.
Compare feed and withdrawal
rates-check volatile solids to
ej ~d
CO
V)
O
O CD .i
o .E "°
o — .n
"*-^ .r* o
•"-• n 3
c 9 o
III
Q) 4., .b
.tl> C > Q)
<" § £ -a
a> ra -a ^
. ^ a. '§ 73
^ g 3 * a>
IS si i.
0 TJ
















01 S S"
E »_ 
m -a 3 °>
is =• s s
o •S-S'-S
^ >- = = B
in TO Q oi nj
-a ^ "> o> > '
CD ^- r» C 4-»
0) CD ° •- 0
O D. S. -M to

CD

T3
i
CD
_O)
T3
"3
w>
CD
O)
•a
3
to
4—
CD
S



























    1-6

-------
UJ
O
D
Z3
_l
V)
Q
UJ

S
LU
CO

LU
Q
O
o

w
LU
_1
CD

O
CC
V)
LU
0
US
rf
in
U.
LU
CC



LUTIONS
O
V)


ECK OR MONITOR
3;
u





OBABLE CAUSE
cc
a.








w
CC
i
a
-







r^ co
cj a
1-1-
X c
- C ->.
03 eu cu J^
co" 'o '°- •-
•g ^ o S >•
C3 CT) g, r" o w
1- .5 c -cu ^ ~
g|5 £ g |
cu -O
o
.£ °
Layers of unmixed sludge
tank bottom.
Raw sludge feed point too
to drawoff.
CD .Q

CD
'tj
it
CO
C c
0 •-
•^ ^
^ '5
fe .2
D. CJ 53,
Q- O 'X
cu ^
CU
c
EO
o
O 05
Ll C/1
o °

0 cu
C E
I'i-
^•s
o E
T—






•«—
U
1-


i
w u) CD
— =6 1-
-5 +-1 cu
~g CU CU
< — 1 CO
cu J2 d
CM

c/>
— . "O
Check pH at different leve
Check C02 content of gas
Check ratio of volatile soli
added to primary digester.
cu -Q cj

to
s J

o tG ,j
O .5" o>
pH of digester is t
, Second stage of di
retarded.
Overloaded digest
cu -Q d
CM









O
-a
o
i-
o
CM










t 1
1 ?
£ CM g,
-o ,_ •§>
E £ =
o o> "
i -|.f
-o ~ 5
o E £
« £*
a> O cu
CD CU D i2
-C C -C cu
O L= in .a
CU XI
CO
4-1
*— 5" "53
CD ^ 5>
n_ o w
-^ r* CD
13 «*- ^
W -* D)
2 cu .E
c "5 P
cu tu
Q. -a w
c cu 
Ill-l
a S ^ S
tD -Q
CO





Short-circuiting.
, Excessive mixing.
cu -Q
CO

2: d
05 ^

5 o
O i-t
H-* "£
cu -5
-D1 a.
"w "S
E §.
O .w
O i_
m o
CO




CO
CO «--
44 '-; *



A <-. tu
| * g |
1^2 |
D) 0 3 >
"^ o> ° iB
•K-E " £
•a » § o>
1 1 1-2
•S-SS °
"SsiS .
w _ 5 _ >
£ Ilul-§
o co S3 O i-
c j= S x <"
— T3 Q. cu Q.
cu


Check process indicators.
All should be near normal
values. Check withdrawal
records and compare to
feed records.
_.
•*

ra
O
c
eu
. Not withdrawing
digested sludge.
CO

,._
0)
Q.
i «
1 c £
§ CD .2
"6 * '^
^ 3 CD
H- U5 M
S 03 +j
|.II
Q -o c
*









S "S
OJ i_
o '5 • .
"5 W5
v> CO
•S-i
Crt S
II
.p Q.
C cu
O >.
o C
EO
cu
HI C ' ' ' • -
CD
in

H^ 6
« « S £
|il |_::.
•a ^ S ^. ^5
Q. 2^ 2 c '5 • .
tn CU O CD i-
CU C !^ tU 03
C3 < Q. £ E
. •
ifl
« . - •
_j- . <
0 CU
ws ._

+-• O
_O CU
O i- .
<-• o
.0) ^
S

8 •
OJ
o • - . •
_o
^o. .
H—
O

i
0)
•5.^
p '>
S5 / • . : -
in
1-7
                   JL

-------
to
UJ
2
_i
UJ
a.
a.
Q

<

O
Z
a.
a.
UJ
(3
a
3
_i
cvj
UJ
Q

3
O

O
S


O
O
X
to
UJ
_J
CO
3
o
DC
CO
HI
O
Z
UJ
cc
til
11.
UJ
cc






CO
o
\-

_]
o




cc
o
E
o
S
cc
o
o
UJ
I
o








UJ
CO
D

o
til
_1
CO
CO
0
cc
0.









CO
cc
0
H
5
—






r***
CN


iff! 1.1
§".1 o "c §• §• g1 £ g
J^J"n*J "^ +1* en 'E ro ^
ro ,-Z o "^ *~ "U O c ^
stlfltpi
1 1 1 1 1 i ! 1 1
1 >-s 1 i<| |2
l-l'll f IN ||
!3 — "o Q.-1"" o" 'o to
,_:
co
.£ 1 -
^..2 0
E g> E
S 5 £ 15
1 | o o
W> Q. "*"* . _C
*> CD CD •*-•
« JZ "co .E -o
= " § g ^
° '^ g 1 1
A c CD cn
— U. 4-1 y—
ro C C w .E
Q E co '« .«
co -Q cj

s .
O ""^
15 Q.

en 5
.E Q.

8 -°
o "-•
D> QJ
C <-J

•g s
J3 cu
T3 <"
n cn

*~*
«-•


> cu
It
n fo
O 0)
'43 -T)
S ^
t; T/>
c >
s I
c "-
o c
CJ • —
11
_ o
CO C
<-'



*






cS ° « ^ 2! ^
'^ "SroCv-ro^^G
^ CJ) "S — +^ ^ ^ "ro C ^
Q C > 42 "ca § .E • •*-* i^. "^
1 2 § 1 1 -g 1 "1 § 1 1
Q. r— ^" 5 "*"* *fl _C Q *••. •*«*
*— ^- QJ ^ CO ^—i "^ 3
f ||||| || 1 ..6 ^
Il«lill§l2^|
* _O ^J Q. 4-1 ^— 4-* M — ty) ^^ p. ^3
• • «rr co Q)
CO -Q CJ ,/*« ^ ^«
CN O « «


"co
I!
en
O
•s
* S
|1
CO QJ
+-* t/>
o S
1- o

csi


£ E
_cn §
— Q.
O7 ...
c 2
J.E
= "g
en"5

s-s
£3 c
en CJ> to Q. T3 E .— ™ '""CO-Q
:Bto'|ife-5'l8l|=lS
Jo .en tnCLr^-cbTJ^^ooJii^fz
OQ:aID
Oi_ D
._ *- 
-------
t/i

o
o
cc
111
I-


CD
o
cc
H

o
o
UJ
CC
cc
UJ
Q-

2
LU
I-

LU
O
Q
CO
 UJ
 O
 O
 O

 co
 UJ
 _i
 CO


 O
 cc
CO
LU
P
111
CC
111
111
CC


LUTIONS
O
CO






cc
o
o
•>
&
cc
o
o
HI
P






UJ
CO
p
LU
1
OQ
2
o
cc
Q_
CO

o
1-
^
^
cc
UJ
I
c?
IDICATOR
^





CO *
T— *—
CN 4

>.
"co
't:
CO
0.
g •"!
g E
M- <"
03 ^
— CO
CD >
'5 S _j
-D £ Ig
^ as
CQ ^ cj
co -Q


CO
=" .
c —
=5 §
CO Q-
*—
fe.'S
1-°
E J
+J C
05 i;
1 i
0 c
-o <2
st
1 J2
^




-O
CD
to
0
O
CO ^_
• c ^
'• — ro
.E r
±, ro
o ^*
O CD
.b "1
ro -Q



ra
CD
_
4^
03
'£
^
>ff
|i
5 ra
|1
—1 CD
^










,0
Check by interchanging inlet
and outlet meters.
May require emptying digest
to fix.
ro .Q
CM

C
ra

D) 0)
5 5
£ x:
E!
CD T3
1 S
III
1 1 i-
CN

«
D.
*S
j_
^
V)
C
CO
•t-1
CD 03
t |
— ^
3 CO
ra CD
U. _l
CO ^3
CN
5
ra. O
.C ^
co 2
4-« "D
O ^
c **~
£2 ^
"ro c
"Z. co O
CN








*

1-
c
T3
il "~~
'ra c
Q. o
CD .—
-a 2 :
ro 2 £>
o g —
to _O ro
.3 i2 'r1
CO -Q
CO




F —
s -Q
1- 2
11
II

0 O
H- *f-
^2 J«!
U U
CD CD
.c Ji
O O
0?^






^ CO

-------
CO
cc
UI
X
o
X
UJ
UJ
X
2
CC
UJ

X
UJ

o
2
CO
O
CC
H-
z
o
o
UJ
cc
cc
UJ
Q.
2
UJ
I-
Ul
CD
Q
 CO
 CO
 UJ
 o
 D
 C3
 C3
 Z
 O
 X
 co
 UJ
 _j
 QQ
 r>
 o
 cc
CO
111
0
UJ
cc
UJ
u.
UJ
cc


LUTIONS
O
CO






CC
g
^
o
cc
o
o
UJ
X
u





)BABLE CAUSE
<->
£

CO
0
H
>
CC
UJ
CO
CO
0
CO
cc
p
§
Q
-




CO  £
p y £ •P CD
C— 3 o p^
3 £ O CO CO
C •§ > u> W —~
1 if liPl
g E S. -D |g *
_ » •
1 if Si si
c -gj ? Ill
CO CD -p CD JT o 0
0 0 .E S .S g §•
co J3 d

o

>

cu
D)
Ic
T3
CO
0) Q) C +•* ^ .— •
n > co to 4- p cu
O m r^ *- CO ?> 1-
0> £ "5 m 5 3 3
£ O. 5J CL * 0 •ji
3 o » E S .2 2
2 ^ J * -c .t; S.
§ •§ o '£ 5 •£ ^
^ ||>|~ § £

CO ^3

£
3
O
f
TJ
03
N—
0)
O)
"^
^_ i^
<0 03
M- ra
O c
i|
—i ^S
-










Allow system to cool off.
Check temperature control
circuits.
CO J2
CM


C
O
CD
L.
i
£
Q.
O
^-
g 03
sz c
U 1=
1 &
3 -0
~ 3
^ to

CM


1 +-
~ O
0 SI
cr ^
Temperature override ii
to prevent pumping toe
water through tubes.

CM
O)
c
c

c
D. •
£ ^
Q.
c 42
.2 '5
V> o
CO ^
"5 u
U 1-
•- s
o 5
CD 0
CC D.
CM'









d
CO
03
Open heat exchanger and cl
See TG 4, "Line Plugging."
Increase mixing time.
cd .n 6
CO
CD
3 4-- C
trt 03 •—
"& f CD
2: 3 =
Q. O "*•
| 1 cl
^ CO 03
0 t3 3
"c '-is 2
CD iJ o ^
"E (0 §_ (jj £> •
*™~ rr~ ii*' J__ *~^ ir;
^/ O ^ ^ LM -M
O X O « O «
03 Q3 Q3 Jg O W
6 06 0.6 €
CO ^ U
CO
03
D) -n
CO 0)
j: ro
O  3
CD 'CD. "5-
Sludge is plugging heat
Sludge recirculation lin
partially or completely
Inadequate mixing.

cd -Q 6
CO


D> +-1
1 co 5i

8 >
'i I
0> 0)
ii -.
1.1
l!
O Q.
n" «>
O. to

LO



O
C
tn
ro
c
1

1_
£
1 03
II
i §
H co
in










03 '
03
CO
CO







OS
3 O
•« £
cn £
C +=
11
£ 8

CO





Hydraulic overloading.

CO





c
'Jj
c
'co
E £
*^ 2
^ a-
§ §
O +j
CO
     1-10

-------
CO
cc
o
LU
u
o
LU
g
Z)
o
o
Z

O
O
X
CO
LU
_J
CO
D
o
CC
CO
LU
O
LU
CC
LU
LL
LU
CC



LUTIOIMS
O
CO





cc
O
H
Z
O
CC
o
o
LU
I
O







LU
CO
5
O
LU
•J
CQ
CQ
O
CC
Q.
CO
O
H-
^J
>
cc
LU
CO
DQ
CO
CC
O
1-
<
u
Q
—





OJ ^* t—
^7* *T ^
CM ^- CM

o ......


Check oil level in the compn
Check for excessive ambient
temperature, provide cover
and/or ventilation if.necessal
Check compressor for exces-
sive wear.
to .Q cj
0
C
o
to1
>
I'i -
o §
.9> tu
-D £
1 -5 •
S ™ ' ••
11
> £
*

..
£

4-*
S
tu
Q.
tu
4-1
"33 c
« 15
= E
O to
1 1
to -d

s
T:
c
to
Q

O)
I >
--C
^_
s>
L. .

E .12
O c
«-




* •




c


Flush out with water.
Clean feed lines and/or valve
Give thorough service when •
is drained for inspection.
«• ^ "
- a « ' .
§).-'-'
^o •—
Q 2^

||

O O
4-1 ^~
5 o !_•
— 0) "
•+= °- o
c -a c
CD 03 CO
2 £ E
oi
03
_c
t/>
CO
05
O)

1 1
s . s .
_O O>
»4_ r-

O */>
1 1
co' -Q
CM



a
c
*5>
O)
"5.- -" ;
c
•o . •
tu
•P :
w
C3
^
	 . 	 . 	 -_ 	 	 	 . 	 .






• ; - : - • i.. : '->\ -. ' ' - • -

. ' " • ... ..::.: ,",..„; .,.:. 	 : : -
en
3 • "•
to i- tg ^ ; * ^ x'
^f :-Jo Q. Q) ^i F* •'. •"
"S3 !^ ^ o *^ , , " t-
^ jc o "^ 4.7 o "
|.| 1 . -| | *-" .";• •'-•' :-, "
D) >M— •*•• *• S SK Q} ' •••• * — ' •
^ *"" "^ ® S k» ^^
^ i— • " *"> ^ j ' -.'— .
s »— f^ • q\ ^ *w _ - ... .
Z E cj 3 Cj c §" ... . ' ..; ;
CO . ' •' ' - •


' "
o .

c
•"''" ...
1 fe ' • :
£3 ffi ' '

-------















ICAL MIXERS
2
I
0
UJ
1
o

^M
X
s
UJ
(3
0
H3
-i
CO


UJ
Q
"}
o
o
<£_

1—
8
UJ
_I
00
Z)
0
cc
H
co
UJ
o
u
cc
11
u
cc


.UTIONS
O
CO




IECK OR MONITOR
o







LL
V.
K*
<5
o
Ul
«•
cc
a
cc
a.

ty
z
o
<
^
cc
JJ
or
a
ty
CC
g
<
c
c
3:




CN "3- *-
CN TJ- CN



Construction of protective
structure.
Preparation and painting of
surfaces.
co -Q
c°
g

o
i—
o
o
•*-* "co
IO +J
13 CD
"o -o
1§
O g.
to X
0) O3
CJ CO
•Z. o

c
.2
4-*
U
CD
S
1—
Q.
L-
(D
jr
s
o
4-»
C
'co
Q.
*+—
O
u
ro
^

>.!

 C
Oi >• "O ro
•E 1 S -3
fc co ^ ^.j
^ CD e- CO
.2^1 ^
•H 1- 4-» .i CO
(j -3 i_ 4_i _ 4-J
•^ S " S. I
i i 1 1 G 1 1
CC £ C/D O .E Q .£
ro ^2 d "D
IT)

.
uT
0 .
Vibration, heating of mot
excessive amperage, noise
LO


"
L-
-S
c
CO

o
D
'E
cl.E
O c
i- 0>
o tu
£ "
LD

.—
"« "" . ^
CO ^^ ^ *~ -^-~
0. ° _ro +3 -g
"g .2 ^ o E

^~ CO *— ¥* "T3
|llt|
g § 'o | «
-1 ° ^ ® 2
JE § o =5 I
LO







c~
4-*
Protect motor by covering wi
ventilator housing.
to
C35
"S '-P

O 3
t •£ o
0 § "o
ill
CD 'J3 to
Q- 0 .-
E g 3
CD 0 'o
'» " ?
li'i
x o ro
LU Q. O

1—
a
CO
CD
a.
CD
4-1
C
CD
ID
E
ro
_D)
^
CD



C
_2
D.
=
J_
CU
CD
3
O
to
1
o
0-
co
1-12

-------
 UJ
 <
 _J
 CQ
 O
 V)
 UJ
 Q
 h-
 O
 O
 X
 C73
 UJ
,_l
 CO
 r>
 o
 cc
CO
u

2
UJ
cc
IJ
u
u
cc
LUTIONS
V.





cc
O

0
cc
o
o
UJ
IE
O




OBABLE CAUSE
cc
a.









CO
cc
o
1—
^
a
"2.



T 	
CM
CM
CM" 03
v- 00 00
CM 00 "i-

May be normal if mixers are set
on a timer. If not and mixers
should be operating, check for
malfunction.
Consider increasing the mixing
time.
See items 4 and 5.
CD -Q O


' V
a
c
l-l V
1 |
*- "a-
0 £
| ' 1
1 ' • e
i_ 13
CD «
* ........... g
s. §
•
*- - • °

J*l

CO O
C 4-"
'x .S2
'E "s
•i.. \j
rp^ qj «ic
CO CO
~ §• 3
03 0) C
\x "O ^
._ CC -J
S . .£. C/3
CD _Q O


o
. .
JZ
.5?
"to '
CO
C
OJ
E-
- -
o
>
o
E
CD .
._§. 1
DC co

""•









t: -
o ,
Q. CD
•§ S
""'!_:
|is
rn C r-
_ 13 C
>£°
aj — O
CC co Q
CM

•s
O.
-o
E
1
1
1
CD
E
—
CO
.52
4
CM

E -^

O -c-
O CO
Lack of recirculat
bination of grease
t
CN

• a.
Q S

CM
^
o
0>
-Q
^(-
E
Q} •;
CD
CD
Lower contents through bottom
drawoff then rod supernatant line
to clear plugging.
Increase mixing time or break-up
blanket by some other physical
means.
CO .Q
CO
ro
CD E
-° CD

cl S :
£ > CD

•- 5 "a.
^ i^r w
CD g O
3 't- E
to ^ ro
CD — •
i- ro O CD
to ^ D) 0
ro o c; -Q
co c -43 ro

u > § "~ ' •'•
fu ,O > CD
^ J2 CD CD
O ro .a CO :
. • '
CO
to
CD

O
Supernatant overt
plugged.

00



CO
f- •
o -
o .
to ;
._,
CD
C
_ro
o
B
o
CO

oo









Break up blanket by using mixers.
Use sludge recirculation pumps
and discharge above the blanket.
Use Sanfax or. Digest-aide to I
soften blanket. . .
Break up blanket physically
with pole.
Tank modification.
ro -Q o "D a:


JJ) ni
•^ . '£
cj —
•£ 0 cu
l. CD >
£ o .8
<_, •*- CD
,c 2 ro
eo +J • O
3 "§) ^ '

2 J ''&
Q_ ,4-1 ^Q ;

•*"

CD
 . c o ^J- Q-
ro ^i
LO • . - :

CD .' .
CD .' '
T! . '
t/) - • ,
0
C , " . : . • -
i ! •••''• "•. .'•'•- '":.
CD • . , -•-._ • •
o
O CD •
— ro '. ,
. "5 1-; . ; • -'-
 • . "
c £
ro +-• >
^,2 •;• . ••:
•= a
O T3 . ,
0.^3
ro ^ - '
3 S1 -t: •
E "g fe . ,
3=2! . : .
CO ro. 3

Lri
CO . • - • .
c ...-.•

o
£ '

O ' •-.'
™ >:
o> +5 '
X CO
E^ . " • -
^^
•" co - • >-
3
i 1 '"'' • '
i_ i~
Q 3 •'

10
                                                                                                     1-13

-------
CO
til
0
•z.
UJ
cc
111
u.
til
cc

.UTIONS
O
CO
ECK OR MONITOR J
o








LU
CO
3
<
o
UJ
_J
CO
<
CQ
o
cc
CL
CO
"Z.
c

H

^
CC
UJ
CO
ca


ft
a

t
c
"^










Remove PRV cover and move
weight holder until it seats pro-
perly. Install new ring if needed,
Rotate a few times for good
seating.
t—
Check the manometer to see if
digester gas pressure is normal.
^

i_
o

J^*
s.
Q

CL
01
^c
%-»
to c
a I
S o
C -i£
f)
> =
^ ^_J
"5 «
> .!2
,_

13
(A
CO •
s^S
0. 0
J= ^-
O7 £3
3 O

t- *^

+•• CC
CO Q_

12 a>
CO >.
01 CO
to .2
CD £
^









.>• tt)
Purge with air, drain condensate
traps, check for low spots.
CA UTION: Care must be taken
not to force air into digester.
Remove PRV cover and manual
open valve, clean valve seat.
See 1a and also relevel floating
cover if gas escapes around dom
due to tilting.
CO JQ CJ
CN
If all use points are operating
and normal, then check for a
waste gas line restriction or a
plugged or stuck safety device.
Gas is not escaping as it should.
Gas meters show excess gas is
being produced, but not going
to waste gas burner.
co' J3 0
CM

c £
•~ ~E
co <.; «
E => CD
.E » o. •
J_ -^ QJ ~O
0) y c 2?
TO +-> — O
? d % I .2
£ — oc 5 J
la •£ i>
H CD ^ 0) £
^5 -51 | I
o 5 Q g 8
co .a d
CM

CO
CO

Q> _.
CO CO
CO £
^ o
CO ^~
g CD
8 >
2 o
"lo -d

O CO
11
C «
to 
S Q.
CO




LO CO
CO *-
CO •*


=5
03
Possible remedies are:
Mixture of salt and grease applii
to seat ring.
, Place vented barrel over valve
with an explosionproof light
bulb inside.
. co -Q
Remove valve cover and inspect
PRV.
*







CO
C
O
'•P
T:
8
cu
-M
C
g
•*







CD
^
CO


>
DC
D-
a
o
U-
*




CO
t
«3-


Qi
If no leaks are found (using
soap solution) diaphram may bi
lubricated and softened
using' neats-foot oil.
. Ruptured diaphram would
require replacement.
co -Q
LO
CD
O
O
C
CD
CL
O
C
CO
CD
1
i
o
CO
LO'






E E
co 2
.C SI
Q. 0.
CO CO
"O "O
CD "O
-Q E?
'x 3
_CD Q_
— DC
CO -Q
LO

O co
C CO
CD 2
> CJ
<" .E
CO £
C 3

to S5



E SS
1 i1
« c
CD <"
t_ Q.
CL O
LO










Check concentration of sludge
feed— may be too dilute. If so,
increase sludge concentration.
co'
Check C02, content will be
higher than normal.
CO

x:
.E3
' r~
CO
JZ
•—
s
S3
Ol
^1
l§
cr o
°s •
a. O
CO

CD
CO
§

Q
H—
CD

'
CO
H-

n fe
co c
U
OJ *"
> CO
O)
CO
UJ


C/3
O

CC
LU

fe
LU
CD
o
c-

LU
CD
CD
Z


O
O


I
_J
co
z>
o
cc
     1-14
(Continued Next Page)

-------
 c
 o
o
UJ


CO


CO
u
cc
UJ

CO
LU
a
LU

9
z>
CD

CD
Z


O
o
I
CO
LU
_1
CO
D
O
CC
CO
LLJ
0
UJ
cc
LU
111
cc


LUTIONS
O
CO






IECK OR MONITOR
o





HI
CO
<
o
LU
CO

CQ
o
cc
£}_
CO
g
!*""
r~
^>
cc
LU
CO
CQ
o
CO
cc
o
1—
<
0

o










c
cu
"I ^
to" 55
co Q. £
	 ; Ol CD •
o '0. § ~ro
r- co o
0 OJ _j
t fel" "^
CD 4- •— -
E*. f n
•y -o b.
.— cu c
1— o -P. to
CO .Q' . O
.
I ^
_. =5 co '5
•l-i D) Q.
E c .£ c
c « t o s
Of— m -M •
*— 4_/ CJ O5
'o ^ •£ "1-2 |
-Q O) CD S o S
0. = 8 > 'ro :
<" co » " £ -
a!'a.l Is
'|I|^I»
-*— nj -C • — .•-" CD
O co O £ -a co
co _Q o
6.
« Q.
•— o
Q. ii
Q. CD
C CD "O
CO 4-J _
— to C
Q. CD o
.£ =6 S 1
a'|| | «
« !S > S" -s
§> si a|
•S co S 5 «
05 CD n ««
31 (^ O j CD
CD ^ CJ
^

.
CD
to
"
CO
4-J
!—
I
_0
cu
E
CO
M—
tt>I!>-
CC if^Q.Q^o.cO'go.-S
CO ^ (J "O
CO ,
u>
CO
CU 	 -
- 2
CD ^
§ c
fv
-t-1 R
CO O
cu 2
1 1
0,  CO
ca jQ o "D
CO
4_i ^ '
O - *~" tJ
« . CO CD
'o. E o
d> c c ..... o
C . * , . CD
C CD CD **
III 3 .
+- v. ._ '0
00 0 CD t
n c c = c
1-2 .2 | 8
"o 1/5 ~ lo "K tO
£ O it O I CL
CD ^ O "O
CO



+J
^~
0
"

CD
c . •
13
vt
CO

•S
 C '= -Q.
C t M- CU
S 2 ° v
ro S- Crt *-
"0 o>£ °
w C •— CU
- '3 O c
Flush with watei
digester and wor
digester toward |
Wash with keros
worn parts.
co .Q
(33






cu 12
.£ is
°-
S> £
«4_ O
Q ^
o o
V- T3
T3 -2
c --3
O O
0 u-









Q. • ' .
CO
8- g
fa! o •-
1-^1 . 5-
-o E & : e- | -d
II? 1 >•§
o P g £ S? o
£ |.-g-.& E o
«» ~ ra "5 =5 •
\£ CD
S 2

ii
C D)
0 .£
c -a
CO CO
2-2
^
                                                                                                   1-15

-------
Q
LU
X
U-

w
cc
LU

O
o

cc
LU
LU
O

Q
LU
Q

D
C3
 o
 I
 co
 LU
 _1
 CQ
 3
 O
 CC
 H
CO
LU
0
111
CC
111
JL
LU
CC

.UTIONS
MJ
O
CO





CC
g
o

cc
0
ii
o
UJ
I
o









111
CO

§
111
_1
ca
<
ca
0
cc
a.








CO
CC
c
5

c
-





T- IO
T- CO
CM CO
E 5
Check every two hours during
freezing conditions, inject stea
protect line from weather by
covering and insulating overflo
box.
If freezing is a problem, apply
light grease layer impregnated
with rock salt.
re -a

03
"ca
& £
.£ .22
5 *
— £
> QJ
o £
4., a.
B o
E ^
CD ro
§• i
CO ^
(O ^




• -^
T3 o
QJ —i
cn ^
D) c/l
.2 CD
Q. >
g S
^ Is
C "QJ
CO L. •
to G) ^
i ii
rj «- >-
co Q- o
ca -Q

I
0
c ,_;
°3 QJ
u. CO
CD a;
~o> *
~ D)
03 *f^
D CD
tn .H
03
Q. C1

,3 3
C3 -a
-








„.
Manually operate vacuum relie
and remove corrosion if pre-
sent and interfering with
operation.
Repair as needed.
co -Q
CM

tn
03
CJ
03
•a
u
c
CD
O3 tn
> O
CO -C
•4- O
£ CO
i- ^
03 cc
co ^3
CM

^
i- O
03 3
"*~ to
O to ^
>-8 c
°~ '3.
03 g CO
.2-8 J52
CO
> o Si
**— 4^ C
"CD o s-
£.0 o
03 03 O3
D D . .E
i Q. o ci
CO -O
CM
"ca
E
o
c

•£

03
Q

03
15
03
a.
to
CO
0
CM



in
V
CO
C3)
LL
C ^ « >
Repair concrete with fast seali
concrete repair material. New
tie downs may have to be
welded onto old ones and re-
drilled. Tanks should be draini
and well ventilated for this
procedure. New sealant mater
should be applied to leaking
area using thiakol or other
material with durable plasticit
CO
"* (/)
O [ro
O QJ
C -H
•S i
§1
ro g
c in
"o g
03 c "O
+-1 ~> O3
03 g 0
s-s-t
O 03 .<£
O '4= -D
CO
_o
-D
C
CO
03 1_
8 0

•a I
~ P
3 _
Q, ro
c/) "ZI
•I—1 QJ
•°ld)
)— ^
c "ro to
< S b
.
CO

sd
03

0
O
"co
4-J
1
-o
c
0
CO
J2
CO
03
co'
03
D-
1- '
QJ
T3
LO 0
*T
00 !8
c • § ^
£ " •§ ^
1 co 5 •§ T3 ™
"- h ~G  ^ LL.
r
01
o
p
in CM
3 !_
« "o "^
C CD £-
0 £ ro
43 0 5 •
3^, -a
t/> CO . —
a. co LL1
§Su i
III 1.
o
^' CM
	 . 	 _ 	 -o—
c
VI CO
o>~
0) g
-o °
CD CD
•*-* +•*
0 03
03 >_
D. O
«/) C
CO 8
"*
     1-16

-------
(D
•*L


£
O

LL

CO
CC
LU


o
o

cc
LU

CO
LU
CD
CM
r-
LU
D

D
a

a
?L


O
O

co
LU
_1
CQ
D
o
cc
CO
uu
o
z
UJ
cc
LU


111
CC







CO
Z
O
1-
_l
O
CO




CC
o
E
o
cc
o
y.
o
HI
31
O





111
CO
1
HI
_l
CQ
<
03
O
CC
Q.







CO
cc
o

o
5
z






r—

CM '•




•0 0
I i 0 a* s 5 s|^ .
.5. ro c co.§ £ c -§ « -2 £ E-
CO O O5 • — j_ nt "m *C "R. *£ Jj~ O CD
* — S CD — > O5 •— O +-^ ® tn
t-t rT 2 .° O 4— *^* i* *" *"" ^
TT* > Q- E 't~J ^ 4— ^ O ^ r-
^ CD O QJ 3 *~ "~ "~~ "^ — CD *M ^
•^T-3 ° CO C > £ "£ ° O-C C "£
_^ v> ~cc ^ £? CD +-^ ^ c»"~ O
§ °" "^ £ E CD -1 "*~ §•— >-^+~P
2= S 111 1 i.1 IP I S.I
cd ^i
* • .

CD

ii^s
1 fill
'5 +-1 co c

1 - . i 11 18
O ^ O w co iZ"
-— -_^ i_^ C C 3
CO 'O CO * " Q.
O CD "f JC CD '
o .c £ ±: > .2
-1 . o E g JS .-5
CD _Q


d
>• i3 a -2
. c o tS
CU C <-• o
1 - -Bg^
§ • S a) S •
T3 g .E 0
•§ • "c g ~
1 si «
•a E ° o
~ 0 | °
£ t: 1 s
.S1 +2 c
'cu co .—
CO _Q
*
E
zs
o
tn
0 '
o

CD
S SG
~ O)
> -o
D) CD I3CDw O>O — *° ^
O O ^ «C to ^ t^ ^ ®  CO w ^ 4— j_ ' C CD m
O c" S ^ *~ tJ3 yj '*•' "™~ CD > CD O -^ -^
'p°O>fDC*nD-t^^ "c O — ^ >. o —
^W4~*Q-=2cD-3"^W> CO O ~J5 C j_ 2
-gw^'Doi^-'^gcD'co 'cfo°c:^ — ^
1 111 illllllliil III
CO .Q o
CM
cu • •-.-.-.--
x: ^ ' c w ;
*-• C • • O •— >- • i-
0 o ~ +J 0 O
0> U 0 - •» CO ° ^
E_g -10 Q.Q"l^"^iS
-^ E • c"™ o^""?™?"-
.— *~ E CD 5 C '^ • — E m
"•gg g- c:
> 3
CO O
CD !_ .
r" CO
- .01
D) c
.— V-1 '
— JS "
"^ ^
sj 1 .
o H
O ro

CM'
- • ' - ;
CD
1 a
.^
LO ,_
CO , CD

CO ' *. • —
o
: x
t/3
CO
CD
O
O
O
v~ "o.
E Q-
o 
-------
Hi
a.
cc
111
D

O
X

(A
DC
LU


O
O

CC
UJ


to
Ul
CJ
CO
t—

111
a

12
CD

CJ
 111
 _J
 CO
 =>
 o
 oc
CO
LU
O
H
LU
CC
LU
it
LU
CC

.UTIONS
0
CO
ECK OR MONITOR j
"T*
u






LU
CO
3
O
UJ
CD
CD
O
cc
0.










CO
cc
^
o
o
z





in

4

fc
1
TO
or
03
g
0
CM"
CD »_'
,
r~
Check scum accumulation
and verify the amounts.

«-
CO
_c
|
1
c
_o
TO
3
E
3
U
TO
EI
3 1
w 4=

<-

S2
«

2 T
i- c

"D "^

CO *^
ffi °
•o g
3 "
CO 01
i_ C
> i
3 i
T-.





in

CO


Drain and repair, holding the
cover in a fixed position if
necessary.

oi
Lower down to corbels. Open
hatch and using breathing ap-
paratus and explosionproof
light, if possible, inspect from
the top. If cover will not go all
the way down, it may be neces-
sary to secure in one position
with a crane or by other means to
prevent skirt damage to sidewalls.

CM"
e
03
£ >

.| 1 'i §
5 ° "
3 -a ~5> +•'

o S E •£
sill
g. Jr := S
en O \' •
~S cn:= ro c
£ ~ _g cu E
1 .E £ 1 1
— .Q ro co o

CM

CO 03
3 03

"B £

c co
03 tn
S

CO '5
.£ CO
"c "g
S TO
L. J2
J> CU
 3
TO O
CU ll

* CO
c.£
.— +-•
•4-« ro

> 0
O ro
CO









co +., >- -a
Check every two hours durin
freezing conditions and injec
steam. Protect line from
weather by covering and in-
sulating overflow box.
. If freezing is a problem, appi
light grease layer impregnate
with rock salt.
TO •&
"*
Supernatant overflow lines.
. Weights on pressure relief valve.
TO -0
"*
.
 CM
OJ ^
"° C3
73 ^
c •*•
10 cu "g
CD <" E
^ O ro
4- O - TO |
Q3 CU »2
3 .E g
y, — g
£ CD O
ro «Q o
m CM
C
ro
v/ _„.

03 3 »
1 « 0, |
O ." •- £>
03 J5 TO O
> -a .22 z:
TO __. - ;
> 0 %
"5j O i- =
i- O O
O) CD CU
33. .£
co  c ~~
CO C/> tt ,/j
£ £ a <8
ct a o CD
TO -Q
in
"ro
E
O
C
c
TO
•B

CO
g
o
— -
£
3

-------
 o

 X
 o
 111
 a

 D
 e>
 a
 o
 o

 09
 LU
"iJ,
 CQ
 O.
 O
 cc
LU
0
•z.
Ill
(V-
U«
LU
n
LU
DC

(LUTIOIMS
<_»
CO










ECK OR MONITOR
I
o





in
CO
O

LU
CQ
O
CC
D.





CO
IDICATOR:
—



CO
CM
CO

cu
JC . JZ '.
Use any or combination of t
following:
Solids recycle.
Liquid dilution.
Decrease feed concentration
Precipitate heavy metals wit
a sulfur compound. Be sure
pH in digester is greater
than 7.0.
nj .n cj "o
*"


t-
2

"K
O o O

T3 r^ *sl" r^ *"
1 | = 8 £ «
| | ^ 0 00 .
— E o3 -5 .8 ^
-< 0 to ™ ra «
fe ° £ c -.Ho.
> CD O) — C "»
:= T3 u, 0) n >•
» o o> *; — . S *:
CO J3 _T3 o « <° ••-' '
CD O en *7^ C Q) ^
co CD •< T3 o w  0.0 0^
*" cd -d 
-3 CO
Industrial wastes at soi
Flat sewers or inadequ
sludge pumping.
cd -Q
CM

"co w>
.° fc
O) g
^5 S
"co C
I i"
I 1
**" •  flj

'COO
-tt 'E V
•g S §
£00
CO -O O
CO



^
•*-»
'o
§
CO
0
E
CO



CM
CM
CO

•g §§
§ § " ' : • •;
° « CO
E o  . .
.« o "? '
C -Q C
Ilia;
to.  S "
c ^ 43
= cu '43 ,
w [SI W5
C ~ C


"^ it* '
'B J2 ^
o» CD a>
•D ~ w
•- i "i • ^ .
il|«i
1 1 1 1
iili
cd ^3

E
a>
O
Q.
-T-
Q.
1 ' i
I- -s .
_ .0)
CO t
'CO
ts v •
Is :
.£ 0
cd ^3 .
•*
"co
JC
CO
a>
C ' . -
"co
< E |
•? E -2 E «
C Is CQ "3 CD
-<° ~ S -5 g,
15 "o o "« «
^ co a. CJ 2
* '
                                                                                                  1-19

-------

-------
                             PART 2
                   DIGESTER
                 OPERATION
PLANT.REVIEW


DIGESTER EQUIPMENT OPERATION


DIGESTER OPERATION


CHEMICALS USED IN DIGESTER CONTROL

-------
PLANT REVIEW
The  key to successful operation is knowing
the system and being able to look back and
evaluate  its performance. This can  best be
done  with a  check  list  which allows the
operator:

 1.To  classify  and  evaluate  performance.

 2. To identify problems  or potential  prob-
   lems. For example, is it an equipment or a
   process problem?

 3. To  become  familiar with  the  process.

A  sample  check  list  is  presented  on the
following  pages  which  represents  a typical
plant.  Blank  check  lists  are located   in
Appendix H which should be used for your
plant.

WHAT DOES THE PLANT REVIEW CHECK
LIST DO?

Part I of the Plant Review Check  List classi-
fies the process, identifies support equipment,
compares  equipment performance  and serves
as a guide for evaluating overall performance.
This information  will help to determine ade-
quacy  of  equipment. Questions to ask are:

 1. Is the equipment  being  used properly as
    designed?

 2. Is the equipment  over or underdesigned?

 3. Is the equipment adequately controlled?

 4. Is there too much down  time resulting in
    excessive cost or too many man-hours?
Part  II is used to evaluate process operation
and to identify potential problems. The first
column lists operating parameters and control
tests  with   ranges   commonly  found  in
accepted  practice. The operator should com-
pare actual plant values with the above. Where
significant differences are found,  closer  in-
vestigation  may be needed  to  pinpoint the
real cause.

HOW TO USE THE CHECK LIST FOR
REVIEW

The  first step is to learn  what  pieces of
equipment  are  in the process, how they are
tied  together and what is their expected per-
formance. This can be done by:

 1. Using the design drawings.

 2. Using the plant's 0 & M manual.

 3. Physically  tracing  out  the  individual
    systems,  noting  locations  of  piping,
    valves and equipment.

It  is suggested that the operator draw a simple
one-line diagram of his system similar to the
example shown in Figure 2-1.
2-2

-------
                          Primary
                          Digester
   Raw Sludge
     Feed
FIGURE 2-1
EXAMPLE OF A SIMPLE LINE DIAGRAM
This diagram is used to illustrate the various
alternative routes that can be used for correc-
tive action or in case of emergencies.   •:

The  second  step  is. to .-fill-in the information
about  your  plant  in  Columns A  and B of
Part  I.  Your plant .0 & M manual should show
this information.  ••   "      .

The  third  step  is  to  compare the existing
operation with  the design conditions. For
example,  the sample  Parti sheet shows a
design  loading of 0.06 Ibs. of VS per cu.ft. per
day  opposite the "Two Stage, Conventional"
digester.  Present  operation shows 0.05 Ibs.
of VS  per cu.ft.  per day which is  considered
adequate since it is close  to the design and
therefore not overloaded.
The next several-steps involve Part ll-where
the procedure is repeated except that the in-
formation for Column C  is taken from actual
plant-data on present operation, .This infor-
mation is  then compared  with the  ranges
given in  the  first column and significant dif-
ferences noted as Not Adequate in Column D.

 In this example, the total solids in the super-
 natant is  the only real  problem since  it is
 twice as high as  recommended. By referring to
 the Troubleshooting  Guides,  the  operator
 can get  some help on answers  to solve the
 problem.                "....:.

 It is recommended  that a plant review be con-
ducted every six  months  for  full  control.
                                                                                     2-3

-------













fc

1-
er
Q.
1
-52
"o
Ul
"O
.g
*UJ
-cc
1-

S
OL




•(





























"G
* 1

S'ai
IS*
>< c * "
•- 1° -
2 .& o §
ISTHUCTIONS
Column A — Mark number ofuni
applies, in yes column for equ
Column B -Use engineering data
write in design information.
rnlnmn r Write in actual niant
^ «- CM







Q



U







m



j

^
§
CO
S

5

1 "
S
Column D — Make a comparison I
) •*
a
S
E
fa O
£ Qt Z
$ H
< H
<< 8
s-s |
z < o-
i S
•D CO
0 «
3 I
S. 5

o (5
o S
. , , * ,-

o
, Design Size
" Capacity
0
2
5






c c


_
-, a
c ancf msrK A /n appropriate t
Column E - Mark X in appropria
Column F — Comments
-.
^ -V-
^5 ^g v^ I
>^]J1







i* iy Jtj,
e^\ |>> o" >>
3 $^ a 4^ ^^^
01 33 O ?P ^§ n ^- ' f\

Oj O

ts
^•X^
1>4 5 »4 3 ^ °
^ (VJ o


X x.




^ § § i[
•t 4; 4: t:
a' a" aa
*^i ^J ^ "*i

o -ri o o o
w ^ X ^ ^ ^
0 0 £ 0 Q 0
U . v- -o <- <- •»
§ | Ci = Ci <3 Ci
o- | s -o a .a a
i is is is a ,,
P ... -a => 8 ° ,2°2° -§13
C/3 en 5) ai • o> n» +± en to en ajO -, s
tijg'ScTJc g>gccc.c: S-e ;
^ll Is Sll 'si 1|1
U.-5Z) -i i -< ou-> =: -" |0=3
Oyj^J (sj H'-' CM CE^CM
01
Q_
H < CD (J
~ . • 	 - 	 	

-------
   X
   XXX
   li  *
   $ 2  
-------










	
cc
I
v
(,)
III
o
5
UJ
t-
CL





























.& ,,
1 |


1 1
CTIONS
umn A -An Xin the Yes column show
something or answers a question.
umn B — Indicate from engineering data
information.
S .0 .0
fc <•> °
h-
CO
•g




















S?
•S

c
8
•—
umn C — Write in actual average data.
umn D - Compare Column C with initii
Q 0
O u


oi*

U.








o


CD




^





•si
and mark an Xin appropriate D colui
umn E — Indicate whether plant has an
available.
8


*
?
I
°
a
*> 0
I — z
c'S „
lit
iS
•o 5
< §.
°H
8E
•E £
o *
5
*5 *S
c n.
.5* J9
di
a
o
z

1





unw F — Comments
<3



,0
o)
2. Intermittant (30 min. to 2 hr. eye




1 1|
1^ ^11
3.* i.f =
^j *^
^ S^i
X XXX
X
X XX

^ fl ^ -ri
tt *? ^ S N 3^J~
*? o S^feJ
c^ vs ro ^ e r* :

"S
K
•t "s^ Q
V- vfl ^
X X

X XX

§ •S S fe

t o 5 j=
^ 	 TD 0 CT
.E w) Q) to C
O 0) J3 O
•g « a IB
g =• 2 5 g -a -o
= s ,5-s Sgs§ ^ 8 »
3 1 ^ -5 7 ri S S. ^8?
ti is an ^ -^ i
11 |2 ^||| |S jfi ^
ci- uw>o)^i_E E| >Oc •«
'? S. gS^^fs-c^-cg, l^o- S
i! ^^.|-l!,t5tl El»s ^ o
H fi^iUiMI i^fii mi.-
u f||ii^Jiif |iii flii^
co co a. ,-' CN co ^ LO at *-' oi ic T-* oi cd ^
cd d Q













i
j













Extreme Weather Conditions
LLJ ' '



2-6

-------
    X
                    XX   XX  XXX    XX
                                               X  X
             ul
X*
                       X
                            XX
                                        X  X
 xxX
j±~   O en
 I 	 "m
S-   & <"> •-
»   a. g> S
iT~   1^ ^ en

|£§iJ
                „ 03
                 •a
                 in

               .2 ra cj
                '3 ->

                7 &
                i P -a
                       •c to
                       5 aj
                       r-t  «
                                § -o
                                  5 O .d 55
                      '5 "g
       <

       oi
       ^  > O
                          J CN'LJ


                          ) O CO
                                      - QJ "D cu CD
                                       .—- Q) a> a)

                                       CD ii  O O

                                       0  " ". .
                                       > CD XI CJ
SS£
z
o —
C/D
OC

S<
                                                    < • J2
                                                g - sv
                                                lili-
                                                ^
-------
 DIGESTER EQUIPMENT OPERATION
 Digester equipment operation involves estab-
 lishing  a  routine that will prevent problems
 before they occur. It also includes discovering
 any that exist, enabling the operator to make
 repairs  on a scheduled basis. To accomplish
 these goals, the operator must consider what
 is happening before, during and after sludge is
 pumped into the digester.

 This section summarizes the  major things an
 operator should do in the routine  operation
 of  the plant.  Not all  of  the equipment listed
 will apply  to  every  plant.  However, after
 reviewing the material that is included, select
 those that  apply to your  individual  plant.

 Drawings  of equipment and more descriptive
 material is found in Part IV. Troubleshooting
 information for the equipment and  process is
 found in Part I.
The  Equipment Operation Guides are set up
as follows:

Units—This  names  the  units that are asso-
ciated  with the  digester  starting  with raw
sludge  and following the sludge flow to the
digester bottom drawoff.

What the Operator Does— Brief description of
what the duties are associated with this unit.

How it is  Done— Brief description  of how
duties are performed.

Frequency—Suggested  frequency of duties
with  preferred   and  minimum  frequency
shown by slash mark.

References— Location of other information on
the subject mainly in this manual.
2-8

-------




























1 PRETREATWIENT

Ul
Q
5
2
O
p
cc
UJ
0.
O

LU
«5
£
Q_
O
LU
tn
Ul
o
Z
Ul
cc
Ul
u.
UJ
cc
>
0
2
uj
a
Ul
IT
u.






Ul
O
a
tn
±
I

AT OPERATOR DOES
I












\2
2












^.
j=. ' • ;•. .
c ' ^
o - '5
^ Q
E' 03
co -a
8 .»> °> 8 §>
T3  —
il'ili

CD C ^t O -^
I 1 .-•! .g
0 -C ,O ^ .

. ^ .- CM'
ss
Check cutting surfaces.
Check raw sludge for partici
larger than vi" (6 mm).

V-' CM








O

C ^
'E ~ ...'..".
1 -







*?
CM

-^~
"CD :
CD
j? "5i -
CD . .^
Q
1° •'' "£
"Q. .if jg CD
m ^ 1C ' ^
ui -° _O1 ~
fs 1 ^ "

».'C"±: 3
§ g S "-: -.,
™ ' ro • <• 42 ,' -'•••• ,'
OJ ^ O . ~gi § ' '
If ill'-
X E= 3 m S '
LU 5 -;; Q- co
^ CM"
c S ~
Check rawsludge for sand a
grit larger than 65 mesh
(0.21 mm,).
Adjust grit removal equipmf
toimaintain an average veloc
of 1 ft./sec. (0.3 m/sec.).:

^ CM'








"ro -- -
O
E
CD
CC
-'-,.•-' '• - - -• ''• i --•• i -> ; -/.'i.% ; - • ; "E , "r •, •• -•';-.
-•- • ,.. - r _•: ; '/ , -','.,..:' - - ". , -. ' ' -' , •- '








•£-. I-'''-'- " , ..- , '- : ;^-r '\--:".Q!: . ;•••.-.:.• ,'
ca . •
•a .. . . .-.- . .. , ,...• _., , • -.,.. ... . . .. .., ,..,,_ . ••
o, .•'.,...:.... . ••. , , ,,. ...... ,..--, • •; - •
c. ' <- • . . • : • •'--,••.• ',"
CO "•-,-,'..'-. -- • . - ." ' , -,
* . ' - • '
' .- ••••-,: . - • . , :"-.-. .-•,-.•: -V' •'•••"!.•-> •'•.>;•-• • -,-,^
^- -, ; , - ,v 1 • ; ..,',-, M ' - - ' • .,--"••»'
" -a ' ° '•'• L-" • -'•• -i e "- •• • '•• • r -^ "• • :- v' • f » ;, •>'•'•"'; *',>,i. .-V^- =
CD ''"••"'.
-C _. " •. ' . . . , .. ->.,-. .:,«..,
o. • \-.~ ; .-• • • ;. •'• _ • 1 ! r' - •' * » 1*'V',f ^ J, ^ \ '••J'i";";"'' ;

— T.: i-r- _'^ .___-,....». - ., 7 - -%. _ ,.., tv . ;_,« ,- ;. . . ....-•,'.. • V -
^-' '. . '- '.',.: • * . ' • -' ' :• •*- '<• N ''"".,-"•. ;'.:-- ^' ^' -
c -
-o.-..
c,
CD ; . : • • , ; 'j . * .. • .^ - , ...
_ . . . . . . .. ., .. ^. . ^... , . ,.,., .- . .. ,.v,,. ....
.'"V ' ' ,.'.''. ,,'-:.'• ' '
ro 03 •
1 f 1 .' - •
lit
B -B~o.
> a> .E " '
TJ '—.--.---.--..- . - . . . - .
§1 1 -•" : ---- --- •--•--- ~'~~- •"'•• -'-'--
s— fO o ^
§1§|. ' : ' '-' '
o E S i • .

^ • •









c ., .. " ••-.". ' - . ' ,• '•'•'.. ,f ', ,'i -".'•'.:••'. -! ;•-'-
tD .•'-''-•.''•' . '." • ;- " • ;•'•.-',- ' "J ' , ' '. - ....'.- "'
CD . , --,'.. •, , ... . . , , ' • . • , • •
o
CO
CD
                -<£
                '•&1
2-9

-------
in
Ul
u
•z.
Ul
IT
UI
u.
Ul
EC
FREQUENCY

WIT IS DONE
O
AT OPERATOR DOES
I
&



H
=>






T
13
H
2/3 week

Total solids test.
£'
Chtck raw sludge for excessive

•-'
a
E
ra
•g
<75
1













water content.
















Hourly/daily

c
.2
15
Z:
si














,-j.
CD
1—
Q

Pump thickest sludge by
manually controlling drawoff
(U
CM
Control pumping time to keep
excess water at minimum. Goal

CN
















rate and pump.

should lie 5-8% total solids in
















Weekly/seasonal

Check percentage solids againsi
automatic pumping schedule.
Adjust as needed, weekly or
seasonally.
•°
raw primary, 1%-2% in the
waste activated.













^.
a

Hourly/daily

Visually check, particularly at
shift change or end of day.
CO
Monitor sludge pump controls
and valve settings.

CO















3-
Hydraulic overload is caused m
frequently by leaving the wron.
valve open or a pump on
accidently.


















'co
Q

Check thickness of sludge.
4
Monitor sludge accumulation in

•vt














2-3 times/shift
o
, Visually note gas bubbles and/
-°
clarifier.


















1 ; ' =
c
(D !
C "
O
O)
c
1




.




2-10

-------






















w
CC
Ul
cS
U
CC
UJ
V.
Ul
C3
5
CO
Ul
O
C
C
j—
CC
Ul
a.
0
u
5
a.
u
CO
UJ
J
u
c
L.
UJ
CC







^
FREQUENC



UJ
O
Q
H
X


CO
UJ
O
Q
CC
g
<
CC
UJ
Q.
O
<
X
g








w
2




*— T—
s e>
\— \—
O)
.c
II
!.f
s? S
§ s
.a *-
ri- > .
— E C -^ •' -
i ^ s 1
1 PI
C/D 5 T— CO
•o ^ ^ .£
c n '& ro
=> -8 .— * F
0 12 ro ~ c
w ° , C CO "O
CD 5 0 'o C -2
•§ £ S ' ^ o S
? o -Q. ,2 ° c
^gS £^8
O ^* 03 Q) QJ *-
c d) » SJ D D -a
ii?iii = s*
-§S£a)o.a§o
« la c .£ - j= c -s ±:.
&§,Ste3-iJ>-g
tg-s^gi-sas
^ CN CO

1 •&
i s
ill
0) CD CO
I i i
§ ? i
^ 2 * S
_i^ - •*-* tn Q.
0 *?= (U *j
I III






T3
CD
X
1
1
o
o
CD
5




CN CM 22
CD CD CD CD
1 — 1 — 1 '







>-
•a 1
•o >• >• = ' '
=5 S § o | -|
Q < . 2 5 co Q
wi Q) .; ^;
CD CD .±1 aj

01 >• n — 3 ca" — ^ CD Qj cij CB it; o
Ullllll
^ $ •* " co '^

§ i
"03 T S P
S ^ i E I
ZI ai aj . £
" g Q. OJ ^ *c "
1 1 i 1 i E
8 g • | EO 1
tJ QJ -t-j 3 'c "x

T— ' CNJ CO ^"




OJ
c
CD
o
u_
1
o
o
a> • " " -
m
8,
b




CO CO .
CD CD







>
>- ^
1 1
1 S" ' •'. .
—1
i_ Q) > - -
Q) ^ 2
c ^5.
i . 1 -
§) " CD
M- 'C S CO . . -
0 ~ 3 .5
^ s 5s
O *-• >. n
'E E . . •£ jjj
5 "o !> CD

^ CM



CD
"o
X

-------




















CO
CC
UJ
X
s

^
LU

5
CD
O
H

QC
LU
a.
O
H
Z
LU
S
D.
5
o
LU
CO
Ul
o
z
Ul
CC
UJ
11
Ul
CC
o
z
UJ
o
Ul
CC
u.

Ul
1
00
X

CO
UJ
O
Q
<£
1
UJ
o.
o
1-

X
S














P
3






oc
0
(-


>,
1
S

Use amirieter at motor cuntrol
tftnter. R(-t.o«i readings.
Decreasing readings could
indicate excessive wear on
^
r4
tl
^
o
'E

I


T--





6
E
u_
c.
,1
« Q

K =:
5 S
i 1 1
Jj 1 0











^>
.> e
'ro ^
Q O
~- ^ L
rotating parts.
Note visually the movement o1
sludge through sight glass in
cover.
Measure depth of scum throug
thief hole. Increasing amounts
might indicate need for furthel
inspection.
to ,d
CN

d
_o
O)
c
'x
'e
o
'c
o


oi
















?



>.
1

Observe pressure at compresso
and compare with manufac-
turer's or O&M manual
CD

ro S
v> O
0) Q.
co TJ
i- Q)
"O i£--
Q) O
i.i
e I
C *H
O co
2> T3

,_'











i^
X
2 *<"
Q.
I?
s s
£ C3



>.
I

8 1 1
o CD S *- £ *" .2
S- = -I -S § fe S
£• .v £ -a s £
•i » 3 S .1 s 1 . .•
£t°-t-!«* *
**lfi£3 - 	 / .
coccoa>u,'>o c
c ™'o =• ^ s, „ c o . .,
,2SQ-'og^<8^> 	
Ill II If! 1
o'c^ •-7C^=5t/)
4=-o3cjf5co(Uoo &
S>2?RE^^-£^2
JD - .
CM

c: ' i
_g
O)
c
X
*£ .. .
o
1


oi
















2-12

-------
















60
CC
ERNAL HEATE
H
Z
LO
LU
O
D

fn
H









'co ' ~ "CD
Q Q
Use temperature read-out
gauges or thermometers.
CD

s>
temperature of slud
ulation zone.
i .£

-








1
o
I
Take sample from recirculation
pump and check with lab
thermometer immediately after
.0

















withdrawal.


















Read water meters and compare
inlet and outlet quantities of
water to tell if there are leaks in
water lines inside the digester.
oj
CO
"m
water system for lei
perature.
11
ll

CN











Read thermometer. Water
temperature above 130 deg.F.
(54 deg. C.) will cause sludge to
bake on tube and cut down heat
transfer.
CO


• water temperature.
o
'E
0

m











2
CO
7>
CD
13
§
45
c
CD
5


-.^
~
o
X
Gauges and thermometers hold
within manufacturer's .
instruction limits.
-'


ressures and
ture.
Q. ™
v_ CD
CD Q.
11

^








E

CO














The operator must know that
correct valves are open before
^

Q)
settings on feed valv
I
o
o

csi





















-^
CD
t
CD
3
putting pressure on the line.
Service on regular basis and
replace worn valves. A good
precaution is to install two
valves in series to protect the
CO


on of check valves.
•a
c
o
o

m























_>
8
boiler from .sludge backing up
into boiler tubes.
Use temperature readouts or
gauges. . ' '
•*'
*

• sludge temperature
o
'E
0

"*'

























Water temperature above 130
deg. F. (54 deg. C.) will cause
sludge to bake on tube and cut
down heat transfer.


















2-13

-------



















UJ

s
XTERNAL HE/
UJ
CD
UJ
5
o
Z
O
CC
UJ
0.
O
z
LU
5
CU
a
UJ
u
z
LU
CC
UJ
UJ
CC
o
UJ
g
UJ
CC
u.


UJ
g
<2
H
s



PERATOR DOES
O
g
g












z




(D
0
h-

'to
5
^
O
1
0
€ i
^••0 S.
je temperature
ermometer. Ho
perature. Note
-3 ^ E
3 t! 2
" o -a
3 a.e
sil
^:


3
tor sludge temporal
c
o
"-




(D
O
1—

1

^
O
X
o
§ >-o S
1 |^|
0) (Q Qj • —
M E O ""
I -ii
° 1 f i
c s o —
.2 oJ -X » S
g o> S oi S
§ IS II
OJ

03

tor water temperatl
'c
o
cJ













8

o

T>
D
(A
S
CO
c'
Q.








1 • ' • -
2-14

-------















5
3
o.
Z
O
g
•J
D
O
CC

0
III
cc

111
Q
CD
2
O
h-
cc
IU
a.
O

MI

a.
5
a
Ul
CO
Ul
o
Z
UJ
cc
UJ
Ul
cc
o
Ul
3
a
UJ
cc
Li.
IW IT IS DONE |
o
X




VI
O
a
cc
o
H

CC
Ul
a.
O
<
3











P
2
O






•* <*
O C3
1- h- ,
IE
>- c
1 P
73 -5

T: v ^
3 QJ
0 ^
Check pressure gauge, if lower
than normal reading, isolate
pump, lock out and inspect for
plugged impeller.
Record; ammeter readings and
watch trend in readings. Lower
amperage indicates wear on the
impeller.
ra -Q





Q.
O
O.
E

ol

jj'
o
. -










~f&
cn
1
s







•sT
o

'ro
^^
^
o
X
Check pressure gauge. If needle
is not deflecting normal
amount, ball check may have
obstruction. Lock out, isolate
and inspect ball chamber.
NOTE:. Relieve pressure /before
^j





Q.
o
Q.
E

Q.

O
CD
u
-'






-*-•
c
O)
•
S- tu
5 g
.i1;
^ o
0 «
i: Q.







...-•-•"





S
§ . • • ' .
So • . - -: '..-..:
Q. Q.
!- 1 ' • '
oi a , ' '
-g 0) -
E c - • . ••:;•.
ro •— - ' ' • . . .
£ E • • • • •
o ^ .
0) *= .
C oj
i£
Q- Ql






"























2-15

-------




















LU
co
^_
8 SUPERNATANT S1
LU
5
o
2
O
H
<
CC
LU
a.
0
LU
S
5
a
LU
(O
UJ
O
Z
Ul
cc
Ul
u.
Ul
cc
0
Ul
=>
a
Ul
cc
u.



W IT IS DONE
O



HAT OPERATOR DOES
S












 o3
_ . CO
Preaerate for 2-4 hot
returning to aerators
Aerobically digest if
available.
 ^ ^ .2 a,
cuo > c g^c *^-
gtB .'m§^"c5:S"S 'E '•§ ^
>-CD?^c^tl)"5"c5T? cntJ-Q 21
'at=o°§5S>.~"2. o• 0> O Oi •*= O ^,QJ>-5-=i-r3
•^l--«-'*O+-.-t-'racn-Q:—
O-o^^CtTiK^ (r-SQJ1^^
2? cg"^2-CQ.£rro ^M.^^
"•5 " -a = « •- ^ S — ^-Mc^,
SCi-t^^C0^ —CO^-^-1
(Daj-^tijcD-Q"^^ c "^ = i_*
cS? •"' d 4


c .,_, 
-------
DIGESTER PROCESS CONTROL
INTRODUCTION

The first thought that comes to most opera-
tor's  minds	when the,,subject of control  is
mentioned  is  laboratory  testing.  However,
there'.are a. variety of "tools" that should not
be  overlooked in  addition to what  the;lab
results can provide. These include:

  1. Eyes (to judge sludge thickness, superna-
    tant quality, desirable color  of digested
    sludge, etc.)..

  2. Ears (changes in thickness of  raw sludge
    can be  detected by  listening to a piston
    pump  "hammer"  when sludge gets too
    thin).

  3. Nose  (some industrial wastes, such  as
    phenolic,  that can cause "digester problems
    can be  "smelle,d"Jn time to  prepare for
    handling them).

  4. Hands  (feeling  texture of sludge can tip
    the experienced operator to  sand, grease
    or uncomminuted components).

 Nonstandard tests, are'also .used. These are
 described on page 2-29,

 A  common question  that the operator may
 ask is;  "What is normal for my digester?" This
 has to be considered for the individual plant.
 Some insight may be gained by answering the
 following questions:  :  •'.-•-

  1. Is  the  digester  operation taking more
     hours than it should?  .(See the section on
     Manpower Requirements, Part III.)
2. Is the digester causing problems in other
   parts of the plant?
   a.  Supernatant in the primary clarifier?  .
   b.  Supernatant in the aerators?
   c.  Foaming over the digester walls?
   d.  Excess  BOD, SS or turbidity in the :
      effluent?

3. Is the digester causing  problems off-site?
   a.  Odors from trie digester?
   b.  Odors from the sludge beds?

4. Is the system costing too much money to
   maintain?    -•  - •-      •
   a.  Some estimate  the  average annual
      maintenance . cost  at  4% of • capital
     • cost.               •
   b.  Others  use 2% of capital  cost for the
      first 10 years of use and 5% after this
      time, as an estimate.
   c.  EPA  cost estimates.show that digester
      operation  costs are about 10% of the
      annual  plant operation and mainten-
      ance  costs and drying  bed /operation
       runs about 5% of plant costs.

 5. Is the system being upset by  industrial
   wastes?

 6. Are  operating procedures  letting the di-
   gester become upset? .

Some of these problems can be resolved by
looking  at  the  way  certain  operations are
done  and revising them to prevent possible
problems  and  improve  digestion results.

A number of operation procedures are review-
ed in  the following pages. An operation check
list is included  at the close of the section.
                                                                                     2-17

-------
HOW TO SET UP A FEED SCHEDULE

First, the  difference  between  feeding and
loading  should  be  explained.  Feeding  con-
cerns only  the  raw  sludge  system  while
loading  considers both  the  feed  and  the
volume and contents of the digester.

Keeping  excess  water at  a  minimum and
feeding  at regular intervals  are  important
features of a feeding schedule.

Control of Excess Water

Controlling the solids concentration going to
the digester may  be done in several  ways as
described in Operation Guide 1.

Total solids is  the normal  method for des-
cribing solids concentration. This test is des-
cribed   on  page 4-20  and  Appendix E-9.

Three other methods can be  substituted for
the total solids test by correlating  them with
the  total  solids test  results.  These are: lab
centrifuge readings, motor amperage and the
Imhoff  cone  test. An example of how this is
done is given below using the lab centrifuge to
estimate solids.

Example:  Take six samples ranging from thin
to  thick sludge,  approximately (1% to 8%
total solids) run  both  tests on each concen-
tration  and plot results.  Run centrifuge at
               maximum speed for 15 minutes. Be sure test
               is run at same  speed  for  same time period
               each time.

                1. Record total solids and value of the other
                  indicator at 5 or 6 points between 1% and
                  8% total solids.                        :

                2. Plot  on a graph, drawing a line connecting
                  the points as shown on Figure 2-2.

                3. Determine the  lowest desired solids feed
                  level and set up system to  stop pumping
                  when below that percent solids.

               Feed Schedule Interval

               Although the frequency of pumping may vary
               from  once  a day  to  continuous,  operators
               should review this schedule to see if it can be
               improved.  The best feed schedule  is contin-
               uous at  a low rate. The next best is frequent
               pumping for short  periods and once a day is
               the  worst. Several  methods are discussed  in
               Operation Guide 1.

               A caution about  pumping to the  digester:
               do not allow the pump to be left on accident-
               ally.  Hydraulic washout is one of the major
               causes of digester upset and all too  often it is
               traced back  to  an  operator who  left a raw
               sludge pump control in  the "on" or "hand"
               position, overnight.
                       8

                       7

                       6
                    V)
                    Q .
                    13 5

                    84
                    ss
                       3

                       2

                       1
FIGURE 2-2
CORRELATION GRAPH
Scale % Solids

         Draw Line

         Plot Points
                             Shut Off Pump

                             Below This Level
                                                       I   I   I
                                        5             10
                                       ML. CENTRIFUGE TUBE
                                                                     15
2-18

-------
OPERATION GUIDE 1   DIGESTER FEEDING
  DESIRED GOAL
PLANT EQUIPMENT/
CONDITIONS
                                                             METHOD
  A. Don't pump excess water
     to the digester.
1.  Sludge drawn to pit or
   vault before pumping to
   the digester.
                               2.  Sludge drawn directly
                                   from clarifier hopper or
                                   gravity thickener with
                                   positive displacement
                                   pump.
1a. Watch sludge while being drawn. Shut  -
   off when too thin.
 b. Sample and compare different sludge
   concentrations by running lab centrifuge
   tests or use Imhoff cone for quick
   estimate.
2a. Check pump discharge gauge, higher
   pressure generally indicates thicker
   sludge.
 b. Compare sound of pump with sludge
   thickness. Excessive hammering of
   piston pump indicates thin sludge.
 c. Coordinate total solids with pump
    amperage. Tie ammeter to pump
    controls to shut it off if sludge is too
    thin. See page 3-34, Gadgets.
 d.  Install solids concentration meter that
   reads percent solids and use signal from
   meter coordinated with time clock to
    control feed solids concentration.
      Pump at regular intervals
      to prevent adding food too
      fast for bacterial action
      and prevent temperature
      change.
1.  Single stage digesters.
                                2.  Two stage digesters.
1a. Pump at least several times per day by
    hand and stop when solids drop too low.
 b. Install time clock control if none
    provided and set schedule for
    10 a.m.—midnight. Let settle overnight
    with no mixing and draw supernatant in
    early morning.
2a. Spread pumping over 24 hours unless
    freezing weather makes this unsafe when
    plant is not manned. Control pumping so
    that excessive water is not pumped
    during low flow periods. See
    Methods 2c and 2d in A above.
   C.  Review pumping sched-
      ules and respond to
      changing conditions.
 1.  Winter vs. summer.
                                2.  I ndustrial wastes.
 1a. Cold weather operation causes problems
    with sludge bridging over in rectangular
    clarifiers. Closer control must be
    exercised to avoid reducing digester
    temperatures.
  b. Increase pumping time during storms
    because of increase in solids. Decrease
    afterwards because solids accumulate in
    sewer lines and do not reach the plant.
 2a. Most vegetable processing wastes
  - increase the volume of sludge and  .
    decrease solids content. Adjust pumping
    rates to match changing conditions.
                                                                                                 2-19

-------
HOW TO CONTROL LOADING
General Loading Guidelines
 In  order  to calculate loading,  the  operator
 must have a record of the pounds of volatile
 solids per day  being fed to the digester and
 must also know the volume of usable capacity
 in tank. This calculation  is given  in Part IV,
 The Basics, on page 4-20.

 As noted  in the introduction  to this section,
 two of the three  major  causes of digester
 upset are  hydraulic and  organic overload. In
 the first case excessive amounts of water flush
 out  the methane formers, leaving the tougher
 acid formers to  increase  and cause volatile
 acids to use up  the buffering capacity.

 In  the case of organic  overload, either  the
 amount of volatile solids increases due to an
 excess of  food or the digester capacity is re-
 duced by scum and grit  accumulations, mak-
 ing  the effective  volume  too small  for  the
 amount of food being handled.

 One approach  to making a loading  survey is
 presented below.

 Organic Loading Survey

 To get a  representative  idea  of  an average
 loading, take a series of grab samples on the
 raw sludge  feed three or four times through-
 out  the day and on several days of the week.

 Use the procedure given  on page 2-21 and the
 calculations presented on  page  4-21 and cal-
 culate the actual  available volume of digester
 space  and  the volatile  solids  expressed in
 pounds per day. Do the calculations and com-
 pare the figures with those listed on  page 2-4.
 If the numbers are significantly  more  than
 those listed in  the manual  as being average or
 normal, it's time to remove the grit  and  sand
 from the  bottom  of the digester and  restore
 the original  available volume.

 Some general guidelines that apply to loading
 control are noted here and should be included
 when the procedures for digester loading con-
 trol are written for individual plants.
Operators generally have no control over the
characteristics or the total pounds of solids to
be fed to the digester. They do, however, have
control over the concentration and frequency
of feeding. These are two very important con-
trols, and they are also the ones which cause
the  greatest   number   of  sludge-handling
problems.

The operator must maintain the best possible
balance between the incoming raw sludge and
the sludge already  in the digester. This is  best
done by:

 1. Establishing a feed schedule which is fre-
   quent and in small amounts. A time clock
   control on,the pump will allow this. How-
   ever,  the schedule  should be set  so  that
   excess  water is not  pumped  at night.

 2. Feeding the highest solids  concentration
   possible.  Typical  total solids  ranges for
   various sludges are:
       primary raw sludge            5-8%
       waste-activated                1 !/2-2%
       trickling filter humus            1-3%
       mixed primary/waste activated  3-5%

 3. Obtaining good  mixing  throughout  the
   tank. A general rule of thumb is to recycle
   a  quantity equal to  the volume of the
   tank  once a day. If the primary  digester
   has  a   volume   of ,, 250,000  gallons
   (950000  I) the mixer should be capable of
   moving  at least  175 gpm  (11  I/sec.;).

 4. Not overfeeding. One rule of thumb  says
   that the volatile .solids in the  total,,daily
   feed should not exceed 5%  of the volatile
   solids already in the digester.

 5. Controlling digested sludge  withdrawal to
   keep  buffering capacity high.

 6. Maintaining  an  efficient  grit   removal
   system.
2-20

-------
Methods for Determining Digester Capacity

  1. Measure the amount of grit and inorganic
    material in  the bottom of the digester by
    probing with a long stick or piece of pipe
    and estimate the total cubic feet occupied
    by this material. Another method of find-
    ing the top of the grit layer is to take tem-
    perature readings at lower digester depths.
    The  grit  layer will  .be  several  degrees
    cooler.
                     2, If scum blankets have formed at the sur-
                       face,  of the  tank, they should  be mea-
                       sured. One method of measuring this is to
                       use  a stick with a hinged flap of. metal.
                      , When the. stick  is passed down through
                       the scum layer and then lifted up, the flap
                       will  open  up underneath the scum blan-
                        ket. This device is discussed more fully on
                        page 3-31.
   OPERATION GUIDE 2   DIGESTER LOADING
   DESIRED GOAL
   A. Prevent hydraulic overload.
                               PLANT EQUIPMENT/
                               CONDITION
1.  Single stage digester,
   manual sludge pumping.
2.  All types digesters, auto-
   matic pumping.
    B.  Prevent organic overload.
1. Single stage digesters.
                                2. Multiple tanks.
                            METHOD
1a. Pump thickest sludge possible, taking
   care not to leave pump on accidently.
2'a. Control pump schedule so that pumping
   rate equals sludge accumulation rate.
 b. Impress personnel with the impor-
   tance of not over-pumping or leaving
   pump on accidently.	
1a. Spread feeding over maximum portion
   of the day.
 b. Clean digester on regular schedule {every
   2-3 years). See Part 111 on Digester
   Cleaning.
 c. Control industrial loading by ordinance
   adoption and enforcement.
 d. Monitor volatile solids loading and
   VA/Alk ratio and be prepared to take
   corrective action if necessary to restore
    buffering.
 e. Graph digester lab test data and watch
    for trends.
 2a. Consider the information in B-1a-1e
    above.
  b. Spread loading between several tanks if
    one tends toward upset.
  c. Recycle from the bottom of a secondary
    digester or another well buffered
    primary digester at a rate of 50% of raw
    feed per day.
  d. Adjust temperature-find most efficient
    level for particular waste.
  e. Increase mixing to maximum capacity.
                                                                                              2-21

-------
HOW TO CONTROL DIGESTER
TEMPERATURE

Specific temperature control methods will de-
pend on equipment used for heating the diges-
ter.  Because it  is important to hold constant
temperatures, the operator should  be sure of
the following:

 1. The temperature should be measured at a
    point that represents the active part of the
    digester.

 2. The  heating system  should  control the
    temperature evenly so that it is not  caus-
    ing digester  upset.

 3. If cold  weather  makes  temperature con-
    trol erratic (changes of more than 2°F per
                        day), lower the operating temperature to
                        a level  that  can be kept more constant.

                    Some  operation  suggestions  are  given  on
                    Operation Guide 3 and problems with temper-
                    ature control are discussed in Troubleshooting
                    Guides 5 and 6.  Heating equipment operation
                    is discussed in Equipment Operation Guides 5
                    and 6.

                    HOW TO CONTROL MIXING

                    The goals of mixing control are to bring bac-
                    teria  in  contact  with  the food as it is added
                    and to  keep  scum and  grit formations at a
                    minimum. Internal, external and recirculation
                    methods are discussed in Part IV, The Basics
                    Troubleshooting Guides 7, 8 and 9 give more
                    information on the subject.
OPERATION GUIDE 3  DIGESTER TEMPERATURE CONTROL
  DESIRED GOAL
PLANT EQUIPMENT/
CONDITION
                        METHOD
  A.  Get accurate readings.
1.
No temperature gauges or
installed thermometer.
                             2.
   Installed measuring device
   giving questionable readings
1a. Allow recirculation pump to run for at
   least 10 minutes, pulling from "active
   zone." Pull sample and let bucket come
   to sludge temperature, dump first
   sample, draw another and measure
   temperature using lab thermometer.
 b. Lower sampler into digester, pick
   samples at various levels according to
   procedure in 1a and measure with lab
   thermometer. (See page 3-29, Gadgets.)
2a. Use either method 1a or 1b above to
   check temperature device, taking sample
   as close as possible to where the device
   measures temperature.
 b. If device is in a recirculation pump line,
   be sure pump is operating and pulling
   representative sample.
  B.  Change operating temper-
     ature up or down by at
     least 5 deg. F. (2.8 deg. C.)
1.  Changing weather condition
   or waste characteristics.
                        1a. Adjust heat controls such that
                           temperature does not change more than
                           1 deg. F. (0.5 deg. C.) per day.
  C.  Desire to try thermo-
     phylic range.
1.  Heating equipment cap-
   able of maintaining 130
   deg, F. (54 deg. C.), mul-
   tiple tanks available.
                        1a. Consult references in Appendix B.
                         b. Use only one tank at a time.
                         c. Change temperature at a rate of 1 deg. F.
                           (0.5 deg. C.) per day or 3 deg. F.
                           (1.7 deg. C.) in two days at maximum.
                         d. Be prepared for a month period of
                           transition.
                         e. Control using VA/Alk ratio and hold
                           below 0.1.
2-22

-------
 The mixing schedule will vary depending on
 the type of equipment  and >tank  configura-
 tion.  The  important things to consider  are:

  1. Does the mixing system do a good job of
     bringing   food   in  contact   with   the
     bacteria?   ,         ,

  2. Are scum blankets  and grit accumulations
     reducing the volume of the tank enough
     to cause organic'overload?

  3. Is the mixing  (particularly gas-type) caus-
     ing   supernatant quality  to   upset  the
     plant?              ...

 Scum Blanket Control
                     gesters were installed with no mixers or in-
                     adequate, mixing devices.  Under  these condi-
                     tions, the  scum blanket is a major problem.

                     'Keeping the scum blanket moist will normally
                     prevent  the problem. This allows gas to  pass
                     through  and assist in preventing the blanket
                     from becoming too thick. A maximum depth
                     should be less than 24 inches.

                     Scum  blankets in  digesters usually  have a
                     rolling movement if mechanical or natural di-
                     gester gas  mixing  is adequate. This movement
                     can  be observed through the the  thief hole. If
                     .movement is slight or not present, the opera-
                     tor  should check  mixer operation or probe
                     the scum blanket for thickness.
""Adequate  mixing   normally  prevents scum
 from  forming  a  blanket.  However, many di-
 OPERATION GUIDE 4  HOW TO CONTROL MIXING
                     Several  suggestions  on  mixing  control  are
                     given in  Operation Guide 4.
  DESIRED GOAL
PLANT EQUIPMENT/
CONDITION
METHOD
  A.  Keep scum and grit accum-
     ulation at a minimum and
     provide good contact be-
     tween food and bacteria.
1.  Single stage digester.
                             2.  Two stage digesters.
1a. Run mixing equipment following each
   sludge addition but shut off when it
   affects supernatant quality. Time clock
   control on both sludge pump and mixer
   helps accomplish this.
 b. If mixer fails, check possibility of using
   raw sludge pump to provide some mixing"
   when not pumping raw sludge.
 c. Draw level down to minimum and
   recirculate and mix simultaneously for
   24-48 hours every six months if buildups
   are a problem.
2a. Run mixer continuously in primary
   digester unless secondary supernatant
   quality goes above 5,000 mg/l total
   solids. If above 5,000 mg/l, decrease
   mixing time by manual or time clock
  . control. Measure scum and grit accumu-
   lation to find optimum mixing time.
  B.  Break up scum blanket
1.  Mixing equipment not
   operable, several digesters
   available.
1a. Adjust number of tanks to allow loading
   ratio of 0.3-0.4 Ib. VS/cu.ft./day
   (4.8-6.4 kg/m3/day). Gas generation in
   the tank will cause natural mixing.
   Caution: The loading rate must be held in
   this range continuously and the VA/Alk
   ratio monitored to keep the tank in
   control.
 b. Introduce compressed digester gas into
   the bottom sludge draw-off line and
   allow bubbles to provide limited mixing.

                                 2-23

-------
HOW TO CONTROL SUPERNATANT
QUALITY AND EFFECTS

One of the traps that some operators fall into
is believing that all process problems in other
parts of  the plant  are  caused by outside
sources, when many times the trouble is from
digester supernatant  returning  to  the  head-
works or other points in the plant. Each plant
will  have  its own  limits.  However,  problems
begin to develop in most plants if the superna-
tant total  solids exceed 0.5 to 0.75% (5000 to
7500 mg/l).

General Guidelines for Supernatant Control

When  drawing off supernatant in  unmixed
digesters,  the operator  should  select a  draw-
off point which will give the best supernatant.
In single tanks with internal mixers, the oper-
ator should stop mixing for periods of 6-12
hours or plan for intermittent mixing to allow
settling before selecting  and  drawing  off
supernatant.  This  will  also require program-
ming  sludge  feed  and  sludge withdrawal.

Effects  of  Tank  Types  on  Supernatant
Quality.  Where two tank systems are operat-
ing,  the  active sludge mixture is transferred
from the   primary digester to  the secondary
where the sludge is detained without mixing.
The supernatant qualities obtained  from the
secondary digester will depend on the deten-
tion time  and the type of sludge feed.

Single stage tanks with moderate loading will
generally   produce good  supernatant   if the
operator can find the right layer. Part  of the
key  to success is having several  drawoff  points
and  selecting the  best  one.  Several patented
supernatant selectors are installed in digesters
but  even the best  ones are subject to plugging
with hair, rags and other stringy debris. The
superior  "selector" is  the vigilant operator
who is willing to experiment until he finds the
optimum   pattern  for mixing, resting  and
drawing the sought after "clear" supernatant.
The  type of  plant  also affects supernatant
quality as shown by Table 11-1  below.

                Table 11-1
     TABLE OF EXPECTED RANGES
      OF SUPERNATANT QUALITY
     FOR DIFFERENT TYPE PLANTS
Suspended
  solids
BOD5
COD
          Primary
          Plants
          (mg/l)
 200-1,000
 500-3,000
1,000-5,000
            Trickling
            Filters*
            (mg/l)
            Activated
            Sludge Plants*
            (mg/l)
 500- 5,000   5,000-15,000
 500- 5,000   1,000-10,000
2,000-10,000   3,000-30,000
Ammonia
  asNH3
Total
  phosphorus
  as P
 300-  400
  50-  200
             400-  600
             100-  300
             500- 1,000
             300- 1,000
 * Includes primary sludge.
Some  of the  best  results  are  obtained by
drawing  the supernatant into an open lagoon
or drying  bed and  skimming the  layer that
forms with wide circular decant pans. Greater
efficiency  results  when the, surf ace area  to
depth  ratio is large. If land is available and
problems  exist,  this  solution  should   be
considered.

High rate gas  mixing tends to homogenize the
sludge and contribute to poor quality super-
natant. One operator had success in improving
supernatant quality by adding about 3 mg/l of
water  soluble anionic polymer to the gravity
thickener  and  reducing the  total  operating
hours  of the  gas mixer. This reduced the de-
tention  time  in the digester because thicker
sludge was pumped and the reduced mixing
time produced lower sol ids in the supernatant.
The product was Zimmite ZT-650.

Other  considerations  are  summarized  in
Operation Guide 5.  Also see Troubleshooting
Guide 2.
2-24

-------
  OPERATION GUIDE 5   SUPERNATANT CONTROL
  DESIRED GOAL
PLANT EQUIPMENT/
CONDITION
METHOD
  A. Liquid quality that will
     riot affect the rest of
     the plant.
1.  Single tank fixed cover.
                              2.  Single digester, floating
                                  cover, single draw-off.
1a. Feed digester at as slow a rate as pos-
   sible, do all mixing after supernatant has
   quit displacing and allow tank to set
   without mixing 8-12 hours before
   feeding again.
 b. Make up jars containing samples of
   supernatant stabilized with formal-
   dehyde, which can be used as a  standard
   by operators showing what is and is not
   acceptable quality.
2a. Adjust tank level until best quality liquid
   is found and operate within these limits.
 b. Install swivel joint and 4-6 foot length of
   pipe to draw-off line to allow selection
   over wider range. See page 3-35,
   Gadgets.
  B.  Prevent problems of over-
     load to gravity thickener.
1.  Poor quality supernatant
   due to overloaded
   digester.
1a. Add polymer to sludge going to
   thickener to increase solids, decrease
   quantity of supernatant and increase
   digester detention time.
  C. Prevent high demand
    , supernatant going to
     aerators.

     Sidestream treatment.
1.  Poor quality due to over-
   loaded digester.
1a. If extra aerator is available, preaerate
   before discharging to aerator.       -•  .. .
 b. Aerobically digest supernatant to reduce
   demand. Air demand will be high for first
   few days but will taper off to 20-25 cfm/
 -  cu.ft. (20-25 m3/min./m3) tank capacity.
  D. Eliminate all recycle
     to process.
1.  Poor quality supernatant
   due to overload or poor
   separation.in digester.
1a.  Discharge to available drying bed or
 •   lagoon and spray irrigate decantate.
 b.  Haul or process digested sludge at a rate
    that will prevent supernatant return.
 c.  Sell to firms or individuals requiring
    liquids for composting processes.
HOW TO CONTROL SLUDGE
WITHDRAWAL

When  sludge  is  drawn put of  the digester,
either to beds or other sludge handling facil-
ities,    there  -   are     several     important
considerations.

  1. In small  plants,  particularly  with  single-
    stage digesters,  at least 12 hours-should
    lapse between pumping raw sludge and
    sludge withdrawal. Additionally, the con-
    tents should  be  well  mixed to prevent
                       •  pulling out raw  sludge that could  create
                         odors  as  well-  as  contain  pathogens.

                      -2: Care must  be taken to prevent  pulljng air.
                         into  fixed  cover digesters when sludge is
                        .withdrawn. Sludge  from" multiple tank
                      • •- systems can  be drawn at  a  rate that will
                         allow gas from another tank to be  pulled
                       ,  back into the emptying tank. Single tank
                      ...... operators,should pull  sludge out slowly
                      •  . enough that .air is not  pulled in or kept at-
                         a  minimum.  Explosive  conditions  exist
                         when the methane concentration is below
                         20% on a volume basis.
                                                                                            2-25

-------
HOW TO USE LAB TESTS AND OTHER
INFORMATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL

Just as the driver of a car does several things
at once to keep control of the car, the oper-
ator looks at several indicators to keep the
digester from "upsetting." And, like the driv-
er who uses the steering action to keep the car
on  the road, the operator can use lab tests,
such as the volatile acids and alkalinity, for
process control. Other tests are also needed to
give the full picture and these will be discuss-
ed in the following pages.

Methods for running lab tests are found in
Appendix  E,  and a discussion of what the
various parameters show is covered in Part IV,
The Basics, starting  on page 4-1 1.

Important Indicators

There are certain  indicators which measure
the  progress of  sludge  digestion and warn
about impending upset.  No one variable can
be  used  alone to  predict problems;  several
must be  considered together. Control  indica-
tors in order of importance are:

  1 . Volatile acids to alkalinity ratio.

  2. Gas production rates, both CH^ and CG^.

  3. pH.

  4. Volatile    solids   reduction   (digester
    efficiency).

None of  the  above used singly can indicate
the  condition  of the digestion process. For
.example,  volatile acid  readings may increase,
but which does it indicate:

  1 , A decrease in percent  methane (a rise in
    percent
  2. A decrease in alkalinity?

  3. No change in percent methane production?

  4. A decrease in pH?

2-26
 5. A problem or no problem?

Large  increases  in  volatile  acids  may  take
place before  pH is changed  if the digester is
heavily buffered (has high alkalinity). Changes
in  volatile acids mean more  when considered
with alkalinity.

Obviously, the operator needs more informa-
tion   before   responding  to  the  indicator.

The  operator is cautioned against looking at
an absolute number.  The rate of change is
much more  significant.  In  summary, then,
trends of these indicators are the most useful
to predict the progress of  digestion  and as
signals  of process upset.  A discussion  of
trends is  in  Part IV,  The Basics,  page 4-16,
and Appendix, G-2.

Importance of Samples in Process Control

Sampling is the first step in  waste analysis.  It
is  absolutely  necessary to take good samples
to get reliable usable tests. Good samples are
obtained  by   following a few simple rules:

 1. The  sample  must  be  representative. For
    example,  when drawing  samples from an
    on-off pumping operation, allow pump to
    run for several  minutes  to clear the line;
    then make a composite sample during the
    time the  pump is running. This is done by
    drawing  three samples,  at the beginning,
    at mid-point  and  at the end of pumping
    period. Equal volumes of sample should
    be mixed together.

 2. Always run pH and temperature tests im-
    mediately (5-10 minutes) to avoid deteri-
    oration.  If samples are allowed to set too
    long, CC>2 will be released, causing the pH
    to rise.  Always  use the same length of
    time from collection to determination for
    each test run. It is important to standard-
    ize  when taking temperatures.  Don't use
    a warm bucket or thermometer one day
    and a cold one the next day.

-------
 3. Always refrigerate the sample if tests are
   not  run immediately. When storing a raw
   sludge sample in a refrigerator, it's a good
   idea to use a plastic wrap over the top of
   'the jar with a rubber band on it to hold it
   in place.  This will allow  any  gases that
   might collect  in  the sample to expand
   without bursting the jar.

 4. The  container should, be cleaned  thor-
   oughly before and after use.

Sample Points for Control Information

There is no specific set or list of tests than can
fit all digester systems due to the variability
and complexity of systems.. However, in gen-
eral,  the following points are usually sampled
for   digester   monitoring    and   control.
 1. Raw sludge
 2. Digester sludge (active zone)
 3. Digested sludge
 4. Supernatant
 5. Digester gas

Raw Sludge.  Tests performed on samples  of
raw sludge tell an operator what .type of food
is  being fed to  a digester. The operator is
actually  feeding a tank full of hungry organ-
isms their daily rations, much as a zookeeper
would distribute food to cages full of animals.
By knowing  the  condition (pH  and tempera-
ture) and thecontent (total and volatilesolids),
the operator  can  predict to some degree how
the d.igester will react.

This  sample  is. normally taken at  the raw
sludge pump or from a well-mixed portion of
a sludge pit or vault.

Digester Sludge.  The second  major sample
should  be taken  from a point in the digester
that represents the well-mixed active portion
of the primary, digester. This determines what
is happening  inside the tank. This sample gives
the  operator information on the alkalinity
and. volatile acids as well as on the solids that
will  be used in  other calculations (described
on page 4-20).
Samples  may  be  taken  from  sample lines,
frorrj,w.overflow  boxes where sludge  passes
from' a primary to a  secondary digester or
from a recirculation  pump or line where a
corporation-cock is installed.

Digested Sludge. The contents of the bottom
sludge in  the digester is  another important
point which  gives the operator information
on how the process is proceeding. This sample
may represent what is  being transferred from
the bottom  of a primary digester to a secon-
dary digester,  or it may represent the bottom
sludge being withdrawn for disposal.

Quantities  of sludge  transferred  from  one
digester to another or from a  digester to a
drying bed  can usually be  determined  by:

 1. Calculating the volume added to a  drying
    bed, sludge truck or dewatering unit and
    recording .it  as gallons  per day or gallons
    per month.

 2. Calculating the  diameter of  a circular
    digester, the number of gallons per inch
    or per foot which measure the  change in
    liquid depth, and calculating and record-
    ing the volume.

Supernatant.  Grab samples of supernatant, if
they are fairly uniform and  continuous, will
give a good idea of what is happening. How-
ever, some  method  must  be used  to  decide
when to begin and stop transferring superna-
tant back to  the  process.  Many times this is
done by visual  observation. Some  operators.
use an Imhoff cone with a cutoff point of 50
milliliters per  liter after 30 minutes of settling
to tell them when to stop the flow of super-
natant and let the  digester rest.

Carbon Dioxide.  This is  a most easily mea-
sured component  of the digester gas. Because
the  sum  of the  CC>2 and CH4 is approxi-
mately 100%, the amount  of  CH^  can be
roughly  estimated by measuring  the CC^.
Well  operating tanks  range between  25-35%
CC>2. The percent of CC>2 can  be an early
                                                                                    2-27

-------
indicator  of  approaching  problems  if the
trend is upward.

The percent  CC>2 will increase shortly after
feeding, if sludge is fed two or three times per
day.  Information should  be obtained  during
different times  of the day to find normal
values for the plant.

Several CC>2 analyzers are  on the market, such
as those manufactured by Hays or Orsat. The
C02  content  of the  gas coupled with the
quantity of gas produced shows the immedi-
ate response to how the food is being utilized.
If the CC>2 content stays  consistently high, it
can be a trend toward excess acid production
and trouble.

Samples may be taken several places. If gas is
piped into the lab and used for Bunsen burn-
ers, this can be a very adequate sampling point.
   It is important to purge the line before collect-.
   ing a sample. This is done by lighting the burn-
   er and letting it burn for a minute or so, turn-
   ing it off to collect the sample. If samples can-
   not be run in the lab, the sampling device can
   be located at a sample point on the digester
   gas line.

   Suggested Tests and Frequency. The follow-
   ing table lists the possible tests and suggested.
   frequencies for a plant with approximately 1
   to 2  mgd and two or more digesters.

   This table is a suggestion only and would have
   to be adapted to the type of sludge being re-
   ceived at a plant,  the severity of overloading
   and a number of other factors, but gives some
   idea   of  how often information  could  and
   should be obtained. Two columns  are shown,
   the first showing  the optimum,  the second
   showing   the  minimum   test  frequencies.
                                          TABLE 11-2
                            SUGGESTED SAMPLE TESTS AND FREQUENCY
                                 1-2 MGD PLANT, TWO DIGESTERS
  Raw Sludge

  Recirculation Sludge

  Bottom Primary

  Bottom Secondary

  Supernatant

  Gas

  Scum

  Grit

  Depth Series
TEMP.
D
D
D
M/2
W



Y/4
(D)
(D)
(W)
(M)
(M)



(Y/2
TS
D
D
W
W
W

Y/4
Y/4
Y/4
(4/W)
(4/W)
(M)
(M)
(W)

(Y/2)
(Y/2)
(Y/2)
VS
D
D
W
W
W

Y/4
Y/4
Y/4
4/W)
4/W)
(M)
(M)
(W)

(Y/2)
(Y/2)
(Y/2)
CO?





D



pH
D
D
D
W
D



Y/4
(W)
(D)
(W)
(M)
(W)



(Y/2)
ALK

D
2W





Y/4

(W)
(W)





(Y/2)
VA

D
2W





Y/4


W)
W)





(Y/2)
QUANTITY
D

Da
Db
D
W
M
M

(D)

(Da)
(Db)
(D)
(Y/4)
(Y/4)
(Y/4)

 () ~ Minimum frequency
  C = Continuous
  D = Daily
  W = Weekly
  M = Monthly
Y = Yearly
M/2 = Twice a month
Y/2 = Twice a year
4/W = Four times a week
a = Amount transferred to secondary, if applicable
b = Or as often as drawn to disposal point
2-28

-------
Non-Standard Tests

There are some non-standard tests whicrrare
not given  in the books which will provide ad-
ditional useful information.

Visual Gas Test. A yellow flame with blue at
the base  is normal at the waste gas burner;
When too much blue  is present and the flame
will not stay lit, this  may indicate too much
CC>2. An orange flame  with smoke may be pre-
sent when the digester  has a high sulfur contact.

Test for Grit. Estimates on the amount of grit
in the sludge may be  obtained  by allowing
tap water  to run into an open beaker of sludge
at a slow  rate to wash most-of the light solids
out, leaving the grit in  the bottom of the beak-
er.  If the amount of water run into the beaker
is the same each time, -then the operator can
get some visual feeling for the amount of grit
in raw sludge, the sludge being drawn out, and
the amount in the recirculated sludge. It is dif-
ficult to assign "numbers to these amounts, but
visually the operator can tell if the amount is
increasing  or decreasing. Using this informa-
tion along with actual  sounding of the digester
can give him a feel for the probable grit build-
up in the digester.

Sniff Test. Another bit of information can be
gained by the non-standard  "sniff" test.  Sim-
ply smelling the sludge samples  can tell the
operator whether it's  septic, sour, well-digest-.
ed  or,  in the  case  of  raw. sludge samples,
whether there are chemicals such as oils, sol-
vents, or other types of materials that might be
harmful to the digester. Experience is the best
teacher for drawing conclusions from this  type '
of a test,  but it should not be ignored by the
operator.  Examples  of  digester  supernatant
sniff  indicators are rotten  egg  odors which
may indicate organic overload  and a rancid
butter smell which may be present when heavy
metals toxicity exists.

Digester Profiles

In addition to the above tests, samples should-
be taken  inside the digester. This can be done
by lowering sample collectors into the tank at
least twice yearly. One procedure is to set aside
half a day, or a day if necessary', to take sam-
ples at five-foot intervals from top to bottom
of all digesters and set up total solids, volatile
solids, pH,  temperature, and alkalinity on the
entire  series.  By'plotting  the  results  after
they are obtained, it is possible to have a pretty
good  idea  of how much grit is on the tank
bottom,  whether there are  pockets of undi-
gested material, or whether the temperature is
not uniform  all the way through. These sam-
ples  can  be taken, using a homemade samp-
ling  device,  one  of which   is  described  on
page 3-29. The important thing is  to collect
a sample that represents the particular level
that the sample is takep'from.       '

It is also  a good idea to take samples from sev-
eral  different locations and  depths. Samples
can be taken-from  prepared sampling holes
known as "thief holes." If the'tank has a float-
ing cover,  it is possible  to lower a sampling
device alongside the floating cover'into the
tank. It  will  probably  be necessary to break
away the scum layer, and although  this is not
the best location, it will give some information
if no other sampling points  are available. As
a last resort a manhole cover can be taken off;
however, safety  precautions  should be strict-
ly observed. A floating cover should be down
on  the corbels before  the.manhole cover is
removed.       :

At the same  time the digester profile is being
done,  both the  amount of scum and the a-
mount of grit should be recorded. In order to
find the  amount of grit that has accumulated,
several points in the digester should be sounded
using a, long stick or a piece  of pipe to deter-
mine-where the top of the grit  layer is. Then
force the stick down through it until the floor
is reached and record the difference in the two
measurements. If,the plans on the digester are
available, the grit layer can be estimated by us-
ing the top of the wall as a reference point and
measuring  down to the top of  the.grit layer,
noting the difference between these measure-
ments.
                                                                                    2-29

-------
OPERATIONS CHECK LIST

The following list is prepared to help you make up your own check
list and may include items not within your process. Use only those
which apply to your plant.                                                  Suggested
                                                                          Frequency
A. Feed Sludge
     1. Record volume pumped for a 24-hour period.                          Daily
     2. Run total solids test and compare with amount pumped in to be sure     Weekly
       too much water is not being fed.                                      (1-3 times)
     3. Check pump operation for packing gland leaks, proper adjustment of     Daily
       cooling water, unusual "noises, undue bearing heat, and suction and
       discharge pressures.
     4. Monitor pump time clock operation for proper  control and check     Daily
       running time with sludge consistency.

B. Recirculated Sludge
     1. Record temperature of recirculated sludge.                             Daily      ;
     2. Collect sample of recirculated sludge and run tests.                     Weekly
     3. Check boiler temperatures, burner flame, and exhaust fan for proper     (1-3 times)
       operation.                                                          Daily
     4. Check hot water circulating temperatures.                             Daily
     5. Check and record heat exchanger inlet and outlet temperatures.          Daily
     6. Check for leaks in sludge lines.                                       Weekly
     7. Check pump operation — packing gland leaks, proper adjustment of     Daily
       cooling water, unusual noises, undue bearing temperatures and suc-
       tion and discharge pressures.

C.  Digesters
     1. Gas manometers for proper digester gas pressure.                       Daily
     2. Drain condensate traps — more often if needed.                        4/daily
     3. Drain sediment traps.                                                Daily
     4. Waste gas burner for proper flame.                                    Daily
     5. Record gas pressures.                                                Daily
     6. Record floating cover position, check cover guides and check for gas     Daily
       leaks.
     7. Record digester and natural gas meter readings.                         Dail'y      >
     8. Check and record fuel oil.                                            Daily
     9. On gas mixers  check flow of gas to each feed point.                     Daily
    10. Check internal moving mixers for proper operation.                    Daily
    11. Pressure  relief and vacuum breaker valves — Verify operation with     Daily/Weekly
       manometer and check for leaking gas.
   12. Check supernatant tubes for proper operation, collect sample, and     Daily
       hose down supernatant box.
   13. Check level and condition of water seal on digester cover.               Daily
    14. Check flow meters for correct flows, leaks and vibration.                Daily
    15. Check  feed sludge, density   meter  for correct  density, leaks and     Daily
       vibration.
    16. Check scum blanket through sight glass.                               Daily
    17. Check gas storage tank for gas leaks and odor. Record  readings on     Daily
       pressure gauges and drain condensate traps.
2-30

-------
   18. Check all gas line piping for leaks. Test with soapy solution if a leak
      is suspected.
   19. Check gas pressure regulators and verify with manometer reading.
   2Q. Check flame trap arresters by noting the pressure drop across unit or
      that equipment downstream is working.
   21. Check scum bjanket for dryness and depth.
   22. Clean and fill manometers.                  .           •
   23. Remove, clean and check all safety devices for proper operation.
   24. Flush and refill digester dome seals.
   25. Sound digester by sampling from bottom up at 5-foot intervals.  •
   26. Remove digester from service and clean and repair unit.
D. Sludge Withdrawal •'...':
     1. Check volatile content of bottom sludge, if below 50% and nuisance
       odors not present it should be ready to remove.
     2. Frequency  of removal will vary  with  method of dewatering and/or
      •disposal.  Some plants that haul wet sludge to land sites or dewater
  ..,.   on filters pull out daily. Plants that have drying beds in wet climates
       may draw out only in summer and fall months.             .
     3. Collect several samples  and composite for calculation  of digester
       efficiency.

E. Compressors                        .
     1. Check for proper operation of unit by looking at the oil level, drive
       belts and discharge pressure.

F. Piston Type Sludge Pumps
     1. Check for  proper operation of pump and motor by looking at the
       automatic oiler. Make sure that the eccentric  is dripping at a regular
       rate, packing is adjusted  properly,  drive belt tension is OK. Note
       the vacuum and discharge pressures and  record  revolution counter
       reading and reset.        .
     2. Collect sample of sludge when operating.

G.  Fire Fighting Equipment
     1. Be sure all units are in place and that unit is still within its inspection
       date.

H.  First Aid Kit
     1. Be  sure they are in place and that all items match the inventory sheet.
Suggested
Frequency
Weekly

Monthly
Monthly

Monthly
6 Months
6 Months
6 Months
6 Months
3-8 Years
 Weekly

 Variable



 When drawing



 Daily



 4 Hours




 Daily


 Monthly



  Monthly
                                                                                   2-31

-------
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST*
 1. Exercise the Variable Speed Drive (Raw Sludge Pump)
 2. Exercise the Variable Speed Drive (Digested Sludge Pump)
 3. Inspect Pump (Centrifugal, Hot Water Recirculation)
 4. Inspect Floating Cover for evenness and gas leaks
 5. Inspect First Aid Kit
 6. Inspect Pump (Centrifugal, Sludge Recirculation)
 7. Inspect and clean Motor (Raw Sludge Pump Drive)
 8. Inspect and lubricate Raw Sludge Pump (Piston Type, Belt Driven)
 9. Inspect Piping and Exercise Valves
10. Inspect and clean Motor (Sludge Recirculation Pump)
11. Inspect and clean Motor (Gas Recirculation Compressor)
12. Inspect and clean Motor (Digested Sludge Pump Drive)
13. Inspect and clean Motor (Gas Storage Compressor)
14. Verify accuracy of Raw Sludge Flow Meter (Magnetic)
15. Inspect and lubricate Digested Sludge Pump
16. Check accuracy of Raw Sludge Density Meter (Nuclear)
17. Lubricate Coupling (Hot Water Recirculation)
18. Lubricate Coupling (Sludge Recirculation)
19. Lubricate Coupling (Gas Recirculation)
20. Clean and fill Gas Manometers
21. Inspect Compressor (Gas Recirculation)
22. Disassemble and clean Gas Water Traps (Condensate)
23. Disassemble and clean Flame Arresters (Gas Piping)
24. Check for support and leaks on Digester Internal Piping (Gas Mixing)
25. Inspect and  clean Gas Storage Compressor
26. Clean  Heat Exchanger
27. Disassemble and clean Gas Pressure & Vacuum Relief Valves (Digester Cover)
28. Check Fire Fighting Equipment
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
Semi-annually
    Review the equipment manufacturers' recommended  preventive maintenance procedures
    and schedules. They should be followed. Also refer to your plant's O & M manual for more
    detail on preventive maintenance for the plant.
2-32

-------
CHEMICALS USED IN DIGESTER
CONTROL
Chemical  usage in the digester falls into two
categories: pH adjustment and metal toxicity
control. This  section covers" pH  adjustment.
The subject of toxicity/is discussed .in a separ-
ate section on  toxic material  in Part  III,
page 3-21.

CONTROL OF pH

Several  chemicals are available which can be
used as caustic agents in digesters to raise or
control  pH. Each has advantages and disad-
vantages.  The choice of  which  one to  use
largely  depends upon availability, cost, stor-
age and handling  preference.  In all cases of
caustic  addition,  care must be taken to pro-
vide mixing.  Mixing is  essential to be  sure
that the  caustic  solution  will  be distributed
throughout the tank' contents and prevent
localizing the caustic. This section  discusses
the  use  of  various  chemicals  in digester
operations.

Lime

Lime is  one  of the  most common caustic
agents  due to .its availability, relatively  low
cost and  ease of handling.  Lime  is usually
used in starting a digester because it speeds up
gas production and  lowers volatile acids_con-
centration. One limitation to the use of lime
is its inability to maintain the pH at higher
levels than about 6.,8. When lime  is added to a
digester it combines with CC^, removing C02
from  the  liquid.  This  combining reaction
forms calcium bicarbonate when the digester
is  below  6.7 or 6.8  and  the bicarbonate
alkalinity  is  between 500 and  _ 1,000  mg/l
(NOTE:  This is not total alkalinity). Calcium
bicarbonate  becomes  a  buffering  agent,
neutralizing the  acids  in the  digester and
allowing the  digester  to return to normal.

Too  much  lime  causes insoluble calcium
carbonate to form.  Like grit, calcium carbon-
ate settles out, takes up  space, and may be
very  difficult to  remove. A further  disad-
vantage is that it may create  a vacuum in the
digester because C02  is  removed,  causing a
decrease in  gas pressure  inside the.digester.
This  occurs  when  excess   lime  is added.

If the operator were to continue adding lime
after 'the digester  pH has reached between 6.5
and 6.8 and the C02 were to continue  drop-
ping,  a  dangerous situation might result. The
C02  content might  drop  until it reached
about 10% and the pH would start to increase
to about 8.0.

As the  C02 percentage drops, the pressure
lowers and a vacuum results. With  biological
activity continuing, the  percent of C02 in-
creases,'rising  again to the 10% level, at which
point the pH drops to below 7.0. Additions of
lime  beyond that  necessary to neutralize the
acids  or indicated by pH are wasteful.  They
may result in  lowered gas pressure,  a vacuum
inside the tank, and a collapsed cover.

However,  it is reported by Perry L. McCarty
that some excess calcium  carbonate  has .some
benefits:  it  prevents  calcium  toxicity and
when the pH drops to about 6.5, the insoluble
calcium  dissolves  forming  additional   bicar-
bonate alkalinity.

Lime is available in two forms:

  1. As unslaked lime, or calcium oxide (CaO),
                                                                                     2-33

-------
  often called quicklime.  It is hygro-
  scopic, which means that it takes up
  water or moisture quite readily.  The
  maior disadvantage is that quicklime
  must be "slaked"  (water must be added
  in a controlled way) before it can be
  used. This requires special equipment.

  CAUTION: ALWAYS ADD QUICKLIME TO THE
  WATER TO PREVENT AN EXPLOSION WHICH
  MAY SPLATTER THE OPERATOR WITH LIME
  AND CAUSE SKIN BURNS.  QUICKLIME MUST
  BE STORED IN A DRY PLACE.

  2. Hydrated lime  (calcium hydroxide
  Ca(OH)2) is the preferred form since
  it is already slaked and ready to use.

  Lime is always mixed with water to
  form a slurry using about 100 pounds
  (45.4 kg) of lime to 50 gallons
  (189 1) of water before being fed to
  the digester.  Most operators add the
  lime slurry into a sludge or scum pit
  at the side of the primary clarifier
  and pump it along with the sludge.

  LIME DOSAGES. Two quick methods can
  be used as rough approximations for
  the amount of lime additi'ons.

  1. Apply a dosage of 1 pound of lime
  for every 1,000 gallons  (37850 1) in
  the digester. This is risky. Too much
  or too little may be added. A better
  way is given below.

  2. The empirical method
     PROCEDURE:
     a. Obtain a sample of representa-
        tive sludge  (about 5 gallons)
        from the digester and record
        the exact amount.

     b. Carefully add calculated
        amounts of lime to sample
        until pH reaches about 6.7
        or 6.8, then stop. Record
        total amount of lime used.

     c. Calculate the amount of lime
        needed to treat the digester
        using the results of the above
        step.
The following example shows the
calculation:
Assume 0.1 pounds of lime was re-
quired to treat the 5-gallon sample.
If the digester volume is 100,000
gallons (378500 I) then,
        100,000 gallons
           5 gallons
=20,000 times the sample volume
and 20,000 times as much lime would
be needed to treat the digester.
Therefore 0.1 times 20,000 equals
2,000 pounds (907 kg) of lime re-
quired.  To get a better estimate,
the experiment could be done three
times and the results averaged.
Another method is to add enough lime
to neutralize the volatile.acids.
Use the following procedure to find
pounds of lime needed:
   Calculate the amount of volatile
acids in mg/1 times 8.34 times
volume of digester in million gallons
equals pounds of volatile acids. The
pounds of lime needed equals .62 times
the pounds of volatile acids.  :
For example: Assume volatile acids to
be 1800 mg/1 and digester volume to be
150,000 gallons  (0.15 million gallons),
then, 1,800 times 8.34 times .15
million gallons equals 2,252 pounds of
volatile acids.  The amount of lime
needed is 2252 x .62 equals 1396 Ibs.
of lime.

NOTE: The amount of alkalinity already
in the digester in this case would be
in excess and is considered a cushion.

The following procedures are recom-
mended for lime addition:

1. Begin adding lime if the pH drops
below 6.6.

2. Check the vacuum relief device on
the digester to be sure it is working
 (the addition of lime can  cause a
vacuum inside the tank). Stop lime
addition if vacuum relief  begins opera-
ting and wait 24 hrs.before starting
lime again.
2—34

-------
 3. Add the  lime slurry only while mixing
   and/or  recirculating  the? digester  and
   continue for at least an hour or more after
   the last addition. Cheek the pit frequently.

 4. Stdp  adding  lime when  pH  reaches 6.8.

Anhydrous Ammonia

Anhydrous ammonia  is  a gas and is available
in pressurized cylinders. It may be used for
pH adjustment under controlled conditions.
However,  lime, or other caustics, are recom-
mended  for  the'smaller plants for  safety
reasons.

Several precautions are noted below for those
using anhydrous ammonia:               ;

  1. There is the possibility of ammonia tqx-
    icity  if the neutral  pH  is overshot.  The
    toxic  level depends on  other  buffering
    agents  in the digester but the concentra-
    tion should not exceed 1,400 mg/l as N in
    any case.

  2. The gas cylinders should be handled using
    all the precautions normally employed
    with  gases under pressure;  i.e.,  do not
    drop or strike with  sharp objects, keep a-
    way from excessive  heat and use approved
    regulating valves.

 Several feeding procedures are noted  below:

  1. Make up tight ammonia connections from
    cylinder to aluminum pipe. Insert the pipe
    through a thief hole in the top of the di-
    gester. The pipe  should go to a depth of
  •   10-15 feet (2.5-3.2  m)  in the digester. A
     1/8"  reducing elbow can be attached to
    the lower end of the pipe so that the pipe
    can be rotated in a full circle to distribute
    the gas addition.

  2. Make  up  a connection  to a  recirculation
     line which allows gas feed into the sludge
     while  it is being  recircula'ted. The connec-
     tion  may be made using  a corporation-
     cock and necessary fittings to mate with
   the feed  system.-  Precautions'to be  ob-
   s,eryed include:
   a.  Use materials in connection  and feed
       piping  that are not affected by am-.
       monia. DO NOT use copper or brass
       fittings.
   b.  Feed  ammonia only when  sludge is
       circulating and downstream valves are
       open.              .-',.--

The  digester  pH should be carefully watched
when using ammonia. The greatest danger lies
in ammonium toxicity (see Toxic  Materials,
Part  111, page 3-21).                  ...

The  following example shows how to find the
pounds of ammonia needed:

  1. Determine desired amount of excess alka-
    linity. Suggested amoupt equals 500 mg/l.

  2. Determine alkalinity needed to  neutralize
    volatile acids. When alkalinity is expressed
    as mg/l  CaC03,  the  amount needed to
    neutralize volatile acids is:

             ALK = 0.833 x VA

     Example: If the  alkalinity equals 2,000
    and VA equals 3,000, then the amount of
    additional   buffering   alkalinity  needed
    would be:

      2,000 - 0.833 (3,000) = -500 mg/l

     (NOTE:   the  minus sign 'shows that this
     amount  is needed in  addition to excess.)

  3,  Determine amount of ammonia needed by
     the following formula:
        Ibs. of 100%NH3
        = 2.78 x vol. of dig. in gal.
        x needed alkalinity in mg/l CaCO3
        (excess + buffering) +- 1,000,000.
     a.  Assume:
        Digester volume         250,000 gal.
        Alkalinity               2,000 mg/l
        Volatile acids             3,000 mg/l
        Excess alkalinity
          desired         ,       500 mg/l
                                                                                     2-35

-------
    b.  Find amount of alkalinity needed to
       neutralize the VA. (See Step 2 above.)
    c.  Find total alkalinity needed.
      500 + 500 = 1,000 mg/l as CaC03

 4, Find amount of ammonia needed:
    Ibs. of 100%NH3
    = 2.78 times dig. vol. in gal.
    times mg/l alk. needed per 1,000,000  gal.
    = 2.78  times 250,000 times 1,000 per
    1,000,000 gal.'
    = 2.78 times .25 times 1,000
    = 695 Ibs. (315kg)

 5. Commercial anhydrous ammonia is about
    80% ammonia. Correct for this amount
    by:
    100%
          x  695 = 869  Ibs  (537 kg) 80%
     80%
    ammonia


 6. Find feed rate:         .,      .',..,
    The  feed  rate should  be  about 0.85
    lb./1,000. .gal.  (0.1Q2 kg/1000 I) digester
    volume  per  hr. at a  pressure of  50 psi
    (345 KN/m2).
    Feed rate
= 0.85
                          per hour
                   1 ,000
       = 212lbs./hr. (96 kg/hr.)

Other Chemicals Used for pH Adjustment

A table entitled "Chemicals Used in Control
of  Digesters," Table ll-4on page 2-38, lists
other  chemicals  used  for  pH  control   in
addition to chemicals used for other purposes.

In order to use the pH control chemicals, it is
helpful to know how to figure  the. amount
needed based on the alkalinity expressed  as
CaCO3.

Two factors  must be considered, the equiv-
alent weight  of the chemical and the percent
                                      available. The following example shows how
                                      to make the calculation using the information
                                      given:

                                         "Digester volume          250,000 gal.
                                          Volatile acids (VA)          3,000 mg/l
                                          Chemical bicarbonate of soda
                                           Equiv. wt. from Table        84
                                           % available from supplier      99%
                                          CaCOs equiv. wt.             50
                                          Alkalinity needed/lb. VA     0.833

                                        1. Find pounds  of  volatile  acids  in  the
                                          digester:
                                      3,000 x 8.34 x 0.25 = 6,255 Ib. (2837 kg) VA

                                        2-Find pounds of alkalinity  as CaCOo  needed:
                                       6,255 x 0.833 = 5,210  Ibs (2363 kg) CaC03

                                        3. Find    pounds    100%    bicarbonate
                                          (NaHC03) needed:
                                          5,210 Ibs alkalinity as CaCC>3

                                      ''"• '' - '""  times'eqbiv- wt NaH'CQ3
                                         :   '         equiv. wt. CaCOs

                                               equals Ibs. 100% NaHC03

                                                               84
                                                   5,210 times
                                                               ,50
equals 8,753 Ibs. (3970 ks)  100% NaHCOs

4. The amount available is 99'% not 100%,
  therefore:
                                             Q 7<^+-       100%
                                             8,753timesavai|ab|e0/0 =
                                     =8,841  Libs. ( 4010kg) of 99'-% NaHC03
                                    100
                                      99
                                      As  a  practical  matter,  the total  amount
                                      needed would  not  be added at one time but
                                      rather spread out over three to four days in
                                      equaj increments.  Volatile acids, alkalinity
                                      and  pH should be  monitored  in  the active
                                      zone of the digester and records kept on the
                                      progress toward recovery.
2-36

-------
Another way to estimate chemical dosage is
given  in conjunction with Table 11-3 where
the percent  concentration  of acid in  the
digester is  used  to  find  the appropriate
amount of neutralizing chemical.

Using the same information as in the previous
example  and  assuming  liquid caustic  soda
(NaOH) is to be used, the steps would be as
follows:

  1. The pounds of acid were:

 3,000 x 8.34 x 0.25 = 6,255 Ibs. (2838 kg) VA

  2. Pounds per 100 gal Ions of digester volume:

          Ib. VA   _   6,255 Ib. VA
       vol. dig',/100   250,000/100 gal/

          2.5 Ib.   ,0.3 kg.
         100 gal..1001
3. Read across from the column "pounds of
   acid per 100 gal." that reads 2.5 to the
   column  "NaOH  liquid  caustic soda"
   which reads 3.32 Ibs.

4. Find total number of pounds needed:

   3.32 Ibs. NaOH
      100'gal.
                -x dig. cap. in gal.
        x 250,000  = 8,300 Ibs. (3766 kg)
    100
   NaOH
Approximate amounts of other chemicals can
be determined by the same method using the
information in Table 11-3.
Note:
1 kg = 2.205 Ib.
11 =0.264 gal.
Actual
Ibs. of
Acid, per
100 gals.
.834
1.67
2.50
3.34
4.17
5.00
5.84
6.67
7.51
8.34
•16.71
25.10
33.51
41.96
50.42
84.5
171.3
TABLE 11-3
QUANTITIES OF VARIOUS ALKALIES
TO
NHs
Anydrous
Ammonia
Ibs.
.236
.472
.708 -
.944
: 1.18
1 .42
1.65
1.89
2.12
2.36
4.73
7.11
9.49
11 88
14.27
23.92
48.5
NEUTRALIZE
NH4OH
Aqua
Ammonia
gals.
.197
.216
.322
.429
.536
.645
.750
.859
.963
." 1.07
2.15
3.23
4.31
5.40
6.49
10.87
22.05
REQUIRED

VOLATILE ACIDS
Na2CO3
Anhydrous
Soda Ash
Ibs.
.736
1.47
2.21
2.94
3.68
4.43
5.14
•-' 5.89
6.61
7.36
14,74
22.16
29.58
36.84
... 44.48
74.56
1.51.17
NaOH
Liquid
Caustic
Soda, Ibs.
1.11
2.22
3.32
4.44
5.54
6.68
.- 7.76
8.88
9.96
11,10
22.24
33.42
44.60
55.84
67.06
112.42
227.96
NaOH
Flake
Caustic
Soda, Ibs.
.555
1.11
1.66
2.22
2.77
3.34
3.88
4.44
4.98
5.55
11.12
16.71
22.30
27.92
33.53
56.21
113.98
                                                                                  2-37

-------
O


w
in
CJ
o

O o> *= o -*
H* +-• c '5 "*
^ 3 'en ,S D" •§
O 5 = . o j2
ft! X* O El ^" X^
°= o-lu 2 to "
$ 8? ^ *" S ™
til •« "O ^ 1
5t! *
" *— v*? fc Tr CD
3-. "Jt J- Q_ f-
O O '
I — "en H- CO —
UJ


Z

< 0,
o E
OC ^j CD
I "Szi
55 -^
fS »0 "~~
8 s-l
r> o


OO
LU CO
5 O .j
< J2 -5

E ~
"^ o a*
< LULU
5 a,
UJ -a
I -x
0 O
E
3
'o
CO
CJ



Dusty, keeps better in storage
than quick lime.
Splashing slurry may cause skin
irritation, wear gloves.




x'
Q.



'•5
en
'S
O



CD

IIJ Q)
c E
1 '§ -3
"_l -<5 ~g
"D O to
03 — 1—
"co °>">.
io X X
CM
-*~~
X r^
O en
CO
O +1
JO g

E -2
o o-
LL LU



03
;g
— ^ O
.=: u
0 -T3
•53 >
0 X

,
m CD .
Comes in cylinders or tanks as a gas.
Do not store near chlorine. Keep tempi
atures below 70°F. (21°C.) Store in a
well-ventilated room. Have masks avail-
able. Wear rubber gloves. An irritating
alkali, it can cause severe skin burns on
contact. Ammonia is corrosive to copp
Do not neutralize with acid. Use water.


-a &
j2 c °

Q. 2 "T" O fj ,t
fe c a-- 'x ° •
2 0 § .£2 0 £ -2L
D) CD % O .• o
.C .;r
<£ co1



xC=
"Z. jj
JO g
3
E •—
O O"
LL LU



% CO
•fe'§
II



E
2
4—
§
.- en
'cu E
> "o.
CO Q.
en Z3




X
Q.
1_
en
CD
cn
'-o
CD
cn
'co
O
en
to ^
"D CD
en •—
3 '+3
•I4S
O CD
11
< 3
-a -c
'5 D1
cr ^
'-J S

X
o
X CO
+-*
JO g
D
E-|
O cr
LL LU



_ CD
.2 T3
Ammon
Hydroxi

•* ! g o
•I-1 > rn A!
Comes in 50-pound bags as a powder. 1
highly soluble in water. As a caustic, it
cause skin burns. Its chief problem is a;
eye irritant. Use rubber gloves and mas
goggles.

E
Q <2


-------
:•• J5 co:.ci)
^ 1 0 I -
^ "*"* * Ol
gj '5 •- N
CD •— "O -^ —
-Q ^3 co "o 2
C .— ~CO "Q "tf
>r CD « C -^
° g ^ 0 Z._ ...-. .
^ - •*—* C/3
O O 8

to o c O ^ ro
r- , — ^ *- • -sL
._ « ~O ' "- Q> *-• —
__ u CD rj) -Q O C
uj? £.£-§  en 5
, £
, T3 0
iL c >; - ••
"D CO CD
c o _c j«
CD /-} 	
i_ 15 O .
o> E 'o '-i3 ?
+-• E m 0 C
5 .2 S. =j to
S -a to £ =i
5 S .£ S •£
	 -_ CD 	 O
^ 5 § S 8 T5
E. S o 0 = -Q
•t-1 t^ -n >-
c .E o CD cz o3
0 -Q <-• 1= S =
xSS1!?!
C2.O O J3 = to




CO
T3
O
CO
_O
to
CO
CJ
o>

-1


X
O o
CD "*

CO g
"^
E •—
o cr
LL LU



0)
c 'x
5 E
'-5 T=
o >•
to
0
O
a ..
to
C

•H1
CD
Mi-
CD
CO
, T3
C
CD
O)
=5 .92
c —
5 §:
.E 3
CO CZ
+-» tz
JD 0
O 4=

J2 CD
CD O)
+-1 CD
g s
fc T3
To precipitate heavy
Contact supplier for
and application.






+^
•+2
—
CO
• to
O
i_
"«fe
u_


o
LL
CD
r;
E
0
LL
OJ

2n
=>
CO
to
O

CD
LL
to'
O
O
13
to
C

1
to
-Q
C
CD
O)
C
=5 .£
If
C co
'™ £
JQ O
04=

to' CD
S g1
CD to
c O
fc -a
To precipitate heavy
Contact supplier for
and application.
e-
o
O
O £


CO Z3
to to
C 4-* ' O
0 GO (J
i CO CO
— CD 0
to 0 'p
"b 'b S
CD CD -C
LL LL U
CO
O
C/3
LL
_CD
ZJ
E
o
LL

CD
CO
4—
CO
'b
05
U_
s S Jj • .. . - .
CO > ^^ ;^Q..* ! -'i ;
CD CO ~O -^ . .
CO O £=: *" - . .'
§ c -w "S '
§' — «J £/} _ • .
' iJ '
— ^ "03 ^ / . _ - •*:
§ to o5 § d) -1 • ,. •'.' '
~~"^'LO "^ *r*^ 'to . ~ -. • *
C PO ^ "^ ~^ . '
C> 1_ 1_ ?• 0) ' ' .- •-
— O CO CD ^
CO CD JsJ O fi
IO CO to' 4= „ ' . .' ' . . " •.. •
c cu E ? c ••"••;•
• — to g O1 O . '
TD 3 _d Z "J3 > . -
CD . . CJ
Q. t3. 2 T3 3 . . - .7 • -".'"•
.9- 'D OJ CD j= • "- * , . . :
CO — to to —
7? g •: ' i

03 QJ co '
O) Q) ;
1 "§ '-i* . - :, *
' += ~ C H- .« i
8 S> -|s~
" **" °- - - tS CD ^ ' ' '
LL ™'f ' s f~" - ' "-
x .
:; -.

(N '
o ... • ' ,
1C , .
_co , - . .
D . ' .
§ . . :
o ,- :
u_ •




l-s - : ' 	 • ' ' '''•• '-
S 'x - , ••-•:•-; ';
-o o <
>• CD , ' '
X CL • .
2-39

-------

-------
                                   PART 3
                    POTPOURRI
MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS FOR ANAEROBIC DIGESTER OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE

SAFETY

DIGESTER START-UP, INTERRUPTION AND CLEANING

TOXIC MATERIALS

CASE HISTORIES

GADGETS

-------
 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS FOR
 ANAEROBIC DIGESTER OPERATION
 AND MAINTENANCE
 INTRODUCTION

 Hiring  of  personnel, based  solely on  their
 abilities for operation of anaerobic digesters,
 is seldom  done except  in very large plants.
 Nevertheless, a plant that  has digesters must
 also employ people with the necessary skill to
 maintain good operation.

 This section covers several  aspects of staffing
 for operation and  maintenance of digesters.
 The three areas  of  discussion  include  pro-
 cedures  for  estimating time  requirements,
 job descriptions and some  aspects of training
 associated with digesters.

 ESTIMATING TIME REQUIREMENTS

 Three prime references compiled for EPA are
 available  for  estimating manpower require-
 ments   for treatment  plants. These include
 sections that  deal  with anaerobic digestion
 specifically and give  man-hour estimates on
 an annual basis.

 The three publications are:

  1. Estimating Staffing for Municipal Waste-
    water Treatment  Facilities, EPA Report,
    Contract No. 68-01-0328  (March 1973).

  2. Estimating Costs and Manpower Require-
    ments for Conventional Wastewater Treat-
    ment  Facilities,   EPA  Report, Contract
    No. 14-12-462 (October 1971).

  3. Estimating Laboratory  Needs for Munici-
    pal Wastewater Treatment Facilities. EPA
    Report,    Contract    No.    68-01-0328
    (June 1973).
The first two publications use graphs to assist
in arriving at annual man-hours required for
various unit processes including digestion. The
first is most useful for plants from 0.5-25 mgd,
the second for 2-100 mgd.

A method is given in the first reference for
making estimates  based  on  specific  plant
conditions.  The  second publication breaks
manpower requirements into the areas of raw
sludge  pumping,  sludge  holding  tanks,
anaerobic digesters and sludge beds.

In  considering  the number  of man-hours
required  for a specific segment of the plant,
remember that personnel perform'dual func-
tions. The operator may pick up samples from
the final  clarifier and check the condition  of
the supernatant while making a general inspec-
tion of the plant.  In doing this, it is difficult
to separate the number of hours per day spent
specifically on  digestion.  However, the  esti-
mates will  give some guidance on manpower
needs, particularly  to operators facing plant
expansion which includes expanded  digestion
facilities.

Generally,  the activities to  consider when
estimating time spent specifically on digester
operation and maintenance include:

  1. Sample collection and analyses.

 2. Equipment maintenance on  units directly
    associated   with  tank  structures  and
    mechanical  devices used in  the  digestion
    process.

 3. Operation activities associated with moni-
    toring and/or changing raw sludge pump-
3-2

-------
   ing,  supernatant withdrawal, sludge recjr-
   culation, etc. The  Equipment and Process
   Operation .Guides  in Part" 2 of this manual
   will  help identify  all the functions opera-
   tors must perform.

Using  information  from   the   above  three
sources  to estimate  time requirements for
operation  and  maintenance  functions,  each
operator should be able to arrive at informa-
tion  specific  to  his  own  treatment  plant.

JOB DESCRIPTIONS

Many of the functions performed by opera- -
tion  personnel in other areas of the plant are
duplicated.in  digester operation. In addition
to equipment  surveillance and routine process
adjustments, an understanding of the biologi-
cal  process is  helpful  to give a  reason for the
changes that may be required.

Detailed job descriptions  for specific occupa-
tions in treatment plants are listed in the EPA
publication, Estimating Costs and Manpower
Requirements  for  Conventional Wastewater
Treatment Facilities,  pages 149-196 (cited  in
the previous section).

Three major  categories summarize the tasks
performed by personnel  necessary for.most
plants.  These  are Operations Tasks, Mainten-
ance Tasks and Laboratory Tasks. A summary
from the EPA publication. Estimating Staff ing
for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Facilities,
pages E-1, E-2 and E-4, with specific adapta-
tions, presents  a good overview  of digester
personnel  responsibilities.   In,  small  plants,
part of, or all three functions may be done  by '
one  person  while larger plants  will,  divide
them between several persons.

Operations Tasks

 Included  in these tasks are various activities
 that are  commonly  identified  with  the
 mechanics of plant operation.  The following
 are  examples:
 1.-Operation of process equipment, valves,
   sludge pumps, mixers and boilers.

 2. Cleaning of equipment, bar screens, and
   other items  necessary  for  proper  unit
   process function.

 3. Taking sludge samples as required.

 4. Operation    of    electrical    controls
   (timers, etc.).

 5. Monitoring of gauges, meters and control
   panels.

 6. Monitoring  of  sludge  and  supernatant
   quality.

Maintenance Tasks

Maintenance has been divided into two types:
preventive and corrective maintenance.  These
can  be defined as "what you  do  to  keep
equipment from  breaking  (preventive), and
what you do to fix broken equipment (correc-
tive)." Some of the activities you  might per-
form in  both types of maintenance are the
following:                  .     .   .

  1. Lubricate equipment and check for equip-
    ment malfunctions.

  2. Replace packing in  sludge pumps, sludge
    mixers, and gas and sludge valves.  .

  3. Service and replace bearings in motors and
    other equipment.

  4. Install and start up new equipment.

  5. Clean out pipes (sludge lines).

  6. Do some minor plumbing.

  7. Do some welding and cutting.

  8. Calibrate and  repair meters, gauges, and
    manometers (although this  is sometimes
    done by  an  electrician  or by outside
    contract).
                                                                                      3-3

-------
  9. Set up and  maintain a regular program of
     lubrication  and  replacement  of  critical
     parts (bearings).

 10. Inspect and service mechanical and electri-
     cal control  systems (timers, level control-
     lers, etc.)

 11. Service and repair gas safety and control
     devices.

 12. Service,  inspect and repair sludge heating
     and mixing equipment.

 Laboratory Tasks

 In small plants, these tasks may be handled by
 those  spending  time at either supervisory or
 operations tasks. Thus, the supervisor  might
 also be the laboratory technician. Most  of the
 tests associated with digester control do not
 require a high degree  of skill, but do require
 the ability to obtain repeatable  results.  Large
 plants that run metals and nutrient tests will
 require technically trained personnel. Some of
 the activities involved  in laboratory work are
 the following:

  1. Collecting samples (sewage-and receiving
    water).

 2. Performing laboratory analyses—both
    simple and complex.

 3. Assembling  and reporting data  obtained
    from tests.

 4. Evaluating data  in terms of  plant process
    performance.

 5. Preparing common chemical reagents and
    bacteriological media.

 6. Recommending process changes based on
    laboratory data.

 7. Reporting to regulatory  agencies on the
    operation of the plant.
 TRAINING DIGESTER OPERATION
 PERSONNEL

 Preparing new personnel and upgrading exper-
 ienced operators should be ongoing programs
 in any plant. The resources available  to the
 facility will  vary  with  geographical location
 and  size  of  community, but each  individual
 responsible for training his  personnel should
 review the following list to  see which sugges-
 tions are useful for his situation.

 Publications

  1. Operation and Maintenance  Manual for
    the Plant.

  2. This Manual.

  3. Operation  of  Wastewater   Treatment
   Plants, Chapter 8, California State Univer-
    sity,  Sacramento  (6000 J  Street,  Sacra-
    mento, California  95819) (1970).

  4. Anaerobic  Sludge  Digestion—MOP  16,
   Water   Pollution   Control   Federation,
   Washington, D.C. (1967).

  5. Operation  of  Wastewater   Treatment
   Plants-MOP 11, Chapter 7, Water Pollur
   tion   Control   Federation,  Washington,
   D.C. (1970).

  6. McCarty, P.L., "Anaerobic Waste  Treat-
   ment  Fundamentals—Parts  I,  II, III  and
    IV," Public  Works,  September:  p. 107;
   October:   p.  123;  November:   p.  91;
   December: p. 95 (1964).

  7. Specific  magazine  articles  are  listed in
   Appendix B.

Correspondence Courses

  1. The manual listed as item 3 above may also
   be used as the text for a correspondence
   course.  Information  may  be  obtained
   from the address noted.
3-4

-------
 2. Information on a correspondence course :
   prepared for operators in the  State ,of
   South  Carolina may  be obtained from:

       Dr. John H. Austin
       Environmental Systems Engineering
       Clemson University
       Clemson, South  Carolina 29631

 3. Information on correspondence courses
   from  the University  of Michigan can be
   obtained by writing:

       University  of Michigan
       Department of Civil Engineering
       Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104

 4. Catalogs are available in  state and  local
   areas  from   universities,  colleges  and
   community colleges that give instructions
   and details on correspondence  courses.

Other Training Opportunities

 1. State  sponsored short schools—contact
   state water pollution control  regulatory
   agency.

 2. EPA—each regional office has a Manpower
    Development  and  Training Officer with
    information on training opportunities on
    a regional level.

 3. Local  community  college—many  com-
    munity colleges have credit  or noncredit
    courses that are offered either at night or
    in  the day time.  Contact the registrar's
    office for details.
                                                                                      3-5

-------
 SAFETY
 BASIC CAUTIONS

 Sludge handling  areas  and equipment are
 potentially  among the most dangerous  in a
 wastewater treatment plant.

 Plant operators should be thoroughly familiar
 with  the  problem areas, the safety  devices
 that should  be used,  the precautions  to take
 and  some  general  rules for working safely.

 Pump  rooms can accumulate  combustible
 gases, deplete oxygen in the air and be  the site
 of mechanical problems. Pump rooms should
 be adequately ventilated and provided with
 low-level oxygen  alarms. Pumps should have
 isolation valves on the suction and discharge
 side for isolating the unit. Piping, connections
 and  equipment  should be checked on  a
 frequent basis for leaks.

 Dried sludge and  powdered chemicals  present
 dust problems. Operators should wear goggles
 and face-type breathing filters when working
 with these compounds.

 Methane gas is explosive when in contact with
 air. Avoid  mixing air with methane  in the
 range of from 20:1 to 5:1. Maintain a positive
 pressure in all gas lines to prevent leakage of
 air  into  the pipeline.  Methane  gas  is also
 produced from digested or partially digested
 sludge, found in  holding  tanks.  Therefore,
 wherever gas may  be present, there should be
 no smoking, sparks or any open flame.  Gas
 detectors must always be used before entering
 any empty digester.

 Electrical    installations,    including    light
switches, temporary devices or fixtures must
 be of the explosionproof type.
 Mechanical  equipment should  always have
 machine guards in place.  Operators  must be
 trained in their proper use and  follow all
 applicable safety rules.

 MAINTENANCE SAFETY

 The following rules apply at all times when-
 ever working on  equipment:

  1. Lock out and tag main switch to prevent
    accidental starting.

  2. When working  on pumps, be sure suction
    and discharge valves are fully closed and
    tagged.  Be  sure  pump  is  vented  and
    drained.

  3. Isolate fuel lines as applicable.

 DANGER AREAS

 Digester

When you  must enter the digester,  observe
the following basic rules for your protection.

  1. Provide  adequate ventilation to  remove
    gases  and to  supply  oxygen.  Be sure
    exhaust fan is on.

 2. Never  enter  the digester alone.  Always
    have someone  to help in the event  of
    trouble.

 3. Use safety harness equipped with safety
    line.

 4. Check for gases with explosimeter.

 5. Be extremely careful about footing.
3-6

-------
 6. Use bucket and rope to  lower tools and
:    equipment.

Laboratory Safety

The handling of  wastewater and  numerous
chemicals creates  a  potential hazard  to  the
health and safety of individuals  in the  lab.
Danger originates when  lab workers fail to use
caution  in handling  these materials,  fail  to
read labels or fail to follow directions as to
use and procedure.  There always exists the
possibility of inadvertent .or accidental spills
which will  require  immediate, specific  and
correct-.action to minimize a  potential  hazard.
Inhalation of vapors must be avoided since
many chemicals or compounds are dangerous
•jnnhis respect. Most hazards caused in the lab
result from inattention, carelessness and poor
housekeeping.  Some specific rules are listed
below:

  1. Use  chemicals with due respect. Know
    their properties and how  to use them.

  2. Be sure each bottle or container is labeled
    for contents, date, warnings, etc.

  3. Read and follow directions carefully.

  4. Arrange  and store chemicals according to
••   poison,  flammability,  explosiveness,  etc.,
 .-•' and in proper areas. ,

':' 5. Use existing ventilation.

  6. Wear proper clothing; i.e., rubber gloves,
    aprons, safety glasses, etc.

  7. Know   the  antidote  - for  poisonous
    chemicals and keep these posted in lab.

  8. When collecting  samples, use appropriate
    sample collecting devices.

  9. Use  the eye wash in  the  lab  to flush
    harmful  chemicals accidently splashed on
     the face and the emergency shower to
     flush  chemicals off other  parts of the
     body.
General Plant Safety

All  personnel are to assume the responsibility
of  keeping  walking areas safe  and  free  of
tools, debris, spills, grease, etc., checking  to
see that  guards  are in place on  operating
equipment,  chain  rails are in place and  all
areas properly lighted.     •  •••••

Electrical Safety

  1. Lock out and tag main switch of electrical
    equipment before working on it.

  2. Do  not  remove tag without first checking
    with person who initialed the tag.

  3. Notify plant superintendent in the event a
    motor circuit breaker trips out.

  4. Only trained plant personnel are to open
    motor control  center panels to perform
    authorized work.

  5. Report  and  log any unusual motor temp-
    erature, noise, vibration, etc.

The safety  material presented in this manual
is an incomplete summary of. general safety
procedures. All plant operators should review
their practices from time to time. One of the
best manuals on plant safety for operators is
Safety in Wastewater Works MOP No.  1, 1975
Edition  published   by the  Water  Pollution
Control Federation.         .

The following charts summarize details associ-
ated  with  devices  and  their  function   in
digester safety.
                                                                                       3-7

-------

























CO
UJ
o
>
IU
D


UJ
u,


CO
DC
UJ
fe
UJ
C5
Q







PENANCE

S









z
O
u.


AFETY DEVICES
V)














CO
tu
H

CD

£" s
03 -*±
03 03
O ^
C "C
CO CD
v. Q.
-5" X
JZ 03
C CO
1 o
4_> CO
O ^
03 +-•
Q. C
co o
£ E






•
JZ
CO
JO
4_»
CO
c
'co
O3
CO
t>
52
o
ex!


lame Arrestors
u.





c

03
>
'to
Q
0-.!='

03 ro
to -^

03 *
C «
JZ ^
c, il
a ^-'



















E8
O3
H—
4-*
CO


I
"co
"co
E
1-



























I E
CO -j
03 3
IU
S" *
11
™ f
0 03
1.1
CD "0
xcessiv
lir into
03 w
to "
+"* ^
£ "
> "
03 -D
$ C
CJ *!_
x •=
03 ro
42 |
S -c
> CQ


-essure Relief Valve
acuum Breaker Valve
cr >














•



CO
•£
c
O
O CD
CO ^*
or proper oper
diaphragm eve
M—
1 1
t5 O




e
£
1
c
o
i g
CO £

Q. JD
to to
CO CO
O3 D3
to to
Control
Control
CO
03
>
"essure Regulator
utomatic Gas Pilot Val
0- <























0 0
E E

O CJ
03 03
_£Z -C
(_> O






CO
CM
I
•S«
8 Si
c o
CD co
||
0 °
f 2
TJ Q.
££


as Detector
slf-Contained Air Pack
O CO



c
CO

1 •£;
CD .03
~ ^C
CO CO
03
C c/3*
S) ™ C
1~ Is to
^-. "O *""
	 c CD
J?1 03 §
X J3 0
CM
CO
"i— .
CD
^
S
*!
5
c
according to r
tions.
03 o
_0 ^
I |
co .£






to'
03
to
2
q_
S3
CO
to
D3
CD
§
03
t_
O


ood Ventilation
CD














General
co'












*n
®
•a1
CD
CD
c
£ c
cp _o
o 5
c -v
.2 b
CO >
O ^"

x" ^
03 £
•£ 03
I— L
CD -j
1 C^
D_ o
O O
1- 1-
c S8
03 O3 .
CL ~ 
o smoking, sparks or o|
ame.
ood inspection and
aintenance program or
'stem and safety device
-ZL 5= 0 E £



















1— CO
d) CD CD
Q_ > -t-1
2 o £
O QJ O
c 5: q=
CO CO j__
£= 03 03
'in O >
2 •
8 ||
H~ Q- >. zr
' -^ i_ •— CO
0 CD -^ D
CD 4-J CD F-
f~ CD CD ^
o 5 3 Si
>.
E
JD
Q
•I-1
_C
to
03
to
CO
03
CO
'-o
H—
0
-o
03
Q.
CO
4-J
C
03
1
Q.
0


jrsonal Hygiene
Wash basin
Showers
Rubber clothing
O-




^
o

CO
CO
5
CO co

< cS 2r
tr .52 ."2 53
I— T3 ^O c
LU .E D- <£_
^ jgooHQ
LU jz
CO CJ
Q co
>




















CO
c
o
t!
Q.
I
o
o
CQ


















-------






























•c
C
CO
UJ
O
>
UJ
Q

1-
LJJ
U_
CO
oc
UJ
fj
u
o
Q

o
jc ^ -
O o
	 CO

O 03
s m :
Z O r-
rf CO (j
2 Q- CD
^ CJ -C
TJ CD +-1
^» c- O •
S. 0 "o
H-
0 ,_
8 -S
D "°
S .E «L-
-q 03 §
.£ E o>
.£- t
§ -Q £
"c ^ •—
8 x £
C °- 03
O T3 "D
0 ™ .1 ? 8
2 2 — oo &
1— > "J g o)
2 Q- M— CD j^
LL I — CD 	 	

to
-c
^ S '
V) Q. OT
ill j_ -o •
_ CO CD ^
Uj 03 CD CD
0 "i 5 ^
>- £ ro 2? "« ?2
1- 0 CD -g § 03
uj o j3 ;, > g
U. ;£- JD g CD 0
rf Q) ^ CD >• ^
55 CO QC LL. LLJ CO ,



C
o
'•s
E
E
^P
C
1
T3
O **— £
t O Q i
T3
>- t -C 03
•g CD U £
^^Ir

-g !g g CD 03
§ §* c cu ^
05 -^3 0 C 2 _
Kiii,
O ^ co ~^ O
•
a.
c
03

Q.
O
1-

c
"CD
o
03
"1 1 « V, CO
. c5 -Q Q) 03 _C ^
o) c "a ^ ;Q- 2
03 en ^5 -C °> CD T3
~ • c >• ^- "1 •&'a3
"5 := i03 ,|? . 3 -g, to





35
s
'E
N_ ~o
•?5 ' S
~o •=
^f. i— £
O **~ Q-
^ §,"1-
I s^
Q-. DO

1 • •
CD
s
^-f
C, • -.;.- -
"co
E
T3
C
Z!
O
en
ro c:
CD E
T3 2
'> D3
0 0
i_ !^-
Q_ D.

1 1

o 'S °'
co 'C "~"
"I 1^
3 "03 ° .
	 C £ '
£5. CD CO
£— 03 ?^ ^
03 C. p • ; •
TJ Q. t C ,
'n /-i i= co
|Hf|.
S S c 5
jg E | E
°- "5 co~-
0 a" > 0-
I— 03 J3 03


to
c? E
. . +•• • CD
9 °
Q +3 03
ill
o JD .b
03 ^ CO
LLJ CC 2





03

^
to

' 1
— J CO
< E
DC >t
1_ s_
f i CD - •
LU g>
_l . CD
LLJ Q

7l.l
Q> 3 "CT
Q) '^ *— ^- j,,!
.— Q. ^ C
> E 33 CJ CD . . . _
— 2 *^ .C E
flsit :
o CD £ 0) C
. p -g <". c o '
CJ ^ CO •(— ' -t-*
Si Q. Q- i— O








'


iP |
O
^
Q.
O
H
co
o • !
JZ
CO
1 .
X
03
03
CD
JD
CO
t
O
D_













LLJ
DC
LL.

-------
SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS
FOR THE PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTS

 1. Protect your head! Wear a hard hat at all
   times. Except in the office, lab or break
   areas.

 2. Prevent falling! Keep all  areas clear and
   clean.
   o   Pick up all loose objects, tools, trash,
       ladders, hose, etc.
   o   Clean  up  all  oil  or  grease spills
       immediately.

 3. Prevent body infections and disease!
   o   Do wash hands.
   o   Do wear gloves when working on or
       with sewage  equipment or collecting
       samples.
   o   Do shower  and   change clothing
       before going  home.

 4. Do use common sense when moving or
   lifting heavy objects.
   o   Use proper equipment.
   o   Lift with your legs—not your back.

 5. Do not RUN to answer the telephone!

 6. Use handrails on stairways.

 7. NEVER work on equipment without:
   o   Locking  it  out at  push button or
       circuit breaker.
   o   Tagging main circuit breaker.

 8. Know where  safety equipment is and
   how to USE it!
 9. Know locations of all fire extinguishers
   and how to use them!

10. All  injuries, even  scratches  or skin
   abrasions, MUST  be reported and first
   aid given!

11. BE ALERT to  safety conditions around
   the plant!
   If something is out of place or not work-
   ing, fix  it!  Examples:  light bulbs burned
   out, safety  chains not  in place, padlocked
   equipment not locked.
3-10

-------
DIGESTER  STARTUP,   INTERRUPTION
AND CLEANING
INTRODUCTION

Digester operation may be a difficult enough
procedure on a day-to-day basis; however, the
procedure is further complicated by the need
to start new digesters, shut down and clean an
existing unit or interrupt the operation of the
tank for mechanical  or process reasons.  This
chapter will discuss some of the methods  used
by  operators in each  of the above situations.

STARTING A NEW DIGESTER

The goal for starting new digesters is to begin
reducing  the  volatile matter  as  soon  as
possible  and  produce burnable  gas under
stable  operating  conditions.  A stable  con-
dition  usually means the proper volatile acids-
alkalinity  ratio and near-neutral pH without
continued  addition   of  chemicals.  Several
factors enter  into choosing the best startup
method. These include:

  1. Availability of seed  sludge (active solids
    from a well operating digester).

  2. Ability to control feed rate.

  3. Type of feed.

  4. Availability of other digesters and condi-
    tion of their contents.

Several methods will  be discussed  briefly, as
follows:

 o  Single Digester—No Seed Available
 o  Multiple Digesters—No Seed Available
 o  Single Digester—Seed Available
 o  Multiple Digesters—Seed Available
 o  High Rate Digesters—No Seed
Single Digester—No Seed Available

 1. Fill  digester with raw sludge and sewage
    by  pumping  continuously  to  level that
    will  cause a seal to be formed around.the
    floating  cover. In a fixed cover tank, fill
    up to the supernatant overflow. This will
    be defined as the operating level.

 2. When  the.tank.is full, begin heating the
    contents  to  bring  the temperature  to
    approximately 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35
    degrees centigrade) as rapidly as possible.

 3. Begin   mixing  and/or  recirculating  at
    maximum, rate when  operating level  is
    reached.                .

 4. Begin  feeding raw  sludge  at  a  uniform
    rate. Gradual  addition over 24  hours  is
    preferable.  Maximum  feed  rate would be
    an even feed o/er an 8-hour period.
 5. Records should be kept and results put in
    a  .graph  form "for  the   following
    information:

    a.  Quantity of Raw Sludge Fed
    b.  ,Raw Sludge, Total and Volatile Solids
    c.  Total and  Volatile Solids of Digester,
       Contents      '
    d.  Volatile Acids, Alkalinity and  pH  of
       Contents
    e.  Temperature, Gas Production,. C02
       Content of Gas

    The section on Data Review and Graphing
    in  Appendix  G  discusses the use of lab
    results and graphing of data.


                                     3-11

-------
  6. At low feeding rates, it may be possible to
    bring  the tank  into  normal operation
    without  adding anything  for  pH control.
    If VA/Alk ratio  rises to 0.8 or more and
    pH is below 6.5,  addition of some buffer-
    ing agent such as lime or  soda ash should
    be considered. The amounts and condi-
    tions for use  are discussed  in the section
    entitled   Chemical  Usage   in   Digester
    Control, page  2-33.

  7. Fairly stable conditions should be reached
    in 30 to 40 days if loadings do not exceed
    0.06  Ib./day/cu.  ft.  (0.96   kg/day/m3).

 The addition  of chemicals  for pH control is a
 hotly  debated subject among operation per-
 sonnel. However, chemicals can  be the means
 of  preventing digester failure if used properly.
 If the  operator is in a  location where chemicals
 are not available or has definite reservations
 about  their use,   there  are   alternatives
 available. Feed as  much sludge as the digester
 will handle   without going  below  pH  6.5
 and/or above VA/Alk ratio of  0.8 and:

  1. Haul  the balance to  another treatment
    plant in a tank truck or septic tank pump
    truck, or,

  2. If    aeration   capacity   is   available,
    aerobically digest the  extra sludge. The
    stabilized sludge may be added later, or,  if
    volatile  content  is reduced  to  approxi-
    mately 60 percent, it may be  disposed of
    directly  on  drying  beds or  applied to
    other land disposal sites, if available.

 Multiple Digesters—No Seed Available

 Follow  the  procedure   cited   in   Single
 Digester—No   Seed Available,  except both
tanks  should be  filled  with  sewage. Raw
sludge  may be fed to  the primary, letting the
supernatant transfer  to the  secondary. The
secondary may be  used as a means of  keeping
the  loading to the primary low [less than 0.06
Ib./cu.ft./day  (0.96 kg/m3/day)]  as  follows:

 1.  Ten to twenty  percent of the raw sludge

3-12
    may be  directed to  the secondary  for
    several  weeks or more  if necessary. If,
    after  two  to three  weeks, the  bottom
    sludge  from  the secondary has  higher
    alkalinity and pH than  the  primary, this
    may be recycled back to the primary to
    act as a buffer.

  2. As  the primary approaches  stable condi-
    tion, more bottom secondary sludge may
    be -recycled  back  to  the primary to
    increase  the  buffering  capacity  and
    increase gas production.

Single Digester— Seed Available

If sufficient  buffered seed sludge is available
from a nearby  treatment  plant,   this  can
reduce the start-up time to two weeks or less.
The amount  of  seed  required  is  about 20
times the anticipated volatile solids  in the raw
sludge.  Example: If it  is estimated that the
raw sludge will be about 1,000 gallons per day
(3785 I per day) at 4 percent solids and 80
percent volatile,  then the amount of volatile.
solids in the feed  would be:

 0.04 x  1,000x0.8x8.34 = 270lbs (122 kg)

Thus,  270  times 20  equals 5,400  pounds
(2450 kg) of volatile solids would be needed
as seed sludge.

If the seed  sludge  averages  5 percent solids
arid  50 percent volatile,  the  amount to be;
hauled would be:
                   °approx. 25.900 gal.
0.05
              x 0.5
The procedure would be as follows:

 1. Haul seed sludge and transfer into digester
   directly, if possible.

 2. Fill  tank with sewage and follow steps 2
   through 6  of  Single  Digester—No  Seed
   Available.

-------
 3. No chemicals  should  be necessary if raw
   sludge is fed evenly.  However, if records
   show buffering  is  needed,  some  sludge
   might be hauled to the plant where the seed
   was obtained while more seed is hauled to
   replace sludge drawn out.

Multiple Digesters—Seed Available

In a new plant with multiple tanks, starting
up with seed available from  another .plant is
essentially the same as under Single Digester-
Seed Available. The same recycle capability as
discussed under Multiple Digesters-No  Seed
Available should be applied.  .     ,    .-.

With the availability of more than one tank, it
is possible to distribute loading between tanks
to  control  the  seasoning   process of   the
primary tanks.  Also, stable conditions may be
established more rapidly, and future startups
can  be  accomplished using seed  from  an
existing active digester.  •            •--. ;

High-Rate Digesters-No Seed

The term "high-rate"  generally  refers to  the
rate of loading and/or detention,time of the
tanks. Generally, detention times of 10 to 15
days are considered in the high-rate range.

Startup can be accomplished in 30 to 60,days
using  the  method  detailed  under  Single
Digester-No  Seed  Available,  if mixing  is.
continuous and pH is adjusted and rnamtained
in the range of 6.8 to 7.2. Feed  rates should
be  maintained that  would allow a hydraulic
detention time of not less  than 20 days until
normal levels of  gas production  are reached.

Some general rules that apply in all cases of
startup are noted below:

  1. When the desired temperature is reached,
    it should be held within plus or minus one
    degree Fahrenheit continuously.

  2. Maximum  mixing should be used to keep
    the  surface material in contact with the
    bacteria  and prevent raw sludge pockets
   from collecting in the tank bottom.

3..Foaming may result if too much feed is
   added and mixing is not adequate. If it is
   not possible  to mix  continuously,  mix
   during and after feeding.

4. Gas production  should  start to increase
   within a few days of  startup  and  rise
   rapidly  as  volatile  solids decrease.  Gas
   production  normally  will  reach 'some
  - maximum point, then decrease to a stable
 :, level.       --.-••

 5. Best  results in  startup will be obtained if
   volatile acids, alkalinity, pH, loading and
   gas production, are monitored daily  in
   large  plants,  twice weekly in small 'plants
   and .results plotted on a graph. Trends can
   be  noted  and  corrections  made before
   problems develop.   .

INTERRUPTION  OF  NORMAL  PROCESS
WITHOUT DRAINING

There are times when digester operation must
be  interrupted for varying  periods of time
when it  is  neither possible  nor desirable to
empty  the tank.  When this  is  necessary,
certain  precautions heed  to be  taken and
procedures  • followed   when  putting  the
digester  back  in operation. Several situations
are described:

o   Mechanical Repairs
o   Temperature Loss
o   Hydraulic Washout
o   Organic Overload
o   Toxic Loading

Mechanical Repairs

Pumping equipment failure may interrupt the
process for several hours or up to a period of
several  days.  Mixing  and  heating should be
continued even though  feed to  the digester
has been stopped. Sludge may be stored  in the
clarifier  for 24 to 48  hours  in warm weather
or longer in cold weather.
                                                                                     3-13

-------
 When normal feeding is resumed, care must be
 taken not to slug the digester.  Restarting will
 be assisted by maximum mixing.  Frequent
 monitoring  of volatile  acids will indicate di-
 gester reaction  to  restarting. High feeding
 rates should be spread out over as long a time
 period as possible.

 Repairs  to  equipment  may  require opening
access holes in the  digester dome.  In  that
case, precautions against explosion and poor
breathing conditions must be taken. When the
digester  is  producing  gas,  pressures above
atmospheric normally will prevent  air from
entering   the  tank.  However,  the  first gas
removed from the tank following the resump-
tion  of  operation should  be vented to the
atmosphere  for two to three hours  before
ignition.

Temperature Loss

When normal  heating is interrupted and the
tank contents cool down, gas production will
normally  drop   off.  The  following  items
should be considered in this situation.

 1. Feed  rate  should  be kept  as  low as
    possible.

 2. Only  the  thickest sludge  should  be
    pumped. (Clarifier scum,  if it is normally
    fed to the digester, might be removed and
    buried until operation has resumed.)

 3. Mixing should be confined to the lower
    portion  of the tank to prevent  heat loss
    through  the dome.

 4. When  normal  operation has resumed, and
    temperature loss  is  not more than 10 or
    15 degrees,  bring heat up at about one to
    two degrees per day and maintain mixing
    at the maximum rate. '

 5.  Monitor  volatile acids and be prepared for
    high gas  production  and possible foaming
    as a result of available food digesting at
    faster reaction rates. Correct pH by recir-
   .culating  from the  bottom of  another

3-14
    digester or with chemicals if necessary.

 Hydraulic Washout

 This occurs when abnormal amounts of thin
 sludge are received due to industrial waste, or
 accidental overpumping. Digester contents are
 replaced with water. The buffering  capacity
 of the  contents  is lowered  and temperature
 may be reduced.

 The digester may react similarly to start-up
 conditions and the same procedures may be
 followed to bring it back to normal.

  1. Recirculate sludge from an active, well
    buffered  digester,  if  possible,  to bring
    buffering capacity back to normal.

  2. Restore temperature  to normal at 1-2
    degrees per day.

  3. Be prepared to correct pH if necessary.

  4. Monitor a.nd  record  results of  the indi-
    cator tests. (These are  discussed in  Part
    IV, page 4-r27  and Part III, page 3-28.)

  5. Keep feed rate as low as possible.

 Organic Overload

 Organic overload  may  result from solids  that
 settle in the sewer system and  are carried to
 the plant during  rain storms.  Additionally,
 some industrial wastes cause increased organic
 loads. The procedures  followed are the same
 as for hydraulic problems but more care must
 be taken to prevent foaming. Mixing from the
 top to the bottom will minimize this problem.
 Recycling from the active zone or from the
 bottom of the secondary  digester may speed
 recovery and prevent further problems.

 Toxic Loading

 Various materials may be toxic to the digester
and these are discussed in detail in  Part IV,
 page 4-20 and Appendix G.  Two methods of
 preventing problems or restoring normal oper-
ation more rapidly are considered:

-------
 1. The preferred  method is to isolate the
   toxic material in the primary clarifierand
   either  neutralize it or haul  it out of the
   plant for disposal.

 2. The best procedure to follow in case toxic
   material is discharged to the digester before
   discovery is to  stop the addition of raw
   sludge and  recycle sludge from another
   digester back to the affected tank.  If no
   sludge is available  for  recycle,  pump in
   heated sewage to dilute and displace the
   tank contents.  Dilution with  hot sewage
 ;  pumped  through the'heat exchanger will
   maintain the 'digester  temperature while
   reducing the concentration of  the toxic
 '-.- substance.

CLEANING OF DIGESTERS

Operators from various plants were question-
ed on the frequency of tank cleaning. Answers
ranged from every  other  year  to "I've been
here for nigh on to 20 years and never cleaned
the  thing:"  Most of those who  set up pro-
cedures for  regular  cleaning find that, opera-
tion   is   more   efficient  and  mechanical
problems  are  reduced.  The most  frequent
cleaning  interval of  those  contacted  was
approximately three years.

When to clean the tank depends on a number
of things which include:

  1.  Grease accumulation  and  efficiency of
    grease removal.

  2. Grit   accumulation   and  grit  removal
    efficiency.

  3. Types of waste treated.

  4. Efficiency of mixing.                 ;

  5. Structure of the tank.

  6. Condition of the internal  equipment.

  7. Alternative ways of treating  sludge when.
    the tank is out of service.
Part IV,  page 4-22, describes the method for
determining the amount of nondigesting ma-
terial' in the tank "that is reducing the available
space for digestion. Information is also given
beginning on  page  2-8  for determining the
equipment conditions.

When  it  is  decided  that cleaning will  be
done,  other  factors  must  be  considered.
The following questions should be answered
in preparation for the cleaning operation:

  1. What will  be done with' raw sludge while
    the tank is out of service?         ..•:.-

  2, Will the job be done using plant person-
    nel, outside contractors, or both?

  3. What  equipment  is: available for accom-
    plishing the job?

  4. Where will digested sludge be disposed of? .

Some possible answers to these questions will
be considered in the remainder of this section.
The answer to the first depends largely on the
availability of more than one tank. For plants
using single tanks, this can pose some difficult
problems which will  be considered below:

o   Single Digester Plants
o ••  Multiple Tank Plants

Single Digester Plants

The. major  problem   with  cleaning single
digester  plants is What to do with raw sludge
during the  cleaning operation. Several  alter-
natives are possible:

  1, Concentrate as  much as possible and haul
    by tank truck to ;a nearby treatment plant.
     If tank trucks are not available, septic tank
    pumpers might  be used. Costs for the ser-
    vices-would be approximately $1.00/100
    gal. (based on  1975 cost data), however,
    some metropolitan  areas may run as high
    as $3-5/100 gaL

  2. In activated sludge plants,  an available
                                                                                    3-15

-------
   aeration tank  might be  converted  to a
   temporary aerobic  digester. The sludge
   can  be  fed back into the digester over a
   period  of time when operation resumes.

 3. A primary clarifier might be converted to
   a  temporary  digester  if provisions are
   made for covering with  heavy-ply  vinyl
   material and  odor control  measures are
   taken.

 4. If sufficient  land  is available and regula-
   tory  agency  approvals  are obtained, a
   temporary anaerobic lagoon might be set
   up.  This would  entail  constructing  a
   watertight lagoon or converting an exist-
   ing tank into a holding pond, filling par-
   tially with  water  and  pumping  in the
   sludges  that accumulate. Heating might
   be done with  a portable steam cleaner.

 5. Lime or other caustic may be used  as a
   stabilization  procedure  during transfer or
   as an aid for odor control.

Multiple Tank Plants

Plants with more  than  one tank are able to
distribute feed to  other primary tanks  or, if
there is only one primary and one secondary,
the secondary  can be  used to receive raw
sludge.

When one  or more tanks  are  taken  out of
service, the remaining units will  receive higher
loads. Closer control will be  necessary and ade-
quate mixing must prevail.  Where the second-
ary is used  to receive raw sludge, recirculation
and/or mixing must be practiced.

In-House or Contract?

Another important consideration is determin-
ing who will, do  the work. Several nationwide
firms are actively soliciting work for cleaning
digesters and guarantee completion within a
specific time period.  For a small town with
limited  facilities or plants  that require  mini-
mum down  time,this is an attractive possibility.
 Advantages of using plant personnel  include
^heir familiarity with piping^and their capabil-
 ity  to work the operation into  the  regular
 schedule. If a plant normally operates a tank
 truck for sludge disposal, it may be used in the
 cleaning operation.

 To make the decision  between using  in-plant
 forces or  contracting  the job,out, the fol-
 lowing should be considered:

  1. The amount of time the tank can be down.

  2. Type  of  equipment  available  on-site.

  3. Costs of rental equipment.

  4. Number  of man-hours available from the
    plant or municipality staff.

  5. Disposal   site  and  how  sludge  will  be
    transported.

 An example  of performing a job by plant per-
 sonnel   and   contracting  out  is  given  on
 page 3-27.

 BASIC EQUIPMENT NEEDED FOR
 CLEANING

 The simplest equipment for digester cleaning
 is an open valve to a drying  bed  and  a wash-
 down hose. The most extensive might include
 a crane to lift the cover off the digester and a
 clamshell to  scoop the thick  sludge out to be
 hauled away in dump  trucks. Most plants will
 fall  between these extremes and the following
 list shows the  types of equipment which may
 be used in the emptying and cleaning proce-
 dure. It may serve as a check list for the oper-
 ator when preparing for the  job of emptying
 and cleaning the tank. Not all the items would
 be used in every job but these are presented
 to give the person responsible a quick method
 for  reviewing those  which apply to his parti-
 cular plant.

  1. Sludge line valves. Must be free to operate,
     not obstructed, and accessible.
3-16

-------
 2. Sludge lines (permanent). Should be free
   of  obstructions,  may  require  rodding
   and/or flushing  either before,'during  or
  . after the operation.        '

 3. Sludge lines (temporary). May be alumi-
   num, plastic,  steel or heavy duty hose.
   Should'have tight joints and quick coup-
   lings, if  possible. Minimum size 4" (100
   mm); 6"  (150 mm) and larger are preferred.
   (Might be rented from an equipment rental
   firm, a farm  irrigation pipe company, or
   other sources.  Fire departments sometimes
   have hose  available  that is being  phased
   out of water service:)

 4. Access to inside of digester. Manholes or
   hatch covers should  be available to allow
   washdown  water to be added and men to
   enter the tank  for final cleanup.

 5. Explosionproof ventilation .fans. Used to
   exhaust  harmful  gases and to supply air
   for breathing  when  personnel  are  inside
   the tank (might be obtained from a  fire
   department).

 6. Explosion meter. Used to monitor atmos-
   phere inside the digester. Must be used.to
   verify safety of entrance into tank (might
   be  obtained   from,  a fire  department).

 7. Ladder  with   safety   apparatus.  Manhole
   rungs built into tank  walls may be deteri-
   orated and should.be avoided. A sturdy
   ladder with protection from slipping and
   tipping should be used.

 8. Self-contained breathing apparatus. Used
   any tirne work is done before a safe atmos-
   phere  exists  and  whenever entrance into
   the tank  is  necessary.                 .  .

 9. Safety harness. Used when entrance is nec-
   essary while wearing safety self-contained
   breathing apparatus  and entering a tank
   partially  filled  with sludge.

10. Explosionproof  lights.  Used  inside  the
   tank at any time.
11. Source of water. Should be air-gapped and
    capable of supplying a pressure in excess
    of 60  psi '{400 kN/m2)  (up to 100 psi
    (700 kN/m2) is preferred).

12. Washdown water,hose. Should be 1-inch
    (25 mm) or larger.

13. Fire hose type nozzle'with shutoff. Should
    be 1-inch (25 mm) or larger.    ••••.-.••

14. Auxiliary washdown'water pump. May be
   /used when  other suitable sources are not
    available. The pump can take suction'/from
    the final effluent; precautions must then
 /  be ta.ken to warn workmen that  it is non-
    potable water (Fire departments may have
 •" surplus hose'available.)

15. Sludge pumps'(fixed). The. operator should
    •review pump and piping arrangements for
    emptying   the- -digester.   Recirculation
 "   pumps may be'used for part of the drain-
    ing procedure.' Generally, these pumps have
:..;•  a higher volume output than positive dis-
    placement  pumps  used-for heavy solids
    handling.

16: Sludge pumps  (portable). Portable pumps
   ' may be placed in several configurations
    and may'be positive displacement or  cen-
    trifugal .with  special  adapted  impellers.
    Pump  motor  ratings should  be checked
    for compatibility  with available power
   ; sources (single-phase, three-phase, etc.).
-  '-They  may  be  temporarily wire'd   in.to
    circuits used  by: equipment that will be
•"•••'  -out of service during  the cleaning opera-
    tion, such as mixers, recirculation pumps,
    etc.  (Pumps  may  be  on-site,  borrowed
    from  nearby  plants, or rented.; In some
    cases where several  tanks are involved, it
   'may pay to purchase a portable dewater-
:-   'ing  pump.) The  following' are several
    possible configurations for pumps:1--;"

  'a.  -Mounte'd in-lih'e, to pull from existing
      -  suction line and  discharge  through
., '   -    fixed discharge.
                                                                                   3-17

-------
   b.  Mounted in-line, to pull from existing
       suction  and   discharge  through  a
       portable line.

   c.  Mounted  at some location  to take
       suction from portable suction line and
       pump into disposal site  or  portable
       discharge line.  Motors or engines must
       be   explosionproof  if  located  near
       openings in the digester  cover. (Gas
       driven pumps must be located so that
       fumes are  not drawn  into the tanks
       through  ventilation  systems  when
       people are  inside the tank.)

   d.  Open  impeller pumps,  with special
       cutter  blades  and  explosionproof
       motors may be lowered into  the tank
       and flexible discharge  hose  attached
       to  temporary or permanent discharge
       lines.  These may be submersible or
       nonsubmersible types.

       Normally,   the  pump   is  lowered
       through the manhole using a tripod or
       other safe and controlled method of
       keeping the pump at the desired level.

   e.  Positive  displacement  or centrifugal
       pumps may be lowered into the tanks
       and placed on a temporary  platform
       or  tank floor to  provide  minimum
       suction.  Discharge  may be  either,
       through fixed or portable  lines.

17. Turret  nozzle.  Firefighting  equipment
   supply  houses have special turret nozzle
   apparatuses that may be adapted for use
   in digesters. These may be programmed to
   direct  high pressure  water  to  localized
   portions of the tank automatically. These
   are particularly useful to plants with more
   than two digesters and where cleaning is
   done  at two-  to  three-year  intervals.

18. Tripod or hoist. These may  be  mounted
   on the tank  roof above the manhole to
   facilitate removal  of equipment, and rais-
   ing or lowering the dewatering  pump (it
   might  be rented or obtained from a  ma-
   chine  shop or  other  municipal  depart-
   ment).

19. Tank truck. If this is not a part of on-site
   equipment,  rental  companies  in larger
   cities may be able to .provide this equip-
   ment.  Charges are based  on distance to
   disposal site and type of material hauled.
   Contracts  might  be  made  with septic
   tank pumping firms as well. Nearby treat-
   ment  plants  may also have equipment
   available.  Care must be taken to provide
   means of handling grit, scum and other
   debris that  might not  normally be  in
   sludge hauled from operating tanks under
   day-to-day conditions.

20. Crane. Mechanized hoist vehicles of vari-
   ous sizes might be used  in the  cleaning
   operation. In extreme cases of heavy grit
   and/or scum  accumulations, it  may be
   necessary to  remove  floating covers and
   use a  clamshell to remove digester  con-
   tents.   Cranes  for  this   operation  are
   normally  rented. Care  must be taken in
   removing floating covers to lift them by
   specific and structurally defined points in
   order  to  prevent their collapse.  Refer to
   the tank fabrication or contractor's draw-
   ings and contact the supplier to make sure
   that  the  correct lift  points  are   used.

The preceding list is summarized in Table 111-1
with  columns designating  equipment  that
might be used if sludge is handled by:

              Column Conditions

A  Gravity Flow to an On-site Disposal Area.
B  Pump to an On-site Disposal Area.
C  Pump to Tank Truck for Off-site Disposal.
D  Solidified Solids, Heavy Grease and Grit
       Accumulation.

The operator can  use the blank column to
check  those items that apply to his plant and
may  also find  additional items  that are
specific to his plant.
3-18

-------
                                         Table 111-1
                           DIGESTER CLEANING CHECK LIST
                                      .-."',-;         . "-$^'' ' _ •

                                                 A    B   C    D   Other
           1.  Sludge line valves
           2.  Sludge line (permanent)
           3.  Sludge line (temporary)
           4.  Digester access
           5.  Explosionproof vent fan .
           6.  Explosion meter
           7.  Safe ladder
           8.  Self-contained breathing apparatus
           9.  Safety harness
          10.  Explosionproof lights
          11.  Water source
          12.  Wash down hose  .
          13.  Nozzle with shutoff
          14.  Wash water pump     	
          15.  Fixed sludge pump
          16.  Portable sludge pump
          17.  Turret nozzle
          18.  Tripod or hoist
          19.  Tank truck
          20.  Crane             "
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0



o


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
o
o
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-X
X
X
X
X
X
X
          X = definitely needed
          O = possibly needed
A   Gravity Flow to an On-site Disposal Area.
B   Pump to an On-site Disposal Area.
C   Pump to Tank Truck for Off-site Disposal.
D   Solidified Solids, Heavy Grease and Grit
       Accumulation.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Precautions must be observed to prevent the
following:

 1. Falls (use  of safe ladders;  harness, etc.).

 2. Infection (basic hygiene and protection of
    open cuts).

 3. Injuries during use of equipment (staying
    clear of moving  equipment, staying out
    from under objects overhead, and wearing
    a safety helmet).

 4. Asphyxiation or suffocation (testing at-
    mosphere for oxygen content and use of
    breathing apparatus).
              5, Explosions (testing for explosive condi-
                tions,  use  of spark-free equipment  and
                explosionproof motors).

             In,conjunction with item 5, the operator must
             keep in mind the fact that as sludge is pulled
             out of the tank that air will be pulled in, either
             through  open hatches or through the vacuum
             relief. The most explosive condition exists
             when the methane-air  mixture  is  such  that
             methane is between 5-20%.  This is the reason
             the atmosphere in the  tank should be moni-
             tored and any equipment  that could cause
             sparking must not be used.

             When the  level of a fixed-cover tank is lower-
             ed as when sludge is pulled out for disposal,
             the gas from another tank should be allowed
                                                                                  3-19

-------
to equalize in the tank. If air is admitted, the
gas system should be isolated and vented to
the atmosphere to prevent pulling air into the
entire multiple tank system.

There must be at least two men on top of a
digester for every man  inside the tank to re-
move  the worker  in  case  of  emergency.

Each job will have special problems which re-
quire thinking ahead about  safety of  individ-
uals and equipment used on the job. Neces-
sary safety considerations  must also be  in-
cluded with the list of materials,  equipment
and  procedures which  are developed  for the
job.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Following are some general observations from
experience  of  operators in  cleaning  tanks
which may be of use to personnel working on
their first unit.

  I.The  first  consideration  is  to  prepare
    plans for the  disposal of digester contents
    as well as wash water.

  2. The approximate volume of water needed
    to move the  solids to the disposal  point
    (either on-site or to a tank truck) is from
    two to four times the volume of the di-
    gester. As an  example, a digester contain-
    ing  200,000 gallons may require an addi-
    tional 400,000 to 800,000 gallons of wash
    water to move the contents to the dispos-
    al site.
3. Commercial   haulers  generally   charge
  $1.00/100 gallons for hauls for 20 miles
  or  less  for  disposing of liquid  sludge.
  This will vary from  locality  to  locality.

4. Contractors. for cleaning digesters give
  free estimates and costs may range up-
  ward from $2.00/100 gallons  for cleaning
  the  tank and disposing of the sludge  on
  site.  Higher  costs are  necessary if the
  sludge  must  be  disposed of  off site.

5. Little  information  is available on the use
  of  catch-basin  cleaning   equipment,  but
  this might be used by enterprising opera-
  tors for digester cleaning.
 3-20

-------
TOXIC MATERIALS
INTRODUCTION

Toxic materials entering a digester are those
elements  or  components  which  cause the
bacteria  to slow down or which  kill  them.

Most plants in the United States today have
potential toxicity problems, even those plants
serving domestic wastes only. Sources of these
problems come  from  accidental  spills  of
petroleum  products such  as fuel  oil,  auto-
motive  greases  and oils,  etc.  Other  plants
serving  communities  connected to various
industrial facilities will have potential  toxic
problems unique  to   the  industrial  area.
Typical toxic materials include:

o   Heavy metals discharged  by  metal plating
    firms, jewelry  manufacturers,  tanneries,
    aircraft manufacturers, etc.

o   Sulfides from metal manufacturers,  mara-
    schino  cherry  producers,   salt  water
    intrusions, coal mines, and others.

o   Phenols and plastic resins from petroleum
    wastes,  furniture  manufacturing plants,
    paint manufacturers or users, and coal tar
    and gas producers.

o   Ammonia from overloading  digesters with
    proteinous wastes.

o   Cyanide    wastes   • from   metallurgical
    processes.

o   Chemicals from chemical manufacturers.

o    Insecticides and fungicides.
GENERAL PLANS AND PROCEDURES

Plants  exposed to potential toxic waste dis-
charges will  need to develop plans and proce-
dures to  identify all potential sources, to pre-
vent these  wastes from entering a digester
in toxic  concentrations, and. to  implement
emergency  response  programs.  The  plan
should include  sufficient  laboratory  equip-
ment and staffing to perform monitoring and
identification procedures. The laboratory staff
requirements will vary from plant to plant de-
pending  on  frequency,  variability  and com-
plexity of toxic waste discharges. Staffing re-
quirements will also depend on how effective
the industrial waste discharge ordinances.are.

Depending on  need,  the necessary lab work
may be performed by:

  1. A  lab group headed by a degreed chemist.

  2. A lab technician.

  3. Outside  sources such as:        ,
       Community colleges
     •  High school science departments
       Industrial chemists

Most problems result from the  too common
practice of dumping concentrated solutions of
these toxic materials. Toxic materials entering
a  digester are those elements or compounds
which  will produce an  inhibitory effect lead-
ing to a,bacterial kill. The best operating plan
for  any  plant is to  prevent these materials
from  entering a digester.  The  penalty of a
digester  failure caused by toxicity  is a severe
one—emptying the digester,  disposing  of  its
contents and starting all over again.
                                                                                    3-21

-------
The most frequent cause for toxic conditions
is a slug dose of some toxic material. The only
real  and  effective cure is  prevention.  Keep
toxic materials out of the system. A good in-
dustrial waste ordinance which  is enforced
will help here.

PREVENTION

If  toxic concentrations of toxic materials are
likely to occur, the plant operator should take
the following steps:

 1. Set up an industrial inventory, cataloging
    all connected industries with their types
    and  volumes  of  wastes.  This should
    include  normal  concentrations  and po-
    tential for accidental  spills,  cleaning or
    similar discharges.

 2. Establish  and  enforce  industrial  waste
    ordinances specifically prohibiting certain
    untreated toxic discharges.

 3. Establish an early warning system for the
    industry  to  notify the treatment  plant
    when  accidental  discharges  occur. This
    means a good public  relations program.
    It's hard to do  and hard to get coopera-
    tion,  but  it is  essential!  Show  plant
    owners or managers what the wastes  are
    doing to  the treatment processes.

 4. Establish  a  training  program  to  teach
    operators how to look for the presence of
    toxic materials in the plant's influent.

 5. Establish  a   laboratory  sampling  and
    testing   program  to  monitor  industrial
    waste discharges.

 6. Use  holding tanks to  contain  the toxic
    wastes.  In  many plants,  this  may be
    difficult  to do. However, take a close look
    at all of  the  possibilities. You may find  a
    way  to   isolate  the   suspected   toxic
    material  in the primary clarifier; this  is  a
    particularly  good  solution  if  you have
    several primary clarifiers.
7. Preplan actions to  respond  to  a toxic
   waste.  For example:

   a.   Isolate and  hold the waste (see item 6
       above).

   b.   Dilute  the  waste  below  the toxic
       level by:
       o   Using seed sludge from a second-
          ary  digester.  NOTE:  this action
          tends to spread the toxic  material
          to both tanks and both tanks may
          be affected.
       o   Using dilution water.

   c.   Forming an insoluble precipitate.

   d.   Using  another compound which  will
       react with the toxic element to form
       less harmful compounds.  These are
       called     antagonistic     compounds
       because   they  neutralize  the toxic
       effect.

8. If the  plant lacks the necessary lab equip-
   ment   or  personnel  to  investigate  and
   identify toxic materials,  use any available
   resources to do  the tests. Other resources
   include:

   a.   High school science instructors  and
       laboratories
   b.  Community  college  instructors  and
       laboratories
   c.   Commercial laboratories

 9. Improve digester operation—the tolerance
   level   of  digesters to toxic  materials is
   increased  when digesters are  in a healthy
   condition. This means a pH of 6.8 to 7.2
   and plenty of buffering alkalinity.

The  rest  of  this  section discusses  different
kinds  of  toxic substances and some  of the
things  that can  be  done  to control  their
effects on the process.
 3-22

-------
Alkali and Alkaline Earth Salt Toxicity
                                   Ammonia Toxicity
Inhibitory  concentrations of sodium,  potas-
sium, calcium and magnesium normally come
from  industrial  wastes,  but sometimes the
operator causes them by overcorrecting a pH
problem. The following table lists the effects
of different concentrations  of these salts on
digesting sludge.

                 Table 111-2
    STIMULATORY AND INHIBITORY
     CONCENTRATIONS OF ALKALI
    AND ALKALINE-EARTH CATIONS
Cation
     Concentrations in mg/l
            Moderately  Strongly
Stimulatory   Inhibitory    Inhibitory
Sodium      100-200
Potassium    200-400
Calcium      100-200
Magnesium    75-150
            3500-5500
            2500-4500
            2500-4500
            1000-1500
 8,000
12,000
 8,000
 3,000
Stimulatory   concentrations  are   desirable
because  they improve the process and  are
often used for control. Moderately inhibitory
concentrations can be tolerated except when
introduced  in slug  doses.  Process recovery
may take up  to a week.  Strongly  inhibitory
concentrations cannot  be tolerated. Usually
the digester  must be  emptied and restarted
because the process cannot recover.

If one of these elements is present in toxic
concentrations, it can be controlled by adding
one of the others  as an antagonistic element.
In  an  article appearing  in  Public  Works,
November 1964,  Perry L.  McCarty reports,
"For example, if 7,000 mg/l of sodium were
present  it is  possible  to add 300  mg/l  of
potassium which will  reduce the toxic effect
by 80 percent. Then,  if 150 mg/l of calcium
were added,  the toxic effect would be elimi-
nated. Antagonists are best added as chloride
salts. If  these .are not available  or are  too
costly, the best method would be dilution."
Concentrations of ammonia between  1,500
and  3,000  mg/l  can  be  inhibitory  if the
digester pH  is greater than 7.4. Under these
conditions,  however, the volatile acid pro-
duction  will  increase,  decreasing the  pH.
This may relieve the inhibitory  effect.  The
volatile acid concentration will remain at a
high level unless the  pH is reduced by adding
hydrochloric acid (HCI). The  HCI should be
added  until  the pH is about.7.0. Add the HCI
slowly to keep the pH from going below 7.0.

At concentrations above 3,000 mg/l, ammonia
becomes toxic enough to cause digester fail-
ure regardless of pH. The best remedy is to
dilute the digester by withdrawing supernatant
or digested sludges and adding settled sewage.

Sulfide Toxicity

Su If ides  in  a: digester come from trie'normal
amounts contained  in domestic  wastewater,
from metallurgical industries as sulfate salts,
and from anaerobic protein decomposition.
They are in  two forms:  insoluble heavy metal
sulfides that precipitate from the solution and
are  not  harmful, and soluble sulfides.  Like
oxygen,  there is a demand for soluble sulfur,
which is necessary for bacterial growth. The
bacteria  can tolerate between  50-100 mg/l of
soluble sulfide with little effect. They can
handle up to 200 mg/l of soluble sulfides in a
continuous  operation. Concentrations above
200  mg/l  are toxic and  must  be treated.
Treatment consists of:

  1. Using iron salts to precipitate sulfides.

  2. Dilution of the waste.

  3. Identifying, separating, and containing the
    toxic waste streams.

Heavy Metal Toxicity

Copper,  nickel and  zinc salts  are soluble and
are toxic in  low concentrations. The tolerable
concentration  level  of  these  soluble  salts
                                                                                    3-23

-------
depends on the concentration of su If ides in
the waste stream. The best method to treat
these metals is to add  sulfur  in the form of
sulfuric acid or sulfides. When  using these, the
operator must be careful not to create a toxic
sulfide  level by adding  too  much.  Ferric
sulfate, commonly  called "Ferrisul" may  be
added to counteract this and also to build  up
a sulfide reservoir.

J. W. Masselli and others, in an article appear-
ing   in  the  August  1967  Water  Pollution
Control Federation  Journal, report  the use of
sulfuric  acid  for  treating metal   toxicity.

Sulfuric  acid  may  be  purchased  in several
grades.  The cheapest grade is recommended
for  this use and is designated  as  Technical
Grade 70-90 percent. This acid is generally
available from  commercial  chemical supply
firms in 55-gallon (208 I) drums.

Those plants desiring  to use  sulfuric  acid
should contact  the  supply firm and seek their
advice on application. Some of the cautions
and procedures are given below.

CAUTION:  Sulfuric acid should be handled
with  care using  procedures marked on  the
containers. These include:

  1.  Wearing rubber gloves and goggles.

 2. Not getting  the solution  on clothing  or
   skin.

 3. Not pouring  water into the acid.  A  re-
   action much  like  pouring water into a
   hot pan of  bacon  grease  will result.

The   following  procedure  is  outlined  for
application of the sulfuric acid:

  1.lf  pH   is  below  7.2,  add  11  pounds
    (24.3 kg) of  sodium  hydroxide (caustic
    soda) for each gallon of acid used.

 2.  Add  sulfuric   acid   in  daily  doses   of
    1  gallon/10,000  gallons (11/100001)  in
    the digester. This adds a concentration of
    176 mg/l of acid (173 mg/l sulfate) which
    will be  reduced to  58 mg/l  of  sulfide.
    Continue  daily  doses for three  to ten
    days.
    CAUTION:  Do not add water to sulfuric
    acid!

 3. Make sulfide analysis on the digester gas
    before  each  daily  dose. When the  first
    trace (0.5 mg/l) appears,  stop the daily
    acid additions.

 4. This treatment should be effective for up
    to three months.

 5. If  continuous treatment  is  desired, use
    Ferrisul  at  daily  doses  of 1 lb./1,000
    gallons (120 g/1000 I) in the digester.

Two other methods may be used if a suitable
sulfur compound is not available.

 1. Raise the  pH contents of the digester to
    8.0 by adding soda ash or sodium bicar-
    bonate.  Sodium hydroxide may be used,
    but it  may cause the carbon dioxide to go
    into  solution.   Watch  the  C02  gas
    production.

 2. Transfer secondary digester sludge to the
    primary to dilute the incoming sludge and
    thus     reduce    the    heavy    metal
    concentration.

More information on the subject of toxicity
will be found on Troubleshooting Guide 14 in
Part I.
 3-24

-------
CASE HISTORIES
LOADING

Controlling Waste Activated Sludge Load to a
Digester         -....-„  - *•• .,

A low  solids, ,c,pncentralion,,Jn	the digester
feed .caused..detention "time!:  problems  at a
5 nigd activated sludge'plant  treating  wastes
from" an industry producing' corn'chips. This
was  a result of mixing waste -activated  with
the  raw'sludged;The::probl'em'was solved  by
converting one-:of'the :tw<>- primary !clarifiers
to  a thickener.  All  of  the,waste activated
sludge was "then--diverted  to  the  hew thick-
ener.'The thickened waste activated sludge is
then separately Digested' in-one primary and
one secondary'digester  while raw sludge is
treated  in   another- -p&ir   of digesters.'By
prethickening,  the waste activated sludge^was
concentrated to approximately  3.3 percent
solids   and'  with'  separate vdjges'tion  the
digestion time  was increased  allowing  -both
systems to function efficiently..  ;

 Use  of  Soda  Ash  to   Control  Organic
Overloading

 Vegetable processing  plants seasonally  cause
 over 100 percent increase in the amount of
 sludge handled at one  plant. The operators
 daily monitor the volatile acids and alkalinity
 ratio  for digester  control during the pro-
 cessing  season. When the ratio climbs  above
 0.25, soda ash is added to bring  it back into
 control. As one  example,  when  the ratio
  reached  0,25, 500  pounds of soda ash were
  added and  then, seven days  later when  the
  ratio  again approached 0.25,  1,500  pounds
  were  added.  Following these two additions,
  the ratio dropped back down to jess than .1
  and gas production  increased to its, previous
  level,.       .                . ,  .
Hydraulic Overload Control by Using Polymer

A 10  mgd  primary plant was hydraulically
overloaded and detention times were less than
design.      *      ,                  •

A program was implemented to decrease the
volume of sludge being fed to the digester.
This .was accomplished by adding polymer to
the thickener at about 0-2 milligrams per liter
dosage to reduce the volume of sludge being
pumped.  The  polymer used  was Zimmite
No. 651.

Grit Removal in a Single Stage Digester

In a plant that.was handling twice,its design
load, a single  stage digester finally failed to
operate  due to  a  thick., scum blanket and
accumulation   of  grit.  This,  plant  operator
corrected the problem by opening all possible
openings, such  as manhole covers and sample
vents, and  allowing  the  digester  to  sit idle
with  no  recirculation. The  scum  blanket
formed a cover thick enough to prevent odors
in the area.        •     '            .

 In order to move excess grit from the bottom,
an  air  compressor,  with  a  long  pipe was
 obtained -and air was fed into the .bottom of
the  digester while sludge was being drawn off
 to the beds. If tried  in other locations, this
 procedure might be safer using steam.

 Breaking up a Scum Blanket with a Pump

 How  can  a   scum  blanket   be  broken  up
 without emptying  the digester? A plant in the
'Northwest which  had  an eight-to-ten-foot
 scum: blanket in an existing  digester,  solved
 the  problem  by  inserting a. large-capacity

                                      3-25

-------
 chopper type  pump (Vaughan Scum  Gun)
 through a  digester  manhole.  Several  pre-
 cautions were necessary in this operation.

  1. Safety  precautions were exercised to pre-
    vent  explosive   situations  during   the
    installation.

  2. Very rapid  breakup of  the scum caused a
    load on the digester because food, which
    had been tied up in the  scum, was released
    into solution very rapidly. It  was neces-
    sary to  monitor volatile acids and alka-
    linity frequently, similar to  any heavy
    organic loading.

  3. Floating  covers   must   be balanced  to
    counter loads caused by placement of the
    pump. This is particularly important if the
    pump is placed off center.

 MIXING

 Use  Motor  Amperage  Readings to Indicate
 Impeller Wear

 A plant in Washington noted progressively
 worse mixing results in  a digester with a draft
 tube. This  unit had  a reversible propeller
 mounted on it. When the unit was pulled for
 inspection, the  propeller which was originally
 20  inches in diameter,  had  been  worn to a
 10-inch  diameter. Amperage readings  were
 compared and it was noted that the amperage
 had been getting progressively lower because a
smaller  volume  of sludge  was being moved.
 Regular monitoring of the  motor's amperage
would  have warned  the operator  about this
 problem.

 LINE PLUGGING

 How to Unplug a Supernatant Line

 Continuous  plugging of supernatant lines by
scum can be a serious problem, particularly in
a fixed^ cover digester. In one plant, a one-inch
 pipe was passed through a rubber plug.  The
 plug was fit tightly into the supernatant line
and  high-pressure water discharged through
the pipeline into the digester, dislodging scum.

Freezing a Sludge Line to Install a Valve

During  the remodeling construction  at  one
plant,  it was  necessary to break into a live
drain line  that had  no valve in it.  This was
done by constructing a two-piece collar to fit
around  the pipe. The collar  was approxi-
mately four feet long and four inches larger in
diameter than  the sludge line.  A space was left
around  the entire diameter of the  pipe  and
the length of the device.  Liquid nitrogen vyas
fed into the space in the collar. This method
froze the sludge in the pipeline in about  two
hours,   blocking  the  line.  The  valve  was
inserted  in the line below the frozen section.
About  eight hours later the frozen sludge had
thawed  and began to flow through the newly
installed valve.

TOXICITY

For  over a year  a  plant  had had chronic
problems in starting the digester. The cause of
the.  problem was "found  to  be outside the
plant.  The  digester  would show signs of  a
good startup with increasing acid production,
but  every weekend  the digester would quit
working and on Mondays the operator would
find  no digestion  taking place.  This  was
repeated week after week.

Because of the regular cycle of the problem,  it
was  thought that some industry  might be
involved. The operator found that a furniture
factory   was  consistently  dumping   about
1,500 gallons  of paint waste into the sewer
every Friday.

The  problem was handled when the operator
reduced  mixing to three  hours a  day. This
allowed the toxic sludge to stay on one side
of the  tank and not become thoroughly and
immediately    mixed  with   the   digester
contents.  The long-term  solution  for  this
problem  is  to enforce the industrial  waste
ordinance and prevent the paint dumps at the
source.
3-26

-------
COLD WEATHER PROBLEMS
                            .- -         —!•*
How to Prevent Freezing of Digester Pressure
Relief Valves

Cold  weather  problems with  gas pressure
relief valves are commoh and one operator
found, the solution by  placing a barrel over
the relief valve with a light bulb inside it. The
bulb produced enough heat to keep the valves
from freezing/This type  of device  should
contain an explosionproof  cover  over the
bulb.

Another method of solving  freezing problems
in digester pressure  relief valves is to put  a
light grease mixed  with salt on  the  mating
surfaces. This  will prevent freezing. However,
it should be cleaned off  in the summertime to
prevent corrosion.

DIGESTER DRAINING

 Solving a Sludge Removal Problem

 Plant operators in one plant needed to empty a
 digester for routine cleaning. An area suitable
 for sludge storage was found in a lagoon not
 connected to the digester.  Some method was
 needed to transfer the sludge other than the
 existing'sludge drawoff  line.

  It  was determined that the city personnel
 could do  the  job less expensively  than a
 contractor if they had their own pump and
  used their own personnel.  A pump normally
  used for emptying barnyard manure pits was
  fitted  with  an  explosionproof  motor and
  hoisted to the top of the digester.

  A tripod was arranged over a large  manhole
  opening   and the  pump   lowered  into  the
  digester. A discharge hose was attached to an
  irrigation  pipe  to carry  the  sludge to the
  lagoon.

  The purrip had -a cutter  bar underneath the
  impeller which  chopped up thick scum, rags,
  sticks, etc. When  the thick scum was broken
up with high pressure water, it flowed quite
easily^ through the pump.          .

As the sludge level dropped, the pump was
lowered to keep it approximately r/a to 2 feet
below the surface'of the sludge.

About two  digester  volumes of water were
needed to liquify the sludge enough to pump.
A scum layer about three feet thick and a grit
layer about four feet deep were removed from
a 50-foot diameter digester in ten days,

How to  Control  Odors   Using  Hydrogen
Peroxide

When  it  was  necessary  to.drain a digester
containing  partially digested  sludge,  odors
were a  problem. A line was tapped into the
sludge draw-off pipeline and  hydrogen  per-
oxide  solution  at 30  percent concentration
was  added  to the sludge. The concentration
was  about one gallon for every 12,000 gallons
of sludge.drawn to the beds.  ,       .  "...

PLANT STARTUP

A  plant  with  two digesters,  primary  and
secondary,  found it necessary  to empty the
 primary  for  repairs. 'The  following startup
 procedure was used.
        Temp.
 Day    Deg.    pH

   1
   3

   4



   7

   8

   9

   10
69    6.7

75    6.1
82

92

93

97
5:4

5.5

5.6

5.9
     Comments

Tank being filled with
raw sewage.

Tank full.

Added 10,000 gallons
secondary sludge from
another plant.

Added 250 Ibs. of lime.
                                                                                    3-27

-------
11
12
13
19
20
25
97
97
98
97
98
98
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.8
5.9
                        Added 400 Ibs. of lime.

                        Added 200 Ibs. of lime.


                        Added 200 Ibs. of lime.

                        Added 300 Ibs. of lime.

                        Added 150 Ibs. of lime.

                        Added 1,000 Ibs. of lime
                        in last five days.

                        Added 1,000 Ibs. of lime
                        in last ten days.

                        Added 2,000 Ibs. of lime
                        in last 44 days in 100-lb.
                        or less increments.
                        Also added 21/2gal. de-
                        foaming agent about day
                        60 to prevent foaming.
 Sludge was being added at about 4,000 gpd at
 3.3 percent solids and  77 percent volatile. At
 the  end  of  about 80  days,  the  volatile
 reduction averaged about 51 percent.
35
79
98
98
6.0
7.1
3-28

-------
DIGESTER GADGETS
Operators have  devised several gadgets that
assist in solving problems around their plants.
A few examples are listed on the following
pages showing what can be done with little
expense and some ingenuity.
DIGESTED SLUDGE SAMPLER-This  "home-made" sampler is made from materials found
around the plant (some, such as the rubber balls, might even be retrieved off bar screens)..

The lead can be poured around the  inner can using a metal  container approximately one inch
larger in diameter. The spring support and trip mechanism can be readily fashioned from scrap
materials. The spring is weak enough so that it trips without lifting the device.

A tripod with a reel for raising and lowering can be used to allow selecting samples at the desired
depths.               '                                                .,   • .-.-.•-.:-•- -;•  -,

                                                          Rope or Cable  '
                                                          Calibrated @ 5 Feet

                                                          Trip Mechanism
                                                          Spring
                                                          Rubber Ball


                                                          Chain Attached To
                                                           Lifting Rope
                                                          Threaded Rod

                                                          Lead

                                                          Beer Can

                                                          Rubber Ball
 FIGURE 3-1
 DIGESTED SLUDGE SAMPLER
                                                                                   3—29

-------
GAS PRODUCTION ESTIMATOR-When the gas meter is not operating, the following system
may be used as a rough estimate of gas production.

 1.  Fill the carboy with sludge from the active zone.

 2.  Turn on  heating pad and hold contents at same temperature as digester.

 3.  Fill a 500 ml graduated cylinder with water and invert it in a 2 liter beaker over the end of
    the gas hose, being careful to keep the cylinder filled with water and not admit any air.

 4.  Allow gas to purge from the carboy for one hour, then set gas tube under lip of cylinder.

 5.  Note length of time to displace 400-500 ml.

 6.  Repeat for several consecutive days to get trend of production.
                                                                     Fill
                   Thermometer
                                  Glass Tube &
                                                                       500 Ml Graduated
                                                                           Cylinder
                                                                        2 Liter Beaker
FIGURE 3-2
GAS PRODUCTION ESTIMATOR
__________

-------
SCUM BLANKET FINDER-Qne method for finding the depth of Ihe scum blanket in g digester;;
is illustrated here.                                            .'•.,:    . ,      . •        :

A  one inch pipe marked  every foot is attached to a wooden paddle  by a hinge,. This can be
pushed between the digester wall and cover in the first position.                    .

As the finder is raised after passing the bottom of the blanket, the paddle will straighten out and
lock  under the scum'blanket. The appropriate depth  mark  is noted, the paddle pulled back
parallel .with the pole and lifted out of the digester.    ^
Nylon Cord
% Marine
Plywood
T'Pipe


Mark Every Foot
Push Down
Between
Wall and Cover
       Hinge

         Lowering and
        Raising Position
                               Wall
                    Measuring
                     Position
                                                                       Floating
                                                                       Cover
                                                                      Scum
                                                                     Blanket
                                                              Measuring
                                                               Method
 FIGURE 3-3
 SCUM BLANKET FINDER

-------
 SUPERNATANT LINE PURGE DEVICE-Plugged lines due to scum can cause severe problems
 in fixed cover digesters, particularly in cold weather when pressure relief valves may freeze.

 A two inch piece of rubber approximately the same size as the I.D. of the line can befitted with
 a piece of pipe through the center and secured for moving up and down in the line.

 Either water or steam can be used to loosen the scum.

 This may be used also in a chronically  plugged sludge line if a tee or wye and valve are provided
 for access.
                 Welded
                  Plate
                                                      High Pressure Water
                                                          or Steam
                                                    Pipe Thread to Hose Thread
                                                           Adapter


                                                              T'Pipe
                                                           2" x 6" Rubber Ring
                                                               Supernatant
                                                                  Line
FIGURE 3-4
SUPERNATANT LINE PURGE DEVICE

3-32

-------
AUTOMATIC PUMP SHUT-OFF COIMTROL-To prevent,damage to the piston, pump,;sludge
piping or valves, a pressure shut-off control can be added to existing systems with a minimum of
expense as described below.

An adjustable pressure switch to be used as a permissive interlock in the pump control circuit can
be installed. When pressures downstream from the pump exceed the switch setting, the pump
shuts off. This effectively prevents damage in  the event  a downstream valve is unintentionally
closed or if plugging develops in the discharge-line.

The switch is available off the shelf at electrical or control supply firms.
                                                             Discharge
                                                              Pressure
                                                               Gauge
               Drive Motor

Positive Displacement
Sludge Pump
X~~N
i i'




... . ,







 FIGURE 3-5
 PRESSURE SHUT-OFF SYSTEM TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO PUMP
                                                                                 3-33

-------
 RAW SLUDGE THICKNESS CONTROL-A rather simple control  system was installed at one
 plant to prevent pumping excess water to the digester by using the amperage from the piston
 pump motor to sense changing sludge thickness.

 Amperage readings were recorded at the same time that total solids samples were collected. It was
 found that  as the total solids decreased,  amperage decreased and when the values for the two
 were plotted on a graph, the minimum desirable solids content could be matched with an amper-
 age reading  (see Appendix G for information on graphing).

 A load meter that sensed amperage of the motor was installed in conjunction with a one minute
 time delay  switch. When the pump came on automatically, sludge was cleared out of the  line,
 then the load switch sensed the sludge thickness and the pump shut off if the sludge thinned out
 before the time clock timed out.
                              Ammeter or
                              Load Meter
         Time Clock
          Control
                                   Motor
                               o
k
t

y

Diston Pump
i
r   'X
o
FIGURE 3-6
RAW SLUDGE THICKNESS CONTROL
3-34

-------
SUPERNATANT SELECTOR-An "operator-made" device was installed in an existing digester
while it was down for repairs that helped draw the besf possible supernatant even though liquid
level varied.                                                                     :

A hoist was mounted on the tank wall and 1/4" plastic coated boat control cable was attached to a
section of movable supernatant pipe. A swivel joint composed of an ell and street ell allowed the
draw-off point to be changed by operation of the hoist.
                                      Hoist
  FIGURES-?
  SUPERNATANT SELECTOR BUILT BY OPERATORS
                                                                                3-35

-------

-------
                                              PART 4
                          THE BASICS
SUMMARY




INTRODUCTION




WHY DIGEST ORGANIC SOLIDS?




WHAT MATERIALS ARE REMOVED FROM WASTEWATER?




WHAT TYPE OF DIGESTION: AEROBIC OR ANAEROBIC?




WHAT HAPPENS INSIDE AN ANAEROBIC DIGESTER?




WHAT ARE THE PRODUCTS?




HOW IS DIGESTION AFFECTED BY TYPES OF DIGESTERS?




WHAT FACTORS AFFECT SLUDGE DIGESTION?




DIGESTER CONTROL




TYPES OF EQUIPMENT

-------
  SUMMARY
 Decomposition   of   organic   material   in
 digesters is a continuous two-step process.
 Two different kinds of bacteria are involved.
 In  the  first step, the  organic material  is
 converted into organic acids by acid-forming
 bacteria. The organic acids are used as food in
 the  second  step  by   strictly   anaerobic
 methane-forming bacteria which convert the
 acids into methane and carbon dioxide gases.
 During the last step, complete digestion takes
 place, bound water is released, and the sludge
 is   completely  stabilized  and  ready  for
 dewatering.

 The products formed as a result of digestion
 are a  well  stabilized sludge,  carbon dioxide,
 methane, and water.

 Five factors must be in balance to accomplish
 digestion:  bacteria, food,  loading, mixing,
 and environment.  The operator must control
 all of these factors.

 o   The bacteria (good seed sludge) must be
     kept in plentiful supply.
 o   The food (incoming sludge) should  be as
     concentrated as possible  (4  to 8 percent
     solids),  and   fed  continuously  or  in
     frequent small amounts.
 o    Mixing should  be continuous or nearly so
     to provide contact of bacteria with the
     food.
o   Sufficient  time  must be  provided  to
    permit complete digestion. Digesters  must
    be kept operating  at or near full volu-
    metric capacity.
o   The  environment must  be  kept  within
    extremely narrow  ranges.  The optimum
    conditions are:
   Anaerobic Conditions
   Temperature
   PH
   No Toxic Material
No oxygen (air)
85-95 deg. F.
6.8-7.2
 The  type of digester  will affect what  the
 operator  can or  cannot do  to control  the
 process. The degree of layering, scum forma-
 tion, and supernatant clarity  are  all affected
 by type of digester and associated  equipment.

 Sampling, testing and  analysis are the basic
 steps  in  making  a good digester  control
 program. The purpose of a  laboratory testing
 program  is  to identify  and characterize the
 kind of waste being sampled.  This means that
 a sample .is collected and checked by chemical
 procedures  to find what is in it and .how  it
 will act in the digester.

 The  best and  closest  digester  control   is
 achieved by monitoring the process with more
 than one control  parameter.  The  tightest
 control is obtained by  monitoring the ratio
 between  volatile  acids  and  alkalinity.  This
 method  is the one which  allows preventive
 control action and is  not too  difficult  to
 perform.  This  method  is the  best type  of
 control for those  plants  having  other pro-
 cesses  which   are  affected  by  digester
 operation.

Various indicators of the progress of digestion
are used for predicting possible trouble. These
are CC>2, pH, gas production, loading, volatile
solids reduction  and pounds of solids  in the
system.
4-2

-------
 ANAEROBIC SLUDGE DIGESTION
 INTRODUCTION

 Natural decomposition of organic material has
;occurred  for 'millions of years. This natural
• decaying  process breaks organic material such
 as  leaves and grass,  animal waste, dead car-
 casses,  rubbish and  refuse of all kinds into
 simple elements or compounds that return to
 the soil  as  nutrients.  These  -materials are
 broken down biologically by  bacteria which
• come in all types, sizes and shapes. Some live
 and work in, almost any environment, while
 others are extremely sensitive. Some use any
 type of organic material as food, while others
 are very  selective. In a manner of speaking,
- bacteria  eat the organic  material   as food,
 digest it, and convert it into end  products
 consisting  of  liquids,  gases  and  stabilized
 solids.

 Bacterial decomposition can  occur with or
•without air (oxygen). The bacteria  that need
 air use it in the same way we do.  These are
 called aerobes, or aerobic bacteria. Bacteria
 that live  without oxygen are called  anaerobic
. bacteria. Some bacteria can live under either
 condition and are called facultative bacteria.

 Man is perhaps the greatest producer of waste
 materials.  Since  man  is  also an   inventive
 animal,  he has discovered that one of the best
 and cheapeast ways  of getting rid of his waste
 is   to  put  these millions upon  millions  of
 bacteria  to work for him. All man" needed to
 do was collect his waste material in ope place,
 put it in a container, create the right environ-
 ment, and let nature take its course. Water  is
used to carry waste materials from hundreds
of sources to  a  central  point  where  these
materials can be removed from the water:for
treatment.  A typical  wastewater treatment
facility  has  several  "container" processes,
each designed to remove or treat these wastes.

WHY DIGEST ORGANIC SOLIDS?

The  organic  solids  removed from the waste-
water  produce  offensive  odors when  they
decompose. These  sludges also  may  contain
pathogenic     (disease-causing)    organisms
harmful to man.

Sludge  also  contains water  held  within the
sludge particle which makes it difficult  to
dewater. It is, therefore, necessary to contain
and treat these wastes so that:

  I.The  treated  sludge  is stabilized, which
    means  that the  sludge is decomposed and
    further bacterial activity is minimal.

  2. The offensive odors are eliminated.

  3. Many pathogenic bacteria are eliminated.

  4. The  disposal  problem of sludge  is mini-
    mized  by converting a large percentage of
    sludge to gases and  liquid.  Gases can  be
    used as fuel.

" 5. The sludge is  easily  dewatered and will
    dry readily.  It  has value  as a soil condi-
    tioner when  recycled back to the land.
                                                                                       4-3

-------
 WHAT   MATERIALS   ARE
 FROM WASTEWATER?
REMOVED
 Figure 4-1  shows that  the incoming waste-
 water contains two  basic  types  of  material
 classified as being about 70  percent organic
 and 30 percent inorganic..The organic portion
 of  the sewage is used as food for bacteria,
 while the inorganic portion passes on through
 the  entire  treatment  process   unaffected.
 Inorganic  material includes rock, grit,  rags,
 plastic, metal, etc.

 These  materials  are  normally  removed in
 pretreatment units such as bar screens,  rock
 traps, and  grit  collectors.  Material passing
 through these  collectors contains solids too
 large to be effectively treated. These must be
 reduced in  size by other  pretreatment  units
 such as comminutors and barminutors, which
 shred the  material  and  allow  it  to   pass
 through the treatment units. All of these  units
 must operate continuously at top efficiency if
 the subsequent plant processes are to work
 properly. The  material  removed from the
 wastewater in  this phase is usually sent to a
 landfill site.
               After pretreatment, the remaining solids are
               either  settleable,  suspended   or dissolved.
               Settleable solids are those which are heavy
               enough  to settle  out  when  the wastewater
               flow  is  slowed down and enough   time  is
               allowed for them  to settle. These solids are
               removed  in primary clarifiers and are called
               raw primary sludge.

               The  remaining  solids are either suspended in
               the water or dissolved just as sugar is dissolved
               in  coffee. Most of this material passes on to
               some form  of biological treatment  process
               where  it  is  converted to  biological solids
               heavy  enough  to  settle.  These  solids are
               removed  from the  wastewater flow in  second-
               ary clarifiers. Figure 4-1 shows that both raw
               sludge  and biological sludge are sent to the
               anaerobic digester for natural decomposition.

               Of the materials reaching a digester, only the
               organic portion can be decomposed  by the
               bacteria.  The inorganic materials are unaffect-
               ed by biological treatment; however, they can
                          Settleable
                          Suspended
                          Dissolved
                                                                                Disinfection
                                                                                    i
                         Recycled Water
                          (Supernatant)
FIGURE 4-1
DIAGRAM OF MATERIALS REMOVED FROM WASTEWATER
 4-4

-------
 cause  severe. problems,  such  as  reducing
 digester volume.              •^r•;•'•-•      ;•,

.Several  methods  are. used  to  concentrate
 digester  feed  sludges.   Primary  clarifiers,
 gravity thickeners, flotation .thickeners and
 centrifuges are commonly used.

 Primary   clari.fiers  are. the  only  sludge-
 thickening devices in many plants. Biological
 sludges, such as activated sludge or trickling
 filter humus, are  often wasted to the primary
 clagfier..and settled with the raw sludge. The
 sludge   concentration   developed   in   the
.primary  clarifier  is  controlled  by the. fre-
 quency,   duration   and  rate,  of  sludge
 withdrawal..  .

 Gravity-type thickeners 'are used  in plants
 which  remove, raw sludge continuously from
 the  primary clarifier.  They yield 4  to  8
 percent solids concentration. Waste-activated
 sludges may be thickened with the raw sludge
 in these units, but difficulties occur when .the
 waste-activated,   sjudge  .is', young    and
 slow-settling.

 Flotation thickeners are often used to thicken
 waste-activated  sludges.  Tnese  lightweight
 sludges tend to'float, which makes air flota-
 tion a  practical means to concentrate them to
 about  3 to 4 percent. The use of centrifuges is
 another method for thickening waste-activated
 sludge. Both  units will  thicken the waste-
 activated  sludge  to  about  3  to  4 percent.

. .Regardless..,ot.the sjudge source,  the eoncen-
 tration of total so.lids fed to a  digester should
 be as  thick as possible/Normal  ranges are
 from 3 to 8 percent. This is necessary:.

   1. To prevent dilution of the alkaline buffer
     which  could  cause a pH change.'NOTE:
     A  buffering  material  is the amount of
     alkalinity in the digester"needed to offset
     the acids and keep the pH near neutral.
 2. To prevent dilution of the .food material.
    this,wpij;!d.rpaj
-------
WHAT HAPPENS INSIDE AN ANAEROBIC
DIGESTER?

Anaerobic sludge digestion  is a continuous
process. Fresh sewage sludge should be added
continuously  or at frequent  intervals.  The
water separated from the sludge (supernatant)
is  normally removed  as sludge  is added.
Digested  sludge is  removed  at less frequent
intervals but it must be removed. The gas form-
ed  during digestion is  removed continuously.

The stabilization of organic  wastes by anaer-
obic sludge digestion must always result in the
production of methane gas which is insoluble
in  water and escapes  as  a  gas.  Thus, if no
methane  gas is produced there can  be no
waste stabilization.
Anaerobic sludge digestion  is considered a
two-stage process as shown in Figure 4-2. This
diagram  shows  organic  material  as  food is
changed  in the first stage by acid-forming
bacteria  to simple organic material, chiefly
organic acids. The  methane-forming types of
bacteria  then  use the  acids  as food  and
produce carbon dioxide and methane gas. It is
important  to  understand  that  no  waste
stabilization  occurs in  the first stage.  Real
stabilization occurs only in the second stage.
                                     Liquid
FIGURE 4-3
TYPICAL ACID-FORMING BACTERIA

One of the major considerations is the type of
food  available  to the  acid-forming bacteria,
Food  may  be  in  two forms,  soluble  and
insoluble. In the soluble form  it is readily
removed  (like  sugar  in  water).   Insoluble
forms, such as fats or complex solids, are more
difficult  to  use.  They  must first be broken
down  into  a  soluble  form. This is accom-
plished,  in part,  by enzymes which  are  pro-
duced by the bacteria. The  bacteria can only
directly use the soluble solids as food since-it
must be  in this form to pass through the cell
wall   and   the  membrane as   shown  in
Figure 4-3. The cell wall acts  as  a  sieve to
screen  out  the  large  particles,  while  the
membrane selects and guides material both in
and out of the inner cell.
              Acid Forming
      Methane  Forming
          X" "">
          Bacteria
                                                                Second Stage
                                                                Stabilization
FIGURE 4-2
DIAGRAM OF WASTE STABILIZATION
 4-6

-------
Not all of the organic solids are completely
•broken down nor does all of the, material pass
into the cell. These  materials  contribute to
that portion of digested sludge which is not
degradable (poor food for bacteria)  and that
fraction  called  inert  solids  (not  food  for
bacteria).

The bacteria  use  the food  for energy and
produce  organic acids also called volatile acids
or fatty  acids.  The production  of these acids
completes  the  first  stage of  the digestion
process and is  commonly known as the acid •
phase.	 ,-,-.-	. --.,;-..

In a normal or healthy digester, acids will be
used as food by the second group at approxi-
mately the same rate as they  are produced.
The volatile acid  content  of  the  digesting
sludges usually runs in the range of about 50
milligrams  per liter  (mg/l)   to  300 mg/l,
expressed as acetic acid.

If the acid phase was the only  step occurring
in digestion, the process would  be incomplete,
resulting in a continuing drop in pH caused by
an  overproduction  of acids. This does  occur
for a period of time when  a digester is first
started or when a digester has lost a  large
amount  of its methane formers. Digestion can
only be  completed when the second phase is
occurring at the same time as the acid phase. :

The  second  phase  in  anaerobic  digestion
occurs because of another bacterial  group
called the  methane  formers,   which  use the
volatile acids produced by the  acid formers as
food.  The acids are then converted to carbon
dioxide  (C02)  and methane   (CH4)  gases as.
major end  products.  This step completes the
work  of the two  principal forms of bacteria
and results in  stabilizing between 40 and 60
percent  of  the organic waste  in  domestic
sludge.

The methane formers, which  are responsible
 for waste  stabilization, grow quite slowly
compared to the acid formers since, they, get
very little energy from their food. This causes
the 'methane formers to  be very  sensitive to
slight changes in loading, pH and temperature.
Since the methane formers are strictly  anaero-
bic bacteria, they are also extremely sensitive
to air (oxygen).

The acid formers have a decided edge over the
methane formers since they are rapid growers
and are not as sensitive  to environmental
changes. Thus,  the operation of  anaerobic
digesters  depends  largely  upon  keeping
methane formers happy.

The  objective  of  good  digester operation,
then, is  to control the food supply, the  tem-
perature and the pH, thus keeping the  acid
formers and the methane formers in balance.
These subjects  are discussed  later  in  this
section.               "
WHAT ARE THE PRODUCTS?

Gases

The major  gases produced in any anaerobic
condition  are  methane  (CH^J  and carbon
dioxide. (CC^)- These gases are usually collect-
ed, and compressed. The methane portion is
used as a fuel gas for boilers, gas engines and
other auxiliary  uses.

Most of us have  seen  bubbles rising to the
surface of a swamp, especially on a warm day.
These  bubbles  are gases formed by the same
kind of methane group as in a digester. Maybe
you have n9ticed that, as the gases rise to the
surface,  they  carry  small  chunks of bottom
sludge and  there is a little turbulence in the
water—similar  to  boiling water.  The same
thing  happens inside a digester. In fact, the
only mixing in many digesters  occurs in this
natural manner.
                                                                                     4-7

-------
Scum

Scum blankets form in digesters as the result
of this upward lift of  the gas. The formation
of scum presents  a special  problem to many
operators who have unmixed tanks. The scum
in these tanks tends to concentrate the food
material;  the 'working bacteria  are generally
concentrated in  the bottom sludge.  If mixing
doesn't bring the two  together,  there will not
be  much  digestion occurring  in  the scum
layer. In  an unmixed tank, the supernatant
layer provides a physical barrier between the
two.

In unmixed tanks, it is necessary to keep the
scum blanket  moist so that the  gases can get
through.  However, if  the'blanket dries,  the
operator  must break  it up  so that the gases
can  escape. Methods  for breaking  up scum
blankets  are  discussed  in  Part I,  Trouble-
shooting Guide No. 9.  •

Supernatant

The  water or liquid inside the digester comes
from two sources: carrier water entering the
digester and water formed as solids are broken
down. A  certain amount of this liquid leaves
the  digester  as  supernatant.  In most cases,
supernatant is displaced as  fresh sludge enters
the digester. However, in some digesters, it is
taken out before sludge feeding.

Supernatant   is   often  normally  recycled
through  the plant and is high  in suspended
solids and BOD. Many secondary plants have
experienced  process   problems  due to  the
addition  of supernatant. The major problems
seem to  be a  buildup  of solids in  the system
and  insufficient aeration .to accomplish  the
necessary  BOD   reduction.  Both   of  these
conditions result  in a deterioration  of  the
plant's final effluent.  One  common  method
practiced  by many plants to help correct this
problem  is to  release supernatant frequently
 and in small amounts to prevent shocking the
 system. Other  suggestions are  given in the
 Operations Section, Part II, page 2-4.

 Supernatant quality is affected by the type of
 digester system, the  efficiency of digestion
 and by the  type  of waste and its settling
 capacity.   For   example,   waste-activated
 sludges tend to thin out the digester contents,
 resulting in  less time for digestion  to occur.
 Mixers  tend  to  homogenize  the sludge,
 making  supernatant  removal  difficult   if
 sufficient settling time is not allowed.  Good
 settling conditions are a  must. The digested
 sludge  must  have  enough  time under  quiet,
 undisturbed   conditions  to be allowed  to
 settle.  This  is normally accomplished  either
 by shutting  mixers off or by transferring the
 digested sludge to a second settling tank.

 Operators generally use the results from two
 tests:  total  solids  and  volatile ' solids,  to
 indicate the  quality  of  the supernatant  as
 described later in Digester Control.

 Digested Sludge

 The inorganic and  volatile solids that are not
 easily digested  make up  the final product-
 digested  sludge. A  well digested stabilized
 sludge  must  drain easily or be dewaterable
 and not have a noxious odor. The characteris-
 tics of the sludge are:

'''"' 1. Some "of the water in the sludge particles
    is   released  as  the particles are broken
    down. This  makes the sludge  easier  to
    dewater.

  2. The amount of the well digested sludge
    leaving   the  digester  is  less  than  the
    amount   of  raw  sludge   entering  the
    digester   because  the  complex  organic
    material   has  been  broken down  into
    simpler substances such as  liquid  acids,
    water^.and gases.
4-8

-------
 3. The   sludge   should   have-  a   lumpy
    appearance.

 4. The sludge turns black.  Light gray streaks
    indicate a "green" undigested sludge.

 5. The original  offensive odor changes To a
    less objectionable odor.

 6. Volatile solids in the  stabilized  sludge
    should  be 40  to  60 percent  less -than
    the feed sludge.

Stable  (digested) sludge can be disposed of on
approved  land or  landfills after it has been
dewatered.

HOW  IS   DIGESTION  AFFECTED  BY
TYPES OF DIGESTERS?
Sludge enters the center  of the active zone
where  digestion  takes  place and  water  is
released  to form  a supernatant zone. The
decomposed solids are heavier than the liquid
and settle to the bottom. As gases are formed,
they rise to the  surface,  pass  through the
scum  layer and  escape  into the atmosphere.
The  rising  gases  carry  the lighter sludge
particles  to the surface above the supernatant
and form a dense layer of  scum. This scum
layer, in  time, can become quite thick and be
tough enough to walk on.      .

Figure 4-5 shows the same digester after three
to six years of operation.
Single, Unheated and Unmixed Digesters

The simplest digester is a circular or rectangu-
lar, unheated, open-top tank, whose contents
are mixed naturally by rising gases. This type
of digester  includes Imhoff tanks and Clari-
gesters which are two-story units with the top
portion serving as a darifier where the solids
settle and then dpop through a slot into the
lower  digester  portion.  In  these unmixed
digesters, the sludge arranges itself in layers as
illustrated in Figure 4-4.           ..'•'•.
                        Scum
                        Supernatant
                        Active zone

                        Digested Sludge
                        Grit, Etc.
 FIGURE 4-5
 OPEN-TOP, UNHEATED, UNMIXED DIGESTER
 AFTER 3 TO 6 YEARS
           Gas
                        Scum Layer
                     —Supernatant

                        Active Zone

                     — Digested Sludge
 FIGURE 4-4
 OPEN-TOP, UNHEATED, UNMIXED DIGESTER
 Deposits 'of  grit and other material  on the
 bottom  and a  thicker scum layer  greatly
 reduce .the effective capacity of the  tank.
 Problems occur more frequently. It may be
 difficult  to obtain a well digested sludge, or
 the supernatant  layer may be hard to.find.
 The unit is  easily overloaded and  has  more
 frequent upsets.

 This  type  of digester is no longer being built
 although several remain in use.
                                                                                     4-9

-------
Single, Heated-Mixed and Covered Digesters

Now, let's take the same digester, add a cover
to collect gas,  add a heat exchanger and a
pump to pull sludge from the tank  bottom,
pump  it  through the  heat  exchanger  and
return it  to the upper level  as shown in
Figure 4-6.
FIGURE 4-6 SINGLE COVERED DIGESTER WITH
           RECIRCULATION

What changes have occurred? First, the pump
is  acting  like a  mixer and sets up a current
inside the tank.  More bacteria are  exposed to
the food, and a faster  reaction takes place.
The heat exchanger raises the temperature of
the sludge.  The  operator can control  the
temperature to help the bacteria do a better
job. In addition, the collected gas can be used
as fuel  for a hot-water boiler to supply the
heat exchanger. Thus, the  addition of heating
and   recirculation   equipment   reduces  the
layering  effect seen  in the  unmixed  units,
complete digestion  occurs in less time and a
smaller digestion tank can be used.

There are many types of mixers, many ways
to heat  the sludge, and  many ways to collect
gases, but they perform the same functions.
The major differences are mechanical. These
systems are discussed later in this section.

When withdrawing supernatant  in these tanks,
it is  necessary to  shut the  mixers off and
allow the solids to settle before withdrawal
begins.  The  operator should  also find the
supernatant  zone   and  carefully  select the
clearest liquid.

Two-Tank Systems

Next are those digestion systems using two
tanks: one  for active mixing  and  digestion,
and the other serving as a quiet settling tank
as shown in Figure 4-7.
                                                                            Gas
FIGURE 4-7  TWO-TANK SYSTEM
4-10

-------
Two-tank systems were designed  to shorten
the total digester detention time by utilizing
one mixed tank (the primary) to provide for
active mixing  and digestion while  the second
tank is used to provide settling. These systems
are referred to as two-stage digesters.

Operationally, the primary tank can be mixed
continuously,  since the mixers do not have to
be  shut off  and the contents  allowed to
settle  before   withdrawing  supernatant or
sludge.  Generally, more  efficient  mixing is
obtained  in   these  units.  Both  tanks  are
covered, and the gas system cross-connected
between them. The secondary tank, however,
does not produce much gas because most of
the gas  production  occurs  in the primary
tank.

The  secondary tank has  another beneficial
use. It contains a large volume of good active
sludge (bacteria)  which can be transferred to
the primary when  the  digestion  process is
fouled.  This seed sludge can be used to cor-
rect  pH  and  toxicity  problems  by  using
"natural recovery" instead of adding chemicals
such as lime.

Conventional Versus  High Rate Digesters

The   basic  difference between   these  two
systems is their loading rates:

    Conventional—0.03 to 0.10 Ibs. per cubic
       foot (0.48 to 1.60 kg/m3) of volatile
       solids loaded  per day.      '
    High Rate-0.10 to 0.40 Ibs. per  cubic
       foot (1.60 to 6.40 kg/m3) of volatile
       solids loaded  per day.

The  high  rate units  achieve their  higher
loadings because their design includes uniform
temperature and greater mixing capacity. The
tanks are also usually  deeper. Operationally,
the high rate  system will  be. fed  on a  more
nearly continuous basis.
 WHAT    FACTORS   AFFECT   SLUDGE
 DIGESTION?

 Five basic factors affect digestion:, bacteria,
 food, loading, contact  (mixing) and environ-
 ment. The acid and methane formers can only
 do their best job as a team when the right
 conditions are  provided. The,purpose of this
 section  is to describe'the:factors  needed.for
 good digestion. All of these affect  the process
 and all  can be monitored and  controlled by
 the operator.           • .:  •   .

 Bacteria               ;

 The digesting and digested  sludge contains all
 of  the  necessary  bacteria  to  stabilize  the
 sludge.  Thus, the operator must keep as  much
 good digested sludge as  possible in  his digester
 to  have enough  workers ..onhand to do  the
 job. Do not remove, any more digested sludge
 than is  necessary, but  some digested sludge
 must be removed at regular intervals. A good
 guideline  is to  have about 20  times as  much
 seed sludge as feed sludge expressed as volatile
 solids.

 In single tank digesters, "liquid (supernatant) is
 displaced as  fresh sludge  is added: Digested
 sludge -is withdrawn under strict control. In
 two-tank systems, where the primary tank is
 mixed,  many of  the  bacteria are  trapped in
 the supernatant from the primary tank and
 are moved to the secondary tank. The secon-
 dary tank contains an abundance of bacteria
 often called "seed" sludge. •

 .This is  good seed  material which can  be
 recycled or transferred  :back to the primary
 digester. This is a good technique to use when
 organic  overloading or a potential  toxic load
 is  expected  or has already  occurred.  This
 technique is often, used by plant operators
 who favor the "natural process" for, recovery.
 A simijar technique can be; used for single
 •tanks except that seed  sludge would have to
, be obtained from another installation, hauled
 to the site and then fed into the digester.    '_
                                                                                    4-11

-------
Food
Contact (Mixing)
Volatile solids in primary and  waste secon-
dary  sludges are the food  for  the  bacteria.

Raw primary sludges, compared to biological
sludges, produce  the clearest and  best super-
natant and the most easily dewaterable sludge
from  a digester.  When biological sludges are
added,  good  supernatant quality  becomes
more difficult to  obtain. In fact, some plants
separately treat  biological sludges in aerobic
digesters and  primary  sludge  only in the
anaerobic digesters  to  improve total  plant
performance.

Vegetable fats and  oils, such as cooking oils,
are readily decomposed in anaerobic digesters,
but mineral oils such as fuel oil, automotive
oils  and greases, and  paraffins  will  cause
toxicity problems.

Loading

Feeding is one of the things under  the control
of an operator. Each operator must consider:

 o  The concentration of the incoming sludge,
    which is the  amount of solids in a given
    volume of water.

 o  The  amount  of volatile solids in the
    incoming sludge, which tells how much  of
    the material  can be used as food  by the
    bacteria and indirectly the amount of grit.

 o  The amount of volatile solids per unit to
    digester volume, which is used as a loading
    factor  in much the same way as the "food
    to microorganism ratio" is used  in activat-
    ed sludge.

 o  The hydraulic loading  (hydraulic  deten-
    tion time) which is related to the organism
    growth  and washout.

 These  are  described in detail  beginning  on
 page 4-20.
Sludge  stabilization cannot occur unless the
bacteria are brought into contact with the
food.

The goals  are to expose  the bacteria to the
maximum amount of food and also to reduce
the  volume occupied  by settled  inorganic
material, such  as  grit,  and organic material,
such  as scum.  The benefits  of mixing are
speeding up the process of the volatile solids
breakdown  and increasing the amount of gas
production.

This is done two ways:

  1. Gas Evolution.  As  gas  is  produced,  it
    forms  in pockets,  then breaks  loose and
    rises to the surface. This action creates a
    boiling  effect resulting in  some mixing.
    This method  is  controlled  by feeding.
    When conditions allow a fairly constant
    loading, which may be higher than nor-
    mally designed in  conventional digesters,
    internal mixing  will occur.  A loading  of
    about  0.4  pounds  cubic foot per day is
    needed  for natural  mixing. As long  as
    loading can  be sustained at this level,  no
    other mixing may be required; however, if
    prolonged   periods of low  loading  are
    experienced, mixing may be interrupted
    and scum   blankets may form. On the
    other hand, increased  loading may  cause
    organic overloads with  resulting slower gas
    production. Conditions which cause nat-
    ural mixing  are somewhat unstable but  do
    afford  an inexpensive  method of mixing if
    the  operation  is  closely   controlled.

  2. By Artificial Means. Many types of mixing
    devices are used  to stir  or  mix  the
    digesting    sludge.   The   amount  and
    frequency of mixing are controlled by the
     operator.   These   have  been  described
     beginning on page 4-27.
 4-12

-------
Environmental Factors Affecting Digestion

The methane  bacteria, which cause the final
conversion of  digesting  sludge  into a  stable
waste, are very sensitive to conditions  in the
digester.  Their activity slows  down   unless
optimum   conditions  are  maintained. The
following table summarizes the best condi-
tions for anaerobic digestion'.

                 Table IV-1
       OPTIMUM CONDITIONS FOR
         ANAEROBIC DIGESTION
                            ' No oxygen (air)
                             85-100 deg. F.
                            : .(29-37 deg. C.)
                             6.8-7.2'
Anaerobic Conditions
Temperature*

pH     "      	_.'..
No Toxic Materials
 ' Temperatures between 85-100 degrees  F. (29-37
 degrees  C.) are in  the  MESOPHILIC RANGE.
 Temperatures between 120-135 degrees F. (48-57
 degrees C.) are in the THERMOPHILIC RANGE.
 Most digesters operate at mesophilic temperatures.
The operator must understand  the  basics of
each condition below because they must be
controlled   to  obtain  the  most  efficient
treatment.

Anaerobic Conditions. No air can be admitted
to the digestion tank if anaerobic conditions
are to be maintained. The methane formers
cannot tolerate even small amounts of oxygen.
Closed tanks with  covers designed to collect
the methane gas are used to keep air out. Op-
erators must not allow air  into the digesting
sludge since an explosive mixture will result
when aircomesJnto contact with methane gas.
See also  Safety section, page 3-6. If air is ad-
mitted into a digester, be extremely cautious
about possible ignition,

Temperature. Temperature controls the activy
of the methane bacteria. They  can function
best in the 85-100 degree F, (29-37 degree C.)
range or, in  another range, 120-135 degrees F.
(49-57 degrees C.)  Outside  these ranges, the
 bacteria's activity,  is severely  reduced. For
 example,  activity  is almost nonexistent  at
 50" degrees  F.  (10'degrees C.).  It should  be
 noted  that, although bacterial actions stop,
 the bacteria  themselves  are not  harmed but
 are simply inactive  until1  the   temperature
 increases again.  ' '  ''""~ '  :          ••'•'-

 The methane-formers are'affected by changes
 in' temperature'of as little asT degree Fahren-
 heit per  day, but the acid formers are not  as
 sensitive  to temperature changes.'Tempera-
 ture changes/g'reater  than  2 degrees Fahren-
 heit will reduce methane former activity while
 acids  are still  forming. This  results'in losing
 the   buffering  capacity   and   possibly
 incapacitating the digester.  The best bacterial
 activity will occur  in digesters operating at a
 constant temperature somewhere between  90
 and 98 degrees'Fahrenheit (32 and 36 degrees
 centigrade).                   :

 Once  the best temperature for the  individual
 digester  is  found, based on  the highest gas
 production and abil'ify to  hold  the pH near
 7.0, this temperature should be  held  within
 1 degree  Fahrenheit.  .If  heating  capacity  is
 limited, and  it is not possible to  hold this
 temperature in winter months, it is-better  to
 drop down from 95 degrees F. (35 degrees C.)
 to  90 degrees  F. (32 degrees C.) and hold this
 value  constant'than' to fluctuate between  92
; arid-98_-degrees F.  (33  and 36  degrees C.)
 over a two- to three-day  period in an attempt
• ;to! reach the higher temperature.

 V-arious  statistics are. available  showing the
-value, effects and the necessity of heating the
.digester contents, to allow  the most efficient
. use .of. the  process. When  the ..subject  of
 temperature is discussed, the element of time
 cannot be ignored because solids  stabilization
• can be accomplished.-.at  low;-temperatures..if
 enough time is available. Table-IV-2,relates
 time and temperature to illustrate this point.

•These data show:-that :evenv at 7-7;degrees  F.
'(25 degrees C.), digestion can occur.in about
 51/2 weeks. However, approximately  60 per-
 cent   more  digester capacity  would   be
                                                                                     4-13

-------
               Table IV-2
      EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE
          ON DIGESTION TIME
      Temperature
       (Deg. F.)

          59
          68
          77
          86
          95
         104
         113
         122
         140
Digestion
Time (Days)

  67.8
  46.6
  37.5
  33.3
  23.7
  22.7
  14.4
    8.9
  12.6
(NOTE: Deg. C. equals deg. F minus 32 times
0.55)	

needed to reach the same efficiency as when
the  temperature  is  held at 95  degrees  F.
(35 degrees C.).

Operation of  the  heating  system will  vary
with geographical  location,  size of digester,
degree of  loading,  and in some cases type of
industrial  waste mixed with the sludge. The
following  discussion considers  some  of the
important  principles  of   sludge  heating.

CONSTANT   TEMPERATURE  CONTROL.
The optimum temperature range  for normal
digestion is cited at 90-98 degrees F. (32-36
degrees C.}.  If the digester cannot be heated
to 90-98 degrees F. (32-36  degrees C.), it is
better to maintain control at a lower tempera-
ture (at a constant value)  than to  fluctuate
between  high and  low  temperatures  over a
short period of time.

CHANGES IN TEMPERATURE. Temperature
should not be changed more than  1  degree
Fahrenheit per day once the operating temp-
erature has stabilized.  During start-up or after
recovery  from other difficulties which cause
the  temperature  to drop  more than  10-15
degrees F.  (5-8 degrees C.) the temperature
can be brought up to normal at a faster rate,
but should be stabilized  and  held when the
normal temperature level is reached. This  is
particularly true  when starting the digester
because it  may  be  necessary  to raise  from
60-95 degrees  F.  (15-35 degrees C.) in seven
or eight days.

THERMOPHILIC TEMPERATURES. Temp-
eratures above approximately  102-110 de-
grees  F. (39-43 degrees C.) cause a change  in
the major type of methane bacteria and can
result in  unstable operation if temperatures
fluctuate in this region. In the northern part
of the nation, where temperature fluctuations
affect heating  capabilities of the plant, even
greater problems will be encountered than  in
the southern  part of  the nation. A limited
number of plants have operated units for ex-
tended periods of time in this range, but the
practice is not widespread  enough  and will
not be discussed in detail in this manual. The
reader is referred to the  City of Los Angeles
Hyperion  plant article in the WPCF Journal
for more information on the subject, as several
years of experience have been gained at this
plant. See Appendix B, "References."

General methods  of sludge heating have been
described   in  this   section   beginning  on
page 4-25.

pH.  One  of  the most  important environ-
mental requirements is the proper  pH. For
example, the acid workers can function satis-
factorily  at any  pH level above 5, but the
methane  workers are  inhibited  when the pH
falls below 6.2.  In  digester operation,  slight
decreases  in  pH will  seriously inhibit the
activity of the  methane workers.

Best Operating Range:  6.8 to 7.2
           Tolerable: 6.4 to 7.4

Cases  are  known where efficient  digestion
occurs at  pH's lower  than 6.4, probably due
to development of a strain of bacteria able to
live in this environment.
 4-14

-------
 The pH of the  liquid undergoing anaerobic
 digestion is  controlled by the amount: of
 volatile acids produced and the alkalinity in
 the digester.

 Volatile  Acids.  The  production  of organic
 acids is largely dependent upon the volume of
 sludge fed to the digester. In a normal or heal-
 thy digester, acids will be used as food by the
 methane  formers at about  the same rate as
 they  are pro'duced.  Under these conditions,
 the volatile acid content of the digesting sludge
 usually runs in the  range of 50'mg/l to 300
 mg/l, expressed as acetic acid

 If the same amount of sludge is fed daily, a
 population  balance  between  the  acid group
 and the  methane group will  be  maintained
 easily. On the other hand, if a large amount of
 readily digestible organic matter were added
 suddenly, excess amounts of acids would be
 produced and lower  the pH. When this occurs,
 the methane formers slow  down, can't  keep
iup with the acid formers and acids accumu-
late in the digester.

 Buffers in the  digester keep the process  from
 becoming   upset   every    time   there   is
 overfeeding.                  '....'-.

 Buffers.  Process stability depends largely  on
 a digester's ability to resist a change in pH.
 This  is  commonly  known  as its buffering
 capacity  measured  as alkalinity.  Buffers are
 essential  in  digesters. During the  digestion
 process,  the  methane workers also  produce
 some buffering material, such as bicarbqnates,
 carbonate and  ammonia, which goes into solu-
 tion. The amount of buffer produced in this
 stage is usually  enough to  balance the acid
 produced by the acid workers so that the pH
 will remain at a constant level.

 Alkaline buffers come from two sources:

  1. Those already  present  in the  incoming
    sludge,"and
 2. Those created as part of  the digestion
   process.

Incoming sludges  in communities with hard
water supplies  or with  alkaline wastes from
industries have a higher buffering alkalinity,
sometimes as  high  as  6,000  mg/l.  These
digesters can absorb much  higher swings in
organic  acids before  pH is affected. Digesters
operating in areas with very little alkalinity in
the  incoming  wastes  may   need  to  add a
caustic  material such as  lime, soda  ash, or
agricultural ammonia to raise the alkalinity.

Changes in the acid production rate  or the
amount  of  buffering  material  can   cause
changes in pH. Here is what happens when the
digester pH suddenly starts to change.

Assume a digester which usually runs at a  pH
of 6.7 or 6.8 suddenly changes to a pH  of 6.5.
This means that the "natural alkaline buffer in
the digester has been reduced, that acids  are
being .made faster than  a neutralizing buffer,
and  that the methane formers can't keep up.
First, the operator needs to  get the pH back
to normal. This  gives  him time to find the
cause of the  problem  and correct  it.  pH
control  continues until the process returns to
normal. Typical causes of downward trends in
pH are:

  1. Sudden changes in organic loading, temp-
 .   erature or type of waste.'

.  2. Lack of pH control.

  3. Presence of toxic materials.

  4. Slow bacterial growth during start-up.

Volatile acids and alkalinity  are measured to
indicate the progress of digestion and to con-
trol  the digester. These test results are normal-
ly used  as the volatile acids to alkalinity ratio
                                                                                     4-15

-------
(VA/Alk) which is the concentration of vola-
tile acids (VA) divided by the alkalinity (Alk).
The digester works best if the VA/Alk is less
than 0.25, and many operators prefer to keep
the VA/Alk less than 0.15 to be safe. This
means that  there  is four to ten  times more
alkalinity than volatile acids, and the digester
will  be well buffered  to keep the pH from
changing.

Toxic Materials. It is important to keep toxic
substances out of a digester since they  inhibit
bacterial  activity  and  can  cause  complete
failure.  It is also important for operators  to
recognize potential toxicity problems  and  to
apply the right corrective  measures. All too
often, operators have treated a toxic problem
as an overload  problem and  added tons  of
lime  only find  that the problem was still
there.  Toxic  problems and their cures  are
described in detail in Part III of this manual.

DIGESTER  CONTROL

No process  can be operated without  having
adequate control  and  an  indication  of  its
progress.  In  digester  operation,  how  are
controls and indicators defined? Controls are
short term and used for correction. They are
tests  that can be run to confirm satisfactory
operation or to  indicate an action that would
bring about change. Indicators are tests run,
recorded  and  used for forecasting purposes.
Control  examples are shown in  Figure 4-8.
 DIGESTER CONTROL
                            Gas
     Rate
     Quantity
     Material
     External
 FIGURE 4-8
 DIGESTER CONTROL TEST DIAGRAM
                                    Recirc.
                                    Temp.
VA
Alk
pH
Temperature
Internal
External Control

External control  tests are used to help the
operator control what is coming into the
digester. As an example, in normal operation
the operator should control the concentration
of solids  in the feed to  avoid diluting the
digester contents. To do this, the operator
takes a composite sample  of  the incoming
sludge and runs a total solids test. This test
measures all solids and what percent of the
liquid  is in  solid form. The test and applica-
tion  is  described   under  "Indicators"  on
page 4-20. Best operation is obtained when the
feed sludge concentration is kept as  high  as
possible, preferably in the range of from four
to eight percent.

Other  external control tests are  quantity  of
sludge  handled  in 'pounds   per  day  and
tests which  describe the characteristics of the
incoming  sludge.  In   the  latter case, the
operator can use this information to tell:

  1. Whether the  existing  grit removal system
    is operating as well as it should or whether
    new equipment is needed.

  2. Whether toxic materials are present.

  3. Whether the sludge is fresh or stale.

  4. How much heat will be  needed and if the
    digester  operating temperature  can  be
    maintained.

 Internal Controls

 Internal controls,  illustrated  in  Figure 4-8,
 show  what  is happening inside  the digester.
 Four tests are recommended for best control:
 temperature, volatile acids,  alkalinity and pH.

 TEMPERATURE.    Temperature   directly
 affects the work of  the  methane bacteria ;as
 explained  earlier on  page 4-13. Variations in
 temperature should never exceed more than
 one degree per day.  The  best  temperature
 range lies between 85 and 100 degrees Fahren-
 4-16

-------
 heit (29-37 degrees centigrade). However, the
 best  temperature for  any given digester Js
 based on:

  1. The highest gas production.

  2. Ability to hold  the volatile acids to alka-
    linity ratio between 0.1 and 0.25.

  3. Maintaining the pH near neutral  (6.8 to
    7.2).

 Thermometer locations vary  according to the
 design of the digester. Some are inserted into
 the digester wall, or in the sludge recirculation
 line.  Many operators must take temperatures
 from samples drawn  from  the supernatant
 overflow or from thief holes.    -/•

 VOLATILE ACIDS/ALKALINITY. The major
 internal control combines  two lab tests: vola-
 tile  acids  and alkalinity. The  alkalinity of a
 digester is important because it represents the
 ability of  the digester to neutralize the acids
 formed during digestion or present  in the in-
 coming waste. The  results of these two tests
 expressed  in  mg/l (milligrams per  liter) are
 combined  as a ratio (volatile acids divided by
 alkalinity) and expressed as  a  single number.
 For  example, 140 mg/l of volatile  acids per
 2,800 mg/l alkalinity is shown as:

      140 mg/l _QQ5
   2,800 mg/l   'U°

These  two tests  are run  on  sludge sa.mples
from  the primary digester. Typical  sampling
points are from  the recirculated sludge, line
and  from  special  sampling pipes located at
different tank levels. (NOTE: It is  important
to let the sludge in the  line; run  for'a few
minutes  in order to obtain  a representative
sample.) Other sample points  are from flowing
supernatant drawoff tubes or thief holes. Do
not  take  a sample immediately after  adding
sludge to a digester because, of possible short
circuiting.  Mix the contents thoroughly first.
 The concentrations of volatile acids and alka-
 linityare  the  first  measurable  changes that
 take  place when  the  process of digestion  is
 becoming upset. As long as the volatile acids
 remain  low,   compared  to  alkalinity,  the
 digester can be considered healthy with good
 digestion taking place. The volatile acid/alka-
 linity relationship can vary from less than 0.1
 to  about 0.35 without significant changes in
 digestion. Each plant will have its own charac-
 teristic ratio for good digestion. An increase
 in  the ratio is the first  warning that  trouble
 is  starting in  the digester and that  serious
 changes  will   occur unless the  increase  is
 stopped. If the ratio increases,  the following
 changes will occur:  -.

  1. The C02 content of the gas will increase.

  2. The gas production rate will decrease.

  3. The  pH of the digester will  drop and the
    digester will go sour.

 pH. The pH is one of the simple tests that can
 be  run to indicate the progress of  digestion
 and .should be run frequently (at least once
 per operating shift). The danger lies in depend-
 ing, too  much, on pH as  a  process control.
 Because  of the alkalinity in the digester, the
 pH changes very slowly. In fact, the digester
 may  be  completely  upset before the  pH
 changes.

 Frequent monitoring of  the volatile acids and
 the alkalinity and plotting the  VA/Alk ratio
 provides the best information for controlling
 digesters because these indicators are the first
 to show a change when the process begins to
 become upset,

The graphs in Figure 4-9 illustrate the sequence
of the change within the digester.
                                                                                     4-17

-------
 I Relationship
   Of Volatile
   Acids To
   Alkalinity
                     Time
   MG/L
    20004-
    1000
     600
     200
         Alkalinity   • B
                                                    This graph shows a digester operating with a good
                                                    buffering  capacity  (the low volatile acids 200 mg/l
                                                    compared to  an alkalinity of 2,000 mg/l. At Point A,
                                                    something has happened to cause the volatile acids to
                                                    increase  followed  by  a decrease in  alkalinity at
                                                    Point D. At Point G, the digester has become sour,
 II
Volatile Acids/
Alkalinity
Ratio
HI  Relationship
    Of The Change
    In Ratio Of CO2
    To Methane (CH4>
    As A Result Of "I"
      100T
       90-
       80-.
       70-.
       60-.
       50->
       40"
       30-
       201
               CH4
               CO2
              Sludge
               Feed
                                                         This graph continues the  same digester performance
                                                         by showing the volatile acids/alkalinity ratio.  Notice
                                                         that  at  Points CD,  the  increase  in  volatile acids
                                                         produces an increase in the ratio from 0.1 to 0.3.
By  comparing this graph with  Graph II,  methane
production begins to  drop with  a corresponding
increase in CO2 when the ratio in  Graph II reaches
about 0.5.
IV  Relationship
    Of pH Change To
    Change In "I"
                                                         pH doesn't change in this graph until the digester is
                                                         becoming sour at Point G.
     FIGURE 4-9  GRAPH OF CHANGE SEQUENCE
                  IN A DIGESTER
    4-18

-------
Digesters respond slowly once they are upset.
Therefore, the best operation is obtained by
preventing  upsets.  The  following  general
guidelines are given for best process control.

  1. Routine volatile acids and alkalinity deter-
    minations during any startup process are a
    must in bringing a digester to a state  of
    satisfactory digestion.

 2. Measure the volatile acid/alkalinity ratio
    at  least twice per  week  during  normal
    operation, plot against time and watch for
    trends.  NOTE: An  example  of  this  is
    found in Appendix G.

 3. Measure the volatile acid/alkalinity ratio
    at least daily when a digester is approach-
    ing  trouble such  as an  increased solids
    load from waste discharges or a storm.

 4. C02 and pH tests may be substituted for
    volatile  acids/alkalinity  control in those
    cases where the loading is uniform  and
    predictable and process upsets are infre-
    quent. It is important, however, to realize
    that failures are costly  in terms of both
    money and time.

The following suggestions are given for correc-
tive response when the volatile acids/alkalinity
ratio exceeds 0.35.

 1. Extend  the  mixing  time  of  digester
    contents.

 2. Control heat more evenly.

 3. Decrease sludge withdrawal rates.

 4. Pump some seed sludge  from the  second-
    ary  digester  to  the  primary using the
    following guidelines.

    a.  Draw  down the  primary digester  to
       make room for the sludge addition.'

    b.  Use the volatile acid/alkalinity  ratio  as
       a guide to  determine how much seed
       sludge should be added. Hold the ratio
       to less than 0.25.

Several methods are available for performing
the volatile acids test.

 1. Silicic    Acid    or   Chromatographic
   Method.  This  is  the  preferred  method
   when  high accuracy is  required. The test
   can  identify  up  to 95  percent  of the
   organic acids  present in the sample.  It is
   the only  test recommended  by Standard
   Methods  for  the  Examination of Waste-
   water. The test requires about one hour to
   run. The disadvantages include the need
   for  more special' equipment  and more
   chemicals than the other methods.
       Appendix  E.
       Standard  Methods,  13th  Edition,
       page 577

 2. Straight Distillation Method. This  is one
   of  the most  commonly  used  tests since
   the procedure is fairly straightforward and
   does  not require  any  special equipment.
   The test  is  not for accurate work  but is
   satisfactory  for  digester  control.  The
   disadvantages are the test's dependency
   on lab techniques to obtain good results
   and it requires about an hour to run.
       Appendix E.
       Washington  State- Wastewater  Plant
       Operator's Manual

 3. Titration  or  Nonstandard  Method.  This
   test   was   originally   developed   by
   R. DiLallo  and   O'.E. Albertson  and  is
   listed  in  the  -WPCF Manual of Practice.
   The test  takes about ten minutes to,run
   and is reported good when  volatile acids
   exceed 250 mg/l.
       Appendix E.
       MOP  No. 18,  Simplified Laboratory
           Procedures    for    Wastewater
           Examination
       WPCF Journal, VolumeSS, April 1961,
       page 356
                                                                                    4-19

-------
 Process Indicators

 Process indicators  are  those  tests used  for
 forecasting purposes rather than control. Test
 results are always  recorded and best  use is
 made when they are graphed. Procedures  for
 graphing are described  in  Appendix G. The
 most common  tests  used  are shown  on
 Figure 4-10 and described below.
 INDICATOR
                         1—•• Quantity
                               Retire.
                               Temp
                               % Moisture
                               % Volatile
                            % Moisture
  Rgw                       % Volatile
                            pH
                            Quantity
                            Bottom
 FIGURE 4-10
 DIGESTER INDICATOR TEST DIAGRAM
 Solids.  Several points in the digestion process
 are sampled  and tested for solids— both total
 solids and volatile solids. These points are raw
 sludge feed,  recirculated sludge, supernatant
 and digested  sludge.

 These tests are needed to gain information on
 such  things  as  concentration,  loading  rate,
 pounds of solids handled through the process
 and the percent  reduction of volatile solids.

 TOTAL  SOLIDS.  Sludge  concentration  is
 determined by drawing a sample from a  well
 mixed  point  for  each source,  such as  raw
sludge  feed, digester mixed  sludge and super-
natant,  and  then performing  a total solids
test. Total solids is obtained by evaporating
all of the water from a  weighed sample and
weighing the residue.  The results are express-
ed in percent of solids (dry basis). The percent
of solids can  be  converted to mg/l as follows:
 water from  a  weighed sample and weighing
 the  residue.  The  results are expressed  in
 percent  of solids (dry basis). The percent of
 solids can be converted to mg/l as follows:
    10,000  mg/l  equals 1 per-
        cent solids
    20,000  mg/l  equals 2 per-
        cent solids
    and so on ...
     5,000   mg/l  equals  0.5
        percent solids
.To  convert mg/l  per million  gallons  into
 pounds:
    mg/l times volume in million gallons
    times-8.34 equals pounds    (OR)
    mg/l x MG x 8.34= Ibs.

The effect of sludge concentration on diges-
tion time can be seen in the following example.
Suppose an operator  pumps  12,800 gallons
(48400 I) of raw sludge with 2 percent (0.02)
solids and then changes the  method of pump-
ing sludge to  increase the concentration to 4
percent  (0.04).  The  reduced  amount  to be
pumped can be  found by setting up the fol-
lowing ratio:
      0.02
         0.04
    12,800 gals.   X gals.
                        then
    0.02
    0.04
x 12,800 = 6400 gpd (24000 I/day)
The same amount of food would be added.
For example:

  1.    0.02 x 12,800 gpd x 8.34 Ibs./gal.
           = 2,135 Ibs./day (968 kg/day)

  2.    0.04 x 6400 gpd x 8.34 Ibs./gal.
           = 2,135 Ibs./day (968 kg/day)

VOLATILE SOLIDS. Volatile solids tests are
used to indicate organic loading to the digester
and digester efficiency.
4-20

-------
 Digester operators need to know what percent
 of the total  solids  entering  the  digester is
 coming in as food matter to be decomposed
 by the bacteria. This is found by a volatile
 solids test. The residue  from  the total solids
 test sample  is burned  at 550 degrees centi-
 grade until a white ash remains, in a dish. The
 ash  is then weighed, and this weight is  sub-
 tracted from the total solids weight. The dif-
 ference between the two weights represents
 the volatile or organic portion  and the residue
 after burning represents the ash or the inor-
 ganic portion. This  is shown in Figure 4-11.
FIGURE 4-11  SLUDGE FEED DIAGRAM

Volatile  solids  is  usually  expressed  as  a
percent of total solids. The numbers in these
examples were used only to  illustrate relative
proportions and may  be different than actual
plant conditions,          : .

Let's carry  the  example one more  step and
find out what typically happens to the sludge
fed:to a digester as  shown  in  Figure  4-12.
FIGURE 4-12
HOW VOLATILE SOLIDS ARE CONVERTED
TO STABILIZED SLUDGE
 For example, assume 100 pounds (45.4 kg) of
 total sol ids'coming  into a digester. Then-70
 pounds (31,8 kg) of this material  is volatile
 solids and 30 pounds (13.6 kg)  is ash or inert
 material.  As the volatile solids portion under-
 goes digestion, it is converted into 40 pounds
 (18.1  kg) of gas  and water  and 30 pounds
 (13.6 kg) remain as  undigested volatile sol ids.
 Notice  that the  ash portion  has been unaf-
 fected, by digestion and. remains as 30 pounds
 (13.6kg).

 It is desirable to feed  the  digester with the
 highest volatile solids content sludge possible.
 This  is done, with an efficient grit removal
 system. The  volatile content is an indirect
 way of measuring the amount of grit material
 in the  incoming .sludge as  well as directly
 measuring the amount of food available to the
 bacteria.  It has been found that the volatile
 content of incoming sludges should be above
 70  percent. This means that  the plant's grit
 removal facilities must always operate at top
 efficiency  to  prevent filling a digester  with
 grit  and reducing  its capacity. .Figure 4-5, on
 page 4-9 , illustrates an  inefficient digester
 condition  resulting  from grit accumulation.
 Typical grit removal equipment includes grit
 channels,   detritus  tank  and cyclonic grit
 separators.

 Now that we've  discussed solids-and what
 happens to them in a digester, let's look at
 loading and efficiency.

 Two  different loading  factors,  organic  load
 and  hydraulic load, are important process
 indicators.  . -.

 ORGANIC  LOADING.  Organic  load  is the
amount of  food (volatile solids)  fed to the
 digester each  day  and  is normally calculated
as pounds of volatile solids fed per day per
cubic foot of active digester volume.

The  method most commonly  used to express
loading  is to relate the amount of volatile
solids in the feed sludge to the active volume.
in the digester. .This figure  is calculated by:
(1) averaging the volatile-solids content of the
                                                                                    4-21

-------
  raw sludge; (2) knowing the total pounds of
  sludge pumped  into the  digester in a given
  period;  (3) measuring  or   calculating  the
  volume  of  the  digester;  (4) dividing  the
  digester volume into pounds of volatile solids.

    Ibs. raw sludge/day x % volatile content
          available digester volume

 The number that results can be expressed as
 pounds of volatiles per cubic foot of digester
 capacity, or as pounds  of volatile solids  per
  100 or per  1,000 cubic feet (2.83-28.3 m3) of
 capacity.  This  number  is  similar  to  the
 expression  used in activated sludge known as
 the F/M  ratio, except that this is an expres-
 sion of the amount of food to the volume of
 the digester.

 The amount of active volume before digestion
 takes place is affected by both the amount of
 scum that is on  the  surface of the tank and
 the amount of grit and inorganic material on
 the bottom. When the  tank starts  out in a
 clean  condition,  the   active  volume   is
 essentially equivalent to the total volume of
 the tank. As time progresses, this active zone
 is  reduced  more and more,  causing a higher
 loading ratio.  Looking at it another way, less
 volume is available  to  treat the same or an
 increased amount  of solids  compared with
 what was available originally.

 The  following  example will help  to illustrate
 changes in loading. The volume when a diges-
 ter is first put into operation is compared with
 the volume four  years later without cleaning
 the tank.

 Needed information:
    Digester volume (available volume)
    Pounds of raw sludge feed
    Volatile content

 Example:
    Assume  the available volume of a new
    50-foot  diameter  (15.2 m)  digester  is
    50,000 cubic  feet (1416  m3),  raw sludge
    is 8,000 (3630 kg) pounds per day, vola-
 1   tile content is 74 percent.
 Then:
     8,000 pounds/day x 0.74
     = 5,920 Ibs. (2687 kg) VS per day

 Loading:                               ;
     5,920 pounds/day  n,,,.   wo
     r-n nnfT—77	 = 0.11 Ibs. VS
     50,000 cu.ft.

     per cu. ft. per day (1.76 kg/m3/day)

 Let's  continue  the  example  to  see  what
 changes have occurred  to the same digester
 four years  later with the same loading rate.
 The operator measures the scum  blanket and
 grit layer (as described in Part III, page 3-31),
 and finds the scum averaging  5 feet (1.5 m)
 deep and the grit  3  feet (0.9  m) deep. The
 available  volume has  been reduced by a total
 of 8 feet (2.43  m)  which represents a loss of

     8 ft. x ir x dia.2 _ 8 x 3.14 x (50)2
            4               -4

          = 15,700 cu.ft. (445m3)

 Loading now is

               5,920 Ibs./day
          (50,000-15,700 cu.ft.)

          = 0.17 Ibs. VS/cu.ft./day
             (2.72 kg/m3/day)

 This change in loading  from  0.11  to 0.17
 pounds  of VS per cubic foot per day (1.76 to
 2.72 kg/m3/day) will make the digester harder
 to  operate  and  may cause more  frequent
 upsets.

 H Y D R A U LIC LO A DIN G. The hydraulic load-
ing is the average time in days  that the liquid
stays in  the  digester and is related to digester
capacity.  Hydraulic loading is  calculated as
follows:
          Hydraulic loading equals
      Digester Volume/Feed Volume

For  example, at an average pumping rate of
12,800 gallons per day into a 250,000-gallon
digester, the detention time would be:
4-22

-------
        250,000 gal Ions   ,nc-  ,
        1 o ono   i /^—=19.5 days
        12,800 gal./day

 There is  a  minimum time required  by a di-
 gester to convert the solids into an acceptable
 sludge. The minimum hydraulic loading varies
 with the type of  digester and the type of
 solids (up to six months for a single unheated
 unit to as low as ten daysfor a high-rate system).

 If the time  is too short,  the methane formers
 will not have enough time to convert the acids
 produced by the acid formers to methane gas.
 Some wastes need a longer time. For example,
 a purely domestic waste needs a fairly short
 time to complete the decomposition of solids,
 but the same  kind  of municipal waste with
 cellulose added by an  industry would need a
 much longer period.
                                    *

 Treatment  plants   located  in   agricultural
 communities where  food processors operate
 on   a  seasonal  basis  have  other problems
 because  the  amount  of sludge produced
 suddenly, increases when  the  food processing
 plant starts  up!  The  increased  volume  of
 sludge produces an immediate overload on the
 digester.  The  operator  must   watch  the
 digester and add lime or other caustic to keep
 the  buffering  capacity high.  Often the  good
 sludge  in a secondary  digester  is used  to
 accomplish the same purpose.

 The hydraulic loading  time can  be increased
 by   prethickening  the feed  to  reduce  the
 amount of water fed. Too much water in the
 feed causes a hydraulic washout of both feed
 and organisms.             :.'.'"(.'"

 QUANTITY OF RAW SLUDGE. Amounts of
 raw sludge pumped may  be found by several
 means, but should be recorded even if it is an
 educated guess as to the amount. The amount
 may be measured by reading a magnetic flow
 meter output, by measuring the volume of a
 piston pump barrel and counting the number
 of  strokes  per  minute,  by  calculating  the
volume of a sump or pit from which sludge is
 pumped  and recording the ..number of pits
full  or sumps full pumped 'in a  day, or by
measuring the distance traveled by a floating
cover on a primary digester. One or more of
these methods may be available to the opera-
tor; even an  educated guess as to amount is
better than no information at all.

When more than one  means exists for making
this determination, it is a good idea to com-
pare  two different  methods.  For instance,
if measurements are made  by  estimating the
amount pumped out of a pit and into a diges-
ter with floating cover,  estimate the volume
of each and compare  results over several  days
to see how close they are.

DIGESTER  EFFICIENCY.  The "In-Out" test
using volatile solids  indicates  digester  effi-
ciency.  Normally samples are drawn from the
digester feed sludge and from the digested or
bottom sludge. However,  the  active digester
sludge  can  be substituted for  the bottom
sludge.

Digester efficiency can be calculated using the
volatile  solids test results  in  the following
formula:             •         ,       .
        p_   (In-Put)     1f.nq/
        r — :	-j-	———. X 1 UU /o
            In - (In x Out)
    Where In represents the percent of volatile
       solids entering the  digester and  Out
       represents   the percent  of  volatile
       solids leaving the digester and P is the
       percent'reduction of volatile solids

Example:
    Assume that the volatile solids entering a
    digester  is 70  percent  and that  a  test
   .showed 50 percent volatile solids leaving
    the digester.                 ,      ',  '.'
         In     =70% = 0:70
         Out   =50% = 0.50;
   Then,
        P =
   (.70-.50)
.70 - (.70 x .50)
x100% =    -20
                     .70-.35

                   = ^xTOO%
                     .3D
            P = .57x 100% = 57%
                                                                                  4-23

-------
The  In-Out  tests can be used for indication
purposes. For example, if  the trend shows a
decrease  in  percent  reduction,  then,  this
might mean that the:

 1. Volume of the digester  has decreased.
 2. Throughput has increased.
 3. Temperature is not high enough.
 4. An  inhibitory  or  toxic  material  has
   entered the digester.

CO2- This  is a most easily measured major
component  in the digester gas.  Because the
sum   of  the C02  and  CH4  (methane)  is
approximately 100 percent, the  amount of
CH4 can be roughly estimated by measuring
the  C02. The  CO2 content of the gas in
well-operating digesters ranges from 25 to 35
percent.  The percent of CO2 can be an early
indicator of problems. When the percent of
C02 begins  increasing, trouble may be on the
way.  It is important, however, to realize that
the  percent of C02 will  increase soon after
feeding  if  sludge  is fed  into  the  digester
intermittently. If sludge is fed to the digester
only  two or three times  a day, information
should be obtained at  different times during
the day to find normal values for the plant.
The best procedure for taking the C02 test,is
to take it the same time after feeding.

Gas Production. Gas production from a diges-
ter should be fairly  constant if the feed is
constant.   Gas production  should  range be-
tween 7 and 12 cubic feet for each pound of
volatile matter destroyed.

pH. pH run  on raw feed may indicate the
presence of toxic material  and whether the
incoming sludge is septic or fresh.  Tests on
the digester contents indicate the balance of
neutralizing buffer. Changes  show the need
for  making  caustic  additions. The normal
range for pH in digesting sludge is from 6.8 to
7.2.

Summary: Process Control  Indicators. As a
summary, some early indications of problems
are given by  graphing the following  param-
eters:  pH, C02,  alkalinity and volatile acid
 ratio and  gas production. Direction  of the
 parameter compared to time is more impor-
 tant than absolute numbers. Table IV-3 below
 illustrates  how direction of  several of these
 parameters can indicate possible  problems.
                                        Table IV-3
                   DIRECTION OF PROCESS INDICATORS OCCURRING
             SIMULTANEOUSLY INDICATE POSSIBLE DIGESTER PROBLEMS
Indicator

PH
CH4
(amount)
C02
(percent)
Alk.
Vol. Acid

Trend
of
graph
down
down
up
down
up
pH


down

down

CH4

down

down

down
CO2


up



Alk.


down



Vol. Acid


up



 4-24

-------
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT

Sludge Heating

Submerged  Burners.  There are two general
types  of  these devices, one  of which dis-
charges hot gas and  flame directly into the
sludge (see Figure 4-13).' The other type has a
burner that is enclosed in a ductwork tubing
arrangement which allows  the flame to heat
the interior of the tube, while the tube passes
through the  contents  of  the  digester.  Hot
gases are  exhausted  through  an opening  in
the roof (see Figure 4-14).
           Gas & Air
FIGURE 4-13 INTERNAL SUBMERGED BURNER
                         Hot Gases
   Compressor &
   Carburetor
FIGURE 4-14 EXTERNAL SUBMERGED BURNER
 Steam  Injection Into the Digester. Digester
 gas or other fuel is used to fire boilers which
'.-    JjdutasMfjTj**,^,+•=', ;-,'-•-'!*'' ''"*£•$ •     " '    . '
 supply steam to be injected  into the digester.
 Generally,  multiple  steam  feed points,are
. used—either as  pipes that  extend  to some
 point below the sludge surface or are connect-
 ed  into sludge feed  lines. Several companies
 make steam injection devices that are mount-
 ed  in the sludge pipeline downstream of any
 valves.

 This type of system adds water to the tank
 contents and, because boilers must be con-
 tinuously fed, boiler water conditioning is an
 important operational consideration.

 Equipment  that is  standard   with  steam-
 injection systems includes:

  1. Boiler water conditioning.

  2. Steam  . lines   which    require   safety
     precautions.

  3. Check valves which  prevent  sludge back-
     ing up in the lines.

  4. Pressure gauges and steam line controls.

 Particular  care  must be taken that  check
 valves function correctly in lines that connect
 with sludge under  pressure. A check valve
 failure  in one  plant with this type of  heating
 system caused  sludge to be transferred  into
 the boiler. Fortunately, the boiler was not hot
 at  the time  of the  discharge  or  a  serious
 explosion  could  have  occurred. After  this
 accident" occurred a  second check valve was
 placed  in the line backing up the first one as
 an added safety measure.

 Steam Injection Into Preheat Tank.  A system
 similar to that described for "Steam Injection
 Into The  Digester"  allows raw  sludge to be
 heated   in   a   separate  tank before  being
 pumped to the digester.  Steam is injected  into
 the tank until a preset temperature is reached.
                                                                                   4-25

-------
  Digester  sludge  may  also  be  recirculated
  through the tank, or both  raw and digested
  sludge may be introduced simultaneously.

  Hot Water Transferred  to  Internal Digester
  Heat Exchanger.  Hot  water from  gas-fired
  boilers   or cooling water   from  gas-driven
  engines may be pumped through several dif-
  ferent  types  of devices located inside the
  digester. Each type is described below:

   1. Coils of pipe placed  inside the tank and
     normally secured to the wall allow hot
     water  to circulate around the walls and
     return to the heat source. Various types
     of mixers cause the sludge to move past
     the hot water pipes. In some older instal-
     lations,   natural   convection   currents
     caused by  rising hot sludge may provide
     the    only   mixing   available     (see
     Figure 4-15).
Mixer
Expansion
FIGURE 4-15 INTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGER


  5. Water meters.
  6. Air relief valve.
  7. Temperature gauges for monitoring  the
    water and sludge systems.
  8. Temperature gauges for controlling  the
                                                             Mixer
                                                                         %- Out Return Water
                                                                         ±- In Hot Water
  FIGURE 4-16  INTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGERS
   2. Several   different  systems  with   heat
      exchangers surrounding  draft  tubes are
      used.  The principle is to move sludge to
      pass  heated  surfaces  to  increase  heat
      transfer (see Figure 4-16).

   Common equipment is listed as follows:

    1. Hot water source (boiler or engine jacket).
    2. Heat exchanger circulation pump.
    3. Heat exchanger submerged in tank.
    4. Expansion tank.
   4-26
     heater and circulation pump.

 External Heat Exchanger. Many of the major
 pieces of equipment are the  same as those
 discussed'for internal heat exchangers. In this
 system, sludge is circulated from the digester
 through  the exchanger and  back to the tank
 rather than  transporting water to  a point
 inside the tank.  Raw  sludge may  also be
 heated  in  this  system,  either separately or.
 with the digester recirculated sludge.

-------
It  is  common "practice to  locate  the heat
                     .         z^*^'1' '• -
exchanger  near the boiler to reduce heat loss
     •                         A. :.
-------
                                                Digester Covers
             Motor
            | Gear Reducer
            Shaft Seal
          Cover
   Motor

   Shaft Seal
   —•••
.Cover
             Propeller
                          Pump
                                    Cutter
                                    Impeller
FIGURE 4-19
INTERNAL MOVING MIXERS
 An important factor related to this method of
 mixing is the exposure of moving surfaces to
 grit and debris. Material  that collects around
 shafts and impellers can  cause vibration due
 to  imbalance, and grit wears away impellers.
 Generally,  as  the  diameter  of  the  rotor
 increases, the debris  problem  increases,  but
 wear from grit decreases. On the other hand,
 small  diameter  pump impellers  or  mixing
 propellers are subject to rapid wear in heavy
 grit conditions.

 Recirculation. Recirculation  demands the use
 of  a pump,  which may be centrifugal or pis-
 ton  type, and which is located  externally
 from the digester. The total capacity of the
 pump  is generally  less  than  the  circulating
 capacity of mixers. However, some plants use
 recirculation  as  the  only  means  of  mixing.
The  top surface  or cover of a digester  has
some'unique features which merit discussion.
Personnel must be aware  of how variation in
pressure, contents and  level inside the tank
may affect the cover. Three major types are
discussed;  fixed,  floating  and  gas  holder.

General Comments.  The cover on the digester
serves several  purposes:  superstructure  for
mixing equipment, access to the tank, support
for safety devices, space for accumulation  and
collection of gas and variable storage space for
the gas  produced. The operator should recog-
nize  that  precautions must  be  taken  to
prevent damage due to excess pressure which
may occur when  the sludge lines plug and/or
gas control  devices  fail.   Damage may  also
result when vacuum devices fail and movable
covers are on  the  corbels. Fixed covers are
vulnerable when  the rate  of sludge  being
drawn out exceeds  the feed rate, or vacuum
devices fail.

Fixed Covers.  The  biggest  hazard  in  fixed
cover  operation  is  encountered when  the
pressure relief  device fails, supernatant over-
flow  line plugs and  the liquid  level continues
to rise. The pressure inside  the tank can lift
the fixed cover off the walls  causing serious
damage. The covers may either be concrete
structure rigidly  fixed to  the  walls, or metal
with  anchor bolts  securing the cover in  one
position (see Figure 4-20). In either case, sep-
aration from the top of the wall  will require
   Fixed Cover
                      Pressure Vacuum
                             Relief
                              (Alternate Design)
                                    Supernatant
                                     Overflow
                                                                        Metal
                                                                        Cover
                                                                               Anchor
                                                                 Sealing
                                                                 Material
 FIGURE 4-20 FIXED COVER
 4-28

-------
tank draining and expensive repairs.

Floating Covers. Various types  of floating
covers are in use; however, they have many of
the same characteristics and operational prob-
lems. Figure 4-21 shows one type. Generally,
the cover floats on the surface of the sludge
which  varies  as  feeding  and   supernatant
removal rates change.
                             Gas Holder
                               Cover
Gas
                 P-V Relief Valve
                       -Floating
                         Cover  ^-Weights
                                  Supernatant
FIGURE 4-21 FLOATING COVER

Maintaining cover guides in smooth operating
condition and keeping the cover level are the
two main operational  concerns with floating
covers.   For  covers  with  wooden  super-
structures, replacing the deck and repairing or
recovering roofing may also be necessary.

Care must be  taken  not to pump in excessive
amounts of sludge, particularly if plugging of
the overflow  line is a problem. There  have
been instances where covers have floated over
the wall because of  high sludge levels. Covers
have also been  known to collapse when the
vacuum  relief  failed  and  the covers  were
setting  on the corbels. Failures of  this  type
are most prevalent during freezing weather.

Gas Holder Covers.  The  third major type of
cover is used  to store gas as it is  produced.
The pressure developed inside the tank causes
the cover to  lift as  much .as six feet or more
above the minimum height.  The cover has a
much longer skirt than the floating type (see
Figure 4-22).

Stiff  metal guides  and  rollers are.mounted
between the cover and the wall superstructure
                                Supernatant
FIGURE 4-22 GAS HOLDER COVER

to  allow  the cover to travel .up  and down
without   binding.   Accumulation  of  heavy
scum around the edge between the cover and
the walls  can cause excessive friction and pre-
vent free travel. Pressure and vacuum relief
valves  must  also be  kept  in  good operating
condition to  maintain the desired pressure.

Gas Handling Equipment and Control Devices

Figure 4-23,  Typical  Flow and  Installation
Diagram—Digester Gas System, shows many
of  the major pieces of equipment  in a  gas
collection and distribution system.

  1. Pressure Relief Device.  The pressure relief
    device allows  excess  pressure to  escape
    from  the digester in  the'event  that  a
    blockage occurs  and  pressures build up
    above a safe level. Troubleshooting infor-
    mation has  been given  in  Part I, Trouble-
    shooting  Guides 10 and  11  on digester
    covers.

  2. Vacuum  Breakers. The vacuum breaker
    functions opposite to  the pressure relief
    valves and allows  air to enter the tank in
    the event that sludge is drawn out of the
    tank  too rapidly or the level of the sludge
    changes  suddenly  with  relation  to  the
    floating  cover. Troubleshooting informa-
    tion   is given in  Troubleshooting  Guides
    10 and 11.
                                                                                    4-29

-------
      Digester
      (Fixed or
||j  Floating Roof)
 I
 |||    Digester
 |||    (Fixed or
FIGURE 4-23
TYPICAL FLOW AND INSTALLATION
DIAGRAM
                <«*
 3. Sediment and Drip Trap Assembly. Water
    that  condenses in gas lines  is normally
    taken out at the low points in drip traps.
    This  water should be  removed  daily  or
    more frequently when condensation rates*
    are high. Gas seals sometimes leak due to
    drying  out  of the  material; therefore,
    these should be checked monthly and the
    entire unit  disassembled  and  inspected
    annually.

 4. Flame Trap Assembly. Flame traps  are
    installed in lines to prevent flames travel ing
    up the gas line and reaching the digester.
    The trap consists of a metal grid  which
    allows the gas  to cool down below the
    combustion point as it  passes through the
    metal grid. If a high amount of impurities
    is in  the gas, the  metal grid may become
    fouled and  prevent gas passing through.
    These  units  should  be  disassembled
                            annually and washed out in a safe solvent.
                            Refer  to  the manufacturer's  instructions
                            for specific details.

                         5. Pressure Regulator.  When gas is used, a
                            lower  pressure than the system operating
                            pressure may be needed.  Regulators are
                            installed to maintain a constant pressure
                            at the point of use. The pressure regulator
                            can be adjusted to values  less than system
                            pressures; however, adjustments should be
                            made   following   the   manufacturer's
                            instructions.

                         6. Gas Meter. Several types of gas meters are
                            in use in treatment plants. These can be a
                            useful  tool or an exasperating headache
                            depending  on where they are installed and
                            the difficulties in keeping  them operating.
                            Several of  these are  discussed  below:
4-30

-------
   a.  Bellows  Type  Meter.  The  bellows '
      meter  is  most similar loathe, jde,y^
      that the  old  fashioned  blacksmith
      used to provide air for his fire.   •  • .. .

   b;  Shunt-Flow Meter. This meter, which
      has a propeller  in it, allows  a certain
      amount  of  gas to  bypass the main
      section of the meter while a measured
      amount passes through the meter.

   c.  Positive  Displacement  Type Meter.
      This meter operates like a gear motor
      or in reverse of a lobe type blower. In-
      ternal  moving parts turn in  direct
      ratio  to  the  amount  of  gas passing
      through them. Some operators maintain
      a spare unit for emergencies.       ;

 7. Check Valve. When dual gas  systems are
   used  (such as a  dual  fuel engine), check
  ' valves are  installed to prevent flow of the
   higher pressure gas back to the digester.
   These  are  built  to  allow flow in  one
   direction  only  and should be  inspected
   and  cleaned  annually to assure .that all
   moving parts are free  of corrosion  and
   debris.        •   '            ,    '  .'  . .

 8. Manometers. Gas pressure is measured by
   a glass column,  which contains  a  special
   oil  or water. These  columns are called
   manometers. The  measured   pressure is '
 •  read in inches'of water column.

Several  sources. Of  information  are available
for discussions  on gas  systems. The reader is
referred  to  the Operation  of  Wastewater
Treatment Plants—A Field Study, Chapter 8,
pages8-17  to   8-40,  for'  more   detailed
discussion  and  pictures  of   the  devices
described above.
                                                                                   4-31

-------

-------
                        APPENDIX
A-GLOSSARY




B- REFERENCES




C-PLANTS VISITED




D - METRIC CONVERSION EQUIVALENTS




E - DIGESTER TEST PROCEDURES




F-FORMULAS




G - DATA REVIEW AND GRAPHING




H-WORK SHEETS

-------
APPENDIX A
GLOSSARY
Acid Forming Bacteria-The group of bacteria
in a digester that produce volatile acids as one
of the by-products of their metabolism. The
acids are  used as  a food  source by the
methane forming bacteria.

Aerobic—A condition  in  which  "free" or
dissolved  oxygen  is  present  in  the aquatic
environment.

Aerobic  Bacteria—Bacteria which  live and
reproduce  only in  an environment containing
oxygen which is available for their respiration
(breathing), such  as  atmospheric oxygen or
oxygen dissolved in water.  Oxygen combined
chemically, such as in water molecules, H^O,
cannot  be  used  for respiration by aerobic
bacteria.

Alkaline—The condition of water, wastewater,
or soil which contains a  sufficient amount of
alkali substances to raise  the pH above 7.0.

Anaerobic—A condition in which  "free" or
dissolved oxygen is not present in the aquatic
environment.

Anaerobic  Bacteria—Bacteria that  live and
reproduce  in  an environment containing no
"free"   or  dissolved   oxygen.  Anaerobic
bacteria  obtain   their  oxygen  supply  by
breaking  down chemical  compounds which
contain oxygen, such as sulfates (SO4).

Anaerobic    Decomposition—Decomposition
and  decay  of  organic   material   in  an
environment   containing   no   "free"  or
dissolved oxygen.
Anaerobic  Digestion—Wastewater solids and
water (about 5% solids, 95% water) are placed
in a  large tank where bacteria decompose the
solids in the absence of dissolved oxygen. At
least  two general  groups of bacteria act in
balance: (1) Saprophytic    (acid   forming)
bacteria  break  down  complex  solids  to
volatile  acids, and  (2) Methane  Fermenters
break  down the acids to methane, carbon
dioxide, and water.

Antagonistic Compounds—Materials that are
added to a digester usually in a solution form
that counteract  or nullify the toxic effect of
certain  metals. An example  is adding ferric
sulfate to counteract copper salts.

Available Volume—The actual volume avail-
able in a digester for bacterial  action. It  is
calculated   by   subtracting   the  volume
occupied  by grit  and scum from  the total
digester volume.

Buffer—A measure of the ability or capacity
of a solution or liquid  to neutralize acids or
bases. This  is a measure of the capacity of
water or wastewater  for offering a  resistance
to changes in the pH.

Concentration—(1) The amount  of a given
substance  dissolved  in  a  unit volume  of
solution.  (2) The  process  of  increasing the
dissolved solids  per  unit volume of solution,
usually by evaporation of the liquid.

Contact—The action occurring in the digester
whereby food  and  bacteria are intermixed,
allowing the food to be taken into the cell.
A-2

-------
Degradation—The  breakdown of  substances
by biological  action.

Detention    Time—The   theoretical   time
required to displace the contents of a tank or
unit at a  given  rate  of discharge  (volume
divided by rate of discharge).

Digester—A tank in which sludge"is placed to
allow sludge  digestion  to occur.  Digestion
may occur under anaerobic (more common)
or aerobic conditions.

Draft Tube—An  extension of  the  impeller
passage in a hydraulic turbine from the point
where the sludge leaves such passages down to
the bottom of the tube as part of  the mixing
system in a high-rate sludge digestion tank.

Enzyme—A catalyst produced by  living cells.
All enzymes  are proteins, but not  all proteins
are enzymes.

Facultative— Facultative  bacteria   can  use
either molecular (dissolved) oxygen or oxygen
obtained from food 'materials. In other words,
facultative bacteria can  live under aerobic or
anaerobic conditions.

Grit—The heavy  mineral material present  in
wastewater such as sand, eggshells, gravel, and
cinders.                            :

Imhoff Cone—A clear, cone-shaped container
marked with^graduations used to measure the
volumetric ^concentration of settleable  solids
in wastewater.

Inhibitory    Toxicity—Any    demonstrable
inhibitory action of a substance on the rate of
general    metabolism    (including   rate  of
reproduction) of living organisms.

Inorganic Waste—Waste material such as sand,
salt,  iron,   calcium,   and   other  mineral
materials which  are not converted  in  large
quantities   by  organism  action.   Inorganic
wastes  are  chemical  substances  of mineral
origin and may  contain Carbon  and oxygen,
whereas   organic   wastes   are   chemicai
substances of animal or vegetable origin and
contain  mainly  carbon and hydrogen along
with other elements!

Load Factor—The ratio  of  the  average load
carried by an operation to the maximum load
carried,   during   a  given  period  of  time,
expressed  as  a   percentage.  The load may
consist  of  almost  anything; examples are
electrical  power, number of persons served/or
amount of volatile solids added in proportion
to solids in a digester.

Manometer— Usually a  'glass tube filled with a
liquid and used  to measure the difference in
pressure across a flow measuring device such
as an orifice or venturi  meter.

Mesophilic  Bacteria—Medium  temperature:  a
group of bacteria that thrive in a temperature
range between 68 and 113 degrees Fahrenheit.
Methane  Forming  Bacteria-Jhe  group  of
bacteria in a digester that use volatile acids as
a  food  source  and  produce methane  as  a
by-product.

Muffle Furnace—A  small  oven capable  of
temperatures up  to  550  degrees  Celsius
 (centigrade)  and  used in  laboratories for
 burning or incinerating samples to determine
 their loss on ignition (volatile) or fixed solids
 (ash),content  ... '.        ...

Organic Waste—Waste  material  which comes
from  animal or  vegetable sources.  Organic
waste generally can be consumed by bacteria
and :other small  organisms.  Inorganic wastes
are chemical substances of mineral  origin and
 may contain carbon  and oxygen,  whereas
 organic  wastes contain mainly carbon and
 hydrogen along with other elements.
                                                                                     A-3

-------
Pathogenic   Organisms—Bacteria  or  viruses
which can  cause disease (typhoid,  cholera,
dysentery). There are many types of bacteria
which do not cause disease and which are not
called pathogenic.  Many  beneficial  bacteria
are found in wastewater treatment processes
actively cleaning up  organic wastes.

Septic—A condition produced by the growth
of   anaerobic   organisms.  If  severe,  the
wastewater  turns  black, giving off foul odors
and creating a heavy oxygen demand.

Settleable Solids—That matter in wastewater
which will  not stay in suspension  during a
preselected  settling  period, such  as one hour,
and settles  to  the  bottom.  In  the  Imhoff
cone test, the volume  of matter that settles
to  the bottom  of the  cone in one hour.
Sludge—The settleable  solids separated from
liquids  during  processing  or deposits  on
bottoms of streams or other bodies of water.

Sludge Digestion—A process by which organic
matter in sludge is gasified, liquified, miner-
alized, or converted  to  a more stable form by
anaerobic   (more   common)   or  aerobic
organisms.

Sludge  Gasification—A  process  in  which
soluble  and  suspended  organic  matter  is
converted  into  gas.  Sludge gasification  will
form bubbles of gas in  the  sludge and cause
large clumps of sludge to rise and float on the
water surf ace.

Supernatant— Liquid  removed  from  settled
sludge.  Supernatant commonly refers to the
liquid between the sludge on the bottom and
the  scum  on the surface of  an anaerobic
digester. This liquid  is usually returned to the
influent wet well or the primary clarifier.
Suspended So/ids—Solids that either float on
the surface of,  or are in suspension in, water,
wastewater, or other liquids, and which are
largely removable by laboratory filtering.

Thief Hole—A digester sampling well.

Toxicity—A  condition  that  may  exist  in
wastes that will inhibit or destroy the growth
or function of any organism.

Total Solids—The sum  of  dissolved  and sus-
pended constituents in  water or wastewater,
usually stated in milligrams per liter.

Volatile Acids—Fatty acids which are produced
by  acid  forming  bacteria  and  which  are
soluble in water.  They can be steam-distilled
at atmospheric pressure.   Volatile acids  are
commonly reported  as equivalent to acetic
acid.

Volatile Matter—Apparent loss of matter from
a residue ignited at 550 degrees plus or minus
25 degrees Celsius (centigrade) for a period ,of
time sufficient to  reach constant weight of
residue, usually 10-15 minutes.

Volatile  So/ids—The  quantity  of solids  in
water,  wastewater, or other  liquids,  lost on
ignition  of  the  dry solids  at  550  degrees
Celsius (centigrade).
A-4

-------
  APPENDIX B
  SUGGESTED READING AND
  REFERENCES
  BASICS

 *Kerri,  Kenneth D.,'et aL, "A^ Field  Study
     Training Program," Operation of  Waste-
     water   Treatment  Plants.  (Chapter  8)
     Sacramento State College Department of
     Civil Engineering.     .".'...

  McCarty, P.L.,  "Anaerobic Waste'Treatment
     Fundamentals," Public Works.  September
    . 1964.              ,   -         .  .."  .

  Dague, R.R., "Application of Digester Theory
     to  Digester Control," Journal of Water
     Pollution  Control  Federation. Vol. 40,
     page 2021, December 1968.
**"Safety in Wastewater Works,"
      tion   Control   Federation
Water Pollu-
Manual  of
     Practice No. 1.
**;'.'Operation of Wastewater Treatment Plants,"
      Water Pollution Control Federation Man-
  •    ual of Practice No. 11.

**"Anaerobic  Sludge Digestion," Water Pollu-
      tion Control Federation Manual of Prac-
      tice No.  16.

**"Simplified  Laboratory Practices for  Waste-
      water  Examination,"  Water  Pollution
      Control  Federation Manual of Practice
      No. 18.
DIGESTER OPERATION

Torpey, W.N. &  Melbinger, N.R.,  "Digested
    Sludge Recirculation," Journal of Water
    Pollution Control  Federation.  Vol. 39,
    page -1464, September 1967.

.Masseli, J.W., et  al., "Sulfide  Saturation for
    Better Digester  Performance^"  Journal
    of Water Pollution Control Federation.
    Vol. 39, page  1369, August 1967.

Pfeffer, J.T., "Increased Loading on Digesters
    with Recycle  of Digested Solids," Journal
    of Water Pollution Control Federation.
    Vol. 40, page  1920, November 1968.

Cameron, M.S.  "Grease Burner Stops  Digester
    Scum,"  American City.  December 1974.

Andrews, J.F., "Control  Strategies  for the
.    Anaerobic Digestion Process,"  Water and
    Sewage Works. March 1975.

Garber, W.F., et  al., "Energy Assessments of
    Certain Wastewater Treatment and Solids
    Disposal  Processes," American Society of
    Civil Engineers, January 1974.

Garber, W.F."Plant Scale Studies,of Thermo-
    philic Digestion at Los Angeles," Journal
    of Water Pollution Control Federation.
    Vol. 26, page  1202,4954.;

Garber, W.F.,'et al., "Thermophilic Digestion
.:...  at the Hyperion Treatment Plant," Journal
    of Water Pollution Control Federation.
    Vol. 47, page  950, May 1975.
                                                                                     B-1

-------
DIGESTER RECOVERY

Dague, R.R., et al., "Digestion Fundamentals
   Applied to Digester Recovery—Two Case
   Studies," Journal of Water Pollution Con-
   trol Federation. Vol. 42, page 1666, Sep-
   tember 1970.

Cooper, et al., "Agricultural Ammonia for
   Stuck  Digesters," 20th Purdue industrial
   Waste Conference, May 5, 1965.

TOXICITY

McCarty, P.L, &  McKinney, R.E., "Volatile
   Acid  Toxicity in Anaerobic Digestion,"
   Journal of Water Pollution Control Fed-
   eration. Vol. 33, page 223,  March 1961.

McCarty, P.L, &  Lawrence, A.W., "The Role
   of  Sulfide  in Preventing  Heavy Metal
   Toxicity in Anaerobic Treatment," Jour-
   nal of Water Pollution  Control Federation.
   Vol. 37, page 392, March 1965.

DIGESTER CLEANING

Garno,  R.A.,  "Cleaning  Digesters at Niles,
   Michigan,"  Journal  of  Water  Pollution
   Control  Federation. Vol. 33, page 996,
   September 1961.
DIGESTER START-UP

Cassel, E.A., & Sawyer, C.N., "A Method for
   Starting  High-Rate Digesters," Journal of
   Water   Pollution  Control   Federation.
   Vol.  31,  page  123,  February  1959.

Lynam, B., et al., "Start-up and Operation of
   Two New High-Rate Digestion Systems,"
   Journal  of   Water   Pollution  Control
   Federation. Vol. 39, page 518, April 1967.

GENERAL

Environmental Protection. Agency, "Estimat-
   ing  Laboratory   Needs  for  Municipal
   Wastewater  Treatment  Facilities,"  EPA
   430/9-74-002.

Environmental Protection Agency, "Estimat-
   ing  Staffing  for  Municipal  Wastewater
   Treatment Facilities," 68-01-0328.
  *  Available for purchase from Dr. Kenneth D.
    Kerri, Department of Civil  Engineering,
    California State  University—Sacramento,
    6000 Jay Street,  Sacramento, California
    45819.

**  Available for purchase from the Water
    Pollution Control Federation, 3900 Wis-
    consin Avenue, Washington,  D.C. 20016.
 B-2

-------
APPENDIX C
PLANTS VISITED
Plant •
- •


Vermont
Burlington
Vergenhes
'•' Rutland -
Massachusetts
Gardner
Clinton
Brockton' :
Connecticut .
Danbury
Ohio. v
Rocky River
Brecksville
Solon
Bedford
Twinsburg
Wooster
Wellington
Lurain
Cleveland
Georgia
St. Simons Is
Jesup
Statesboro
Atlanta
So. Carolina
Orangeburg
Greenville
California
Hyperion
Primary
Secondary
Oregon
Portland
Hillsboro
W.Side
Hillsboro
R. Cr.
Albany
Washington
Walla Walla

Size


I

3-.0 '
'•0.2
6.2

3.8
1.6
•7.4'

12.5

10' '
1
2
2
1
5
0.5
10
100

1
2
2
68

3
20


350
100
200

2 .

2
6
6

Type of
Plant
— ~~| 	 T 	 ~ "

<0
£


• x
X







X








X


















to <>>
If

X





X v




X
X

X
X

X
X


X

X




X

X

X

X
X


li





'x
X


X




X

X





X


X
X










X


0
Number i
Digesters

2
1
2

2
2
"2 '

2 :

3
•2
2
,2
r
- 4
1
2
24

1
1
1
7

2
6


18

, 4

.. 2

2
".-*.
3
Type Cover
-j ]

Q)
O


X











,r

X

6


X










•





"S
X
il

1 .

1

2
1
2

•2.

2

1
:.1
r
2

1




1
7

1
2


is






2
1

O)
4=
1
U-

1
9
1


; 1




' 1
2
1
1
2

1
18

1




1
4




4

2

2
3
2
Type of
Mixing


External












X
X.

X


X

X




X
X










X

C3






X
X '

X

. ' '


X
,x

X,-' ;





X




X

X

X

X
X

o>
.Q
Draft Tu

X

\/

X





X ;



























S--
0


X













X




X
X














Heating


External

X

x

X
X
X

X .

X
x

X
X


X






X
X




.x

X

X
X,
X,


Internal













X

X
: „ \
'A
\/




X




X

X








o


X













X




X
X-

















-------

-------
     APPENDIX D
METRIC EQUIVALENTS

METRIC CONVERSION TABLES
Recommended Units

Description
Length






Area






Volume







Mass


Time



Force








Unit
meter

kilometer
millimeter
centimeter
micrometer

square meter
squire kilometer

square centimeter
square millimeter
hectare


cubic meter

cubic centimeter

liter



kilogram .
gram
milligram
tonne

second
day
year

newton








Symbol
m

km
mm
cm
//m.

m*
km*

£&
ha


m3

cm3

1



kg
g
mg
t

s
day
yr or
a

N








Comments
Basic SI unit










The hectare (10.000
m2) is a recognized
multiple unit and
will remain in inter-
national use.




The liter is now
recognized as the
special name fof
the cubic decimeter

Basic SI unit'
1 tonne = 1,000kg

Basic SI unit
Neither the day nor
tha year is an SI unit
but both are impor-
tant.

The newton is that
force that produces
an acceleration of
1 m/s2 in a mess
of 1 kg.






English,-.
Equivalents
39.37 in. = 3.28 ft =;
1.09 yd
0.62 mi ...
0.03937 in.
0.3937 in.
3537 X 10-3 =103A

10.744 sq ft
= 1.196sqyd
6.384 sq mi =
247 acres
0.155 sq in:
0.00155 sq in.
2.471 acres


35.314 cu ft =
1.3079cuyd
0.061 cu in.

1.057 qt* 0.2 64 gal
= 0.81X10-* acre-
ft


2.205 Ib
0.035 oz= 15.43 gr
0.01 543 gr
0.984 ton (long) *
1.1 023 ton (short)





0.22481 Ib (weight)
= 7.5 poundals





*


Description
Velocity. .
linear





angular


Flow (volumetric)

., Viscosity


Pressure







Temperature





Work, energy,
quantity of heat




Power


Application of Units

Description
Precipitation,
run-off,
evaporation




River flow


Flow in pipes.
conduits, chan-
nels, over weirs.
pumping
Discharges or
abstractions.
yields


Usage of water

Density


Unit
millimeter






cubic meter
per second

cubic meter per
second

liter per second
cubic mater
per day
cubic meter
per year

liter per person
per day
kilogram per
cubic meter


.Symbol
mm






m3/s


m3/s


l/s
m3/day

m3/yr


I/person
day
kg/m3


Comments
For meteorological
purposes it may be
convenient to meas-
ure precipitation in
terms of. mass/ unit
area I kg/m 3).
1 mm of rain =
1 kg/sq m

Commonly called
the cumec





1 l/s = 86.4 nvVday






The density of
water under stand-
ard conditions is
1,QOQkg/m3or
1.0QOg/l
English
Equivalents







35.314 cfs





15.85gpm
1.83X10-3gpm




0.264 gcpd

0.0624 Ib/cu ft


Description
Concentration .

BOD loading


Hydraulic load
per unit area;
e.g. filtration
rates




Hydraulic load
par unit volume;
e.g. biological
filters, lagoons
Air supply



Pipes
diameter
length
Optical units
Recommended Unitjs

Unit

meter per
second
millimeter
par second
kilometers
par second
radians per
second

, cubic meter
per second
liter per second
poise


newton per
square meter

kilonawton per
square meter

kilogram (force)
per square
centimeter
degree Kelvin
degree Celsius





joule



kitojoule
watt
kilowatt
joule per second

Symbol

m/s

mm/s

km/s

rad/s


m3/s
l/s
poise

~ . •
N/m2


kN/m2

kgf/cm2


K
C





J



kJ
W
kW
J/i

Comments










Commonly called
the cumec




The newton is not
yet well-known as
the unit of force
and kgf cm2 will.
clearly be used for
some time. In this
field the hydraulic.
head expressed in
maters is an accept-
able alternative.
Basic SI unit
The Kelvin and
Celsius degrees
are identical.
Tha use of the
Celsius scale is
recommended as
it is the former
centigrade scale.
1 joule* 1 N-m




1 watt = 1 J/s


English
Equivalents

3.28 f pi

0.00328 fps

2.230 mph




15,850gpm
= 2.120 elm
15.85 gpm
0.0672/lb/
sec-ft

0.00014 psi .


0.145 psi

14.223 pii


* - "•"





2.778 X 10-'
fcwht =
3.725X10-'
hp-hr = 0.73756
ft-lb-9.48X
10-" Btu
2.778 kw-hr



Application of Units

Unit
milligram per
liter
kilogram per
.cubic meter
per day

cubic meter
per square meter
per day





cubic meter
per cubic meter
per day

cubic meter or
liter of free air
par sacond


millimeter
meter
lumen per
square meter

Symbol
mg/l

kg/m3 day


m3/m2 day







m3/m3day


m3/$

l/s


mm
m
luman/m2

Comments





If this is con-
verted to a
velocity.it
should be ex-
pressed in mm/s
(1 mm/s - 86.4
m3/m2day).







' >','".



Engliih
Equivalanti
1 ppm

0.0624 Ib/cu-ft
day


3.28 cu ft/sq It















m*
3.28 ft
0.092 ft
candlt/iq ft
                                         D-1

-------

-------
APPENDIX E
DIGESTER TEST PROCEDURES
LIST OF TESTS

Determination  of Volatile  Acids in Waste-
    water Sludge
Alkalinity of Wastewater and Sludge
Sludge  Solids  (Total  Solids  and  Volatile
    Solids)
Settleable Matter (I mhoff Cone Test)
Sludge  (Digested) Dewatering Characteristics
Supernatant Graduate Evaluation
Gas Analysis

ALKALINITY OF WASTEWATER AND
SLUDGE
 Reference:
 p. 370)
(StandardMethods, 13th Edition,
 All samples must be settled so; that  a  liquid
 free of solids  is available for the test. Tests
 cannot be calculated correctly if solids are in
 the sample. All samples must be kept cool and
 analyzed as soon as possible.
 What is Tested?
 Sample
 Recirculated sludge
                   Common Range
                    2-10 times volatile acids
 Apparatus

  1. Centrifuge and centrifuge tubes, or set-
     tling cylinder.               .
  2. Graduated cylinders (25 ml and 100 ml).
  3. 50 ml Burette.
  4. 250 ml  Erlenmeyer flask or 250 ml beaker.
  5. pH meter or  a  methyl orange chemical
     color   indicator   may  be  'used   (see
     Procedure).
Reagents

For preparation consult Standard Methods or .
purchase prepared.

•j.Sulfuric acid, 0.1  N,  which is sufficient
   for  alkalinities  ranging  from  500-6,000
   mg/l. Cautiously add  2.8 ml of concen-
   trated  sulfuric  acid (H2S04) to 300 ml
   of distilled  water. Dilute to  one  liter
   with boiled ~and  cooled distilled water.
   Standardize against 0.10 N sodium carbo-
   nate (Step 2).

 2. Sodium Carbonate, 0.10 N. Dry in oven
   before  weighing.  Dissolve  5.30  Og of
   anhydrous sodium  carbonate (Iv^COg) in
   boiled  and cooled distilled water and di-
    lute  to  one liter  with distilled  water.

 3. Methyl orange  chemical color  indicator.
    Dissolve  0.05 g  methyl  orange  in  100
  •  milliliters of distilled water.

Procedure

This  procedure  is  followed to measure the
alkalinity of a sample and also the alkalinity
of a distilled water blank.

  1. Take a clean 250  ml  beaker and add 100
  - ml or less of clear supernatant (in case of
    water or distilled  water, use 100 ml  sam-
    ple). Select a sample volume that will give
    a  usable  titration  volume.  If the liquid
    will  not  separate from  the  sludge by
    standing and a centrifuge is not available,
    use  the  top portion  of the sample.  This
    same sample and  filtrate should be  used
    for  both the total alkalinity test and the
    volatile acids test.
                                                                                       E-1

-------
2. If digester  alkalinity tends  to  be above
   3,000 mg/l, adjust sample size to between
   25 and 50 ml.

3. Place the electrodes of  pH meter into the
   250  ml   beaker containing the  sample.

4. Titrate to a pH of 4.5 with 0.10  N sulfuric
   acid. (In  case of a  lack of pH meter, add
   five drops of methyl orange indicator.  In
   this case, titrate to the  first permanent
   change of  color to  a  red-orange color.
   Care must be exercised  in determining the
   change of color and your ability to detect
   the  change will  improve with experience.)
                                               5. Calculate alkalinity as mg/l CaCOg.

                                              Calculation Example

                                                 Where:         B = 38.0 mis
                                                                N = 0.10
                                                                Sample size = 100 mis

                                                         _ 38.0x0.1  x 50,000
                                                                 100
                                                                                  4. Titrate
            1. Centrifuge or settle
Sludge Sample
                                                       3. Place electrodes of
                                                         pH meter in beaker
                                  2. Pour 100 mis of
                                    supernatant into
                                    beaker
,-Rs
                                                        OR  3. Add 2 drops of
                                                               methyl orange
Formula:
                   _Bx N x 50,000
   Alkalinity (mg/l) = m,s ot samp|e

   Where B = mis of  h^SC^ required to titrate sample to pH 4.5
          N = Normality of H2S04, i.e., 0.1 N
E-2

-------
DETERMINATION OF VOLATILE ACIDS
IN WASTEWATER SLUDGE  ,
What is Tested?

Sample

Recirculated sludge
                   Desired Range


                   150-600 mg/l (expect trouble
                   if alkalinity less than two times
                   volatile.acids)
Method A (Silicic Acid Method)
(StandardMethods, 13th Edition, p. 577)

If an aqueous sample containing volatile.acids
is adsorbed on a silicic acid column and an
organic solvent is passed through the column,
the volatile acids will be extracted from the
aqueous sample. The extracted acids then can
be  determined by  titration with a  base dis-
solved in methyl alcohol.
                              Water  J
                               Drain
Apparatus.

 1.  Centrifuge or
    filtering
    apparatus
 2.  Two 50 ml
    graduated
    cylinders
 3.  Two medicine
    droppers
 4.  Crucibles,
    Gooch or fritted
    glass
 5.  Filter  flask   .-
 6.  Vacuum source
 7.  One 50 ml
    beaker
 8.  Two 5 ml
    pipettes,
 9.  Burette
10.IL separatory
    funnel

Reagents.
    Silicic acid, solids,  100-mesh.  Remove
    fines from solid portion of acid by slurry-
    ing the acid in distilled water and remov-
    ing the supernatant after allowing settling
                                                   Centrifuge or vacuum filter 50 ml of sludge.
  for 15 minutes. Repeat the process several
  times. Dry  the  washed acid solids in an
  oven  at  103°C. until  absolutely dry and
  then store in a desiccator.

2. Chloroform-butanol reagent. Mix 300 ml
  chloroform, 100 ml n-butanoi, and 80 ml
  0.5 N ^504 in separatory funnel  and
  allow  the  water and organic  layers 'to
  separate.-Drain off the lower organic layer
  .through  filter  paper  into  a dry bottle.

3. Thymol  blue  indicator solution. Dissolve
  80 mg thymol  blue in  100 ml absolute
 ..methanol.

4. Phenolphthalein  indicator  solution.  Dis-
  solve 80 mg  phenolphthalein  in 100 ml
  •absolute methanol.

5.^Sulfuric acid, concentrated.

6. Standard   sodium   hydroxide  titrant,
  0.02  N.  Dilute  20 ml 1,0 N NaOH stock
  solution to 1 liter with absolute, methanol.
  The stock  is prepared in water and stan-
  dardized against 50 mis of 0.1  N h^SCV).
  as  prepared  in  the alkalinity  test,  using
  five drops of phenolphthalein indicator as
  an endpoint  detection.  It will  require
  approximately 5.0  mis  of  1.0 N  NaOH
  stock to titrate and concentrations shoujd
  be adjusted so that it takes exactly 5.0 mis.
                                     E-3

-------
               A fritted-glass
               filtering crucible
               is used in the
               volatile acid
               determination.
Procedure.
 1. Centrifuge  or  filter  enough  sludge to
    obtain a sample of 10 to 15 ml. This same
    sample and  filtrate  should  be used for
    both the volatile acids test and the total
    alkalinity test.

 2. Measure volume (10 to 15 ml) of sample
    and place in a beaker.
     Volume of sample, B =
ml
 3. Add a few drops of thymol blue indicator
    solution.

 4. Add concentrated H2SO4, dropwise, until
    sample just turns red or use pH paper to
    a pH of  1.0 to 1.2.

 5. Place  12 grams of silicic acid (solid acid)
    in  crucible and  apply suction. This will
    pack the acid material and the packed ma-
    terial  is  sometimes  called  a  column.

 6. With a pipette,  distribute 5.0 ml acidified
    sample  (from  Step  4)  as uniformly as
    possible over the column. Apply  suction
    briefly to  draw the acidified sample into
    the silicic acid  column. Release the vac-
   uum  as  soon as the  sample enters  the
   column.

 7. Quickly  add 65 ml  chloroform-butanol
   reagent to the column.

 8. Apply suction  and stop just before  the
   last  of the reagent enters the column.

 9. Remove  the filter flask from the crucible.

10. Add a few drops of phenolphthalein indi-
   cator solution  to the  liquid in the filter
   flask.

11. Titrate with  0.02  N NaOH  titrant  in
   absolute methanol, taking care to avoid
   aerating  the sample (discard when white
   precipitate forms).  Nitrogen gas or C02—
   free air  delivered  through a small glass
   tube may be used both to mix the sample
   and to prevent  contact with atmospheric
   C02  during titration  (C02—free  air may
   be  obtained  by passing air through ascar-
   ite or equivalent).

   Volume  of NaOH used in sample titration,
              a =          ml

12 Repeat the above procedure using a blank
   consisting of 5.0 mis  of acidified distilled
   water, extract with  reagent and titrate in a
   similar manner.

   Volume  of NaOH used in blank titration,
              b=        ml

Precautions.

 1. The sludge sample  must be representative
   of the digester.  The sample line should be
   allowed  to  run  for a few  minutes before
   the sample is taken. The sample tempera-
   ture  should  be as  warm  as the digester
   itself.

 2. The  sample for the volatile  acids  test
   should not  be taken immediately after
   charging  the digester  with raw sludge.
   Should this be  done, the raw sludge may
 E-4

-------
                                                                  3. Add a few
                                                                    drops of thymol
                                                                    blue.
       1. Separate solids by
          centrifuging or
          filtering sample.



  5. Place 12 g    \
    of silicic acid    ^
    in the fritted-    ^
    glass crucible,      ^
    and apply suc-
    tion to the flask.
         2. Measure 10-15 ml of
           sample into beaker.
6. Add 5 ml acidified
   sample.

7. Add 65 ml
   chloroform-butanol.

8. Apply suction until
   all of reagent has
   entered solid acid
   column.
4. Add concentrated
  H2SO4 drop-wise
  until thymol blue
  turns red.
                                                               9. Remove filter flask.
  short-circuit to the withdrawal  point and
  result, in the  withdrawal  of raw sludge
  rather  than  digested  sludge.  Therefore,
  after the raw sludge has been fed into the
  tank, the tank should  be  well  mixed  by
  recirculation  or  other  means  before  a
  sample is taken.

3. If a. digester  is performing well with low
  volatile  ,acids and  then  if  one  sample
  should  Unexpectedly arid suddenly give a
  high value,  say over 1,000 mg/l  of volatile
  acids, do not become alarmed. The high
  resiilt maV  be caused by a poor, nonrepre-
  sentative sample  of raw sludge  instead of
  digested sludge. Resample and retest. The
                                                                            11
                                             10. Add a few drops of
                                                phenolphthalein
                                          Titrate the solution
                                          with 0.02 N NaOH
                                          until the pink color
                                          of phenolphthalein
                                          first appears.
              second test may give a more typical value.
              When  increasing  volatile  acids  and  de-
              creasing  alkalinity are observed,  this is a
              definite  warning  of  approaching  control
              problems.  Corrective action  should  be
              taken  immediately, such as reducing  the
              feed rate, reseedirig from another digester,
              maintaining  optimum  temperatures,  im-
              proving digester mixing, decreasing sludge
              withdrawal rate,  or  cleaning the  tank of
              grit and scum.
                                                                                         E-5

-------
    Example:

    Volume of sample, B           = 5 mis
    Normality of NaOH titrant, N    = 0.02 N
    Volume of NaOH used in sample
       titration, a                = 1.4 ml
    Volume of NaOH used in blank
       titration, b                = 0.5 ml

Calculation.
    Volatile Acids, mg/l (as acetic acid)
    Formula:
              (a - b) x N x 60,000
                 mis of sample

    Example:

            (1.4 - 0.5} x.02x60,000
             Method B (Nonstandard Titration Method)
             Volatile Acid Alkalinity

             Apparatus.

              1. One pH meter
              2. One adjustable hot plate
              3. Two Burettes and stand
              4. One 100ml beaker

             Reagents.

              1. pH 7.0 buffer solution
              2. pH 4.0 buffer solution
              3. Standard acid
              4. Standard base

             Procedure.

              1. Standardize the pH meter with 7.0 buffer
                 and check  pH before treatment of sample
 1. Separate solids by
   centrifuging or
   removing water
   above settled sample.
 sssw

2. Measure
  50ml&
  place in
  beaker.
3. Titrate with
  sulfuric acid
  to a pH of 4.0.
                                                            o oo
4.  Note acid used and'
   continue titrating to
   pH 3.5 to 3.3.
5. L
s
^
5
.ightly boil
ample for
i minutes.
'• !• ". •' '
	 >-
6. Cool in water bath.



i ' ' ' ^
—I

                                                                     7. Titrate to pH of 4.0,
                                                                       with 0.05 N NaOH, note
                                                                       burette reading, and
                                                                       complete titration to a
                                                                       pH of 7.0.
  E-6

-------
  to remove the solids. Filtration is not nec-
  essary. Decanting (removing  water above
  settled material)  or centrifuging sample is
  satisfactory.  Do  not  add  any coagulant
  aids.              .

2. Titrate 50  ml of the  sample in a 100 ml ;
  beaker to  pH 4.0; with the  appropriate
  strength  sulfuric acid  (.depends  on alka-
  linity), note  acid used, A  =  ______ ml,
  a.nd continue to pH  3.5 to  3.3. A mag-
  netic  mixer  is extremely  useful  for this
  titration.

3. Carefully buffer'pH  meter at 4.00 while
  lightly boiling'the sample  a  miriimuna of
  three  minutes. Cool in cold water bath to
  original temperature.                 •    .•

4. Titrate .sample :  with  standard  0.050: N
  sodium hydroxide  up  to  pH 4.00, and
  note  burette reading,  a = ____1_ mi-
  Complete  the titration  at pH  7.0, b  =
,,______  ml.  (If  this  titration  consis-
  tently takes  more  than  10  ml" of  the
  standard hydroxide, use 0.100 N NaOH.)

5. Calculate  total  alkalinity,- Take  answer
   in  mis from Step  2, titration to' pH 4.0
  and calculate alkalinity according to for-
   mula  on Alkalinity  of ,;Wastewater  and
  Sludge, page E-2, remembering that there
  will be a discrepancy between titration of
  sample to  pH 4.5 and this titration tp_4.0.

6. Calculate  volatile  acid  alkalinity  (alka-
   linity between pH 4.0 and  7.0).

  Volatile Acid Alkalinity, mg/l  (as CaC03)

7. Calculate volatile acids.
   Steps 1  and 2 will give the analyst the,pH and
   total alkalinity,  two control  tests normally run
   on digesters. The. difference  between.the. total
   and  the  volatile acid  alkalinity is  bicarbonate
   alkalinity. The time required  for Steps 3 and 4 is
   about 10 minutes.  -          '

 8. Calculate bicarbonate alkalinity. Volatile
 •  acid  alkalinity  in  mg/l  (Step  6)—Total
   Alkalinity  in mg/l (Step 5) = Bicarbonate
   Alkalinity in mg/l.                   •

   This- is an acceptable method^for digester control
   to determine the volatile acid/alkalinity relation-
   ship, but not of sufficient accuracy ;for research
   work.

Example and Calculation.  Titration from pH
4.0 to 7.0 of a 50 ml sample required 8 ml of.
0.05 N NaOH (a= 1.1 ml, b = 9.1 ml). •      :

Step  .5:  Calculate  volatile  acjd  alkalinity
(alkalinity between pH 4.0 and 7.0).

 .^Volatile Acid Alkalinity, mg/l

  .- = (b--:a) x 2,500/50    :        '.,-  '. ;" '..

.    _8ml x 2,500         -...-..--,.;-
        50ml -.-'""/   .
    = 400 mg/l

Step 6:  Calculate volatile acids. .

   V.Casel: 400 mg/l > 180 mg/l. Therefore,   '   ,.

  --"-'-  Volatile. Acids, mg/l  .-••'•-      :

        = Volatile acid alkalinity x 1.50
        = 400 mg/l  x 1.50
        = 600 mg/l       .....        ; :.--':, '
   Case 1: >180 mg/l volatile acid alkalinity.
       Volatile Acids = volatile acid alkalinity times
       -1.50

   Case 2: < 180 mg/l volatile acid alkalinity.
       Volatile Acids = volatile acid alkalinity times
     '  1.00     '        .'.  ' •
                                                                                           E-7

-------
Distillation Method.
This method is quite empirical and should be
carried  out  exactly  as  described.  It  is  not
intended for accurate work but  satisfactorily
serves the purpose of digester control.

  1. Centrifuge 200 ml of sample  for 5 min-
    utes or allow  the sludge sample to settle
    for approximately one-half hour.
 5. Titrate with  0.117  N  sodium hydroxide,
    using 4-6  drops of  phenolphthalein as an
    indicator.

 6. Titrate to the  first  general appearance of
    the pink color.

Volatile Acids = ml sodium hydroxide x 100.
 2. Pour off 100 ml of the supernatant liquor
    in a 500 ml distillation flask.
 3. Add 100 ml of water and 4-5 clay chips or
    similar material to prevent bumping. Add
    5 ml  concentrated sulfuric acid
    then mix.
 4. Distill  off  150  ml  at  a rate  of  5 ml/
    minute.
                      Rubber Tubing & Clamp
                        for Pressure Relief
                          Glass Tubing 	

                        'wo Hole Rubber Stopper


                         ml. Boiling
                         isk w/water


                          Glass Beads
                        Bunsen Burner
                        or Equal Heat
                        Source
                                                                                         .Graduate Cylinder
                             VOLATILE ACIDS SET-UP WITH STEAM GENERATOR
             NOTE:
                 The diagram shows the Volatile Acids setup with a steam generator. This method will give more
             consistent results as the temperature of the sample remains constant and the rate of distillation is then
             controlled by the rate at which the steam is produced. The alternate method would be to eliminate the
             steam generator and apply heat directly to the sample flask.
E-8

-------
SLUDGE SOLIDS
Reference:  (Standard Methods, 13th Edition,
p. 535)

Total Solids (Sludge)
Definition.  Total solids in sludge is a measure
of  all  material present  in  sludge, both  in
suspension and in solution. This test is accom-
plished by evaporating a weighed sample in a
drying oven. All the material  remaining in a
sample after the water has been evaporated is
considered as the total solids.

Unlike total solids in  wastewater  which  is
expressed  in  mg/l, total solids  in sludge  is
expressed  in terms of  percent by weight of
the total amount of solids.

Significance. This test is  used  for wastewater
sludges or where the solids can be expressed
in percentages  by weight, 'an'd  the weight can
be measured on an inexpensive beam balance
to the nearest  .01 of a  gram, The total solids
are  composed   of  two components, volatile
and  fixed solids. Volatile solids are composed
of organic compounds which are of  either
plant  or  animal  origin. Fixed  solids  are
inorganic  compounds  such  as sand,  gravel,
.minerals, or salts.

Volatile Solids
Definition. The volatile  solids are that por-
tion  of the total  solids  which will ignite  at
 550°C.  Total  volatile  solids are  usually  ex-
 pressed  as  a   percent of  the total   solids.
What is Tested?
                   Common Range, % by Weight
Sample
Raw sludge
Raw sludge + waste
activated sludge
Recircu lated sludge
Total
-6% to 9%
2% to 5%
1.5% to 3%
Vol.
75%
80%
75%"
Fixed
25% ±6% -
. 20% ±5%
25% ±5%
Supernatant:
  Good quality, has
  suspended solids
  Poor quality

Digested sludge to
air dry
  1%
  5%

3% too thin
to  8%  :
50%
                   50%+ 10%
       50%+ 10%
Apparatus.
 1. Evaporating dish,      ,             '
 2. Analytical balance
/' 3. Drying oven, 103° -105°C.     '
 4; Measuring device—graduated cylinder
 5.: Muffle furnace, 550°C.

Precautions.
 1. Be  sure  that  the sample  is  thoroughly
    mixed and is representative of the sludge
    being pumped.  Generally,  where sludge
    pumping  is intermittent, "sludge  is much
   r heavier at the beginning and is less dense
   ' toward the end of pumping.'Take several
:   'equal portions  of sludge at regular inter-
    >a|s and mix for a go.qd sample.     :

 2. Take a large sample (at least 1 I). Measure
  •:• a 50 or 100ml sample which approximates
    50 or 100 grams  into an evaporating dish
    that has been preweighed. Since this ma-
    "terial is so heterogeneous (nonuniform), it
                                                                                      E-9

-------
    is difficult to obtain a good representative
    sample with less volume. Smaller volumes
    will show greater variations in answers due
    to the uneven  and lumpy nature of the
    material.

 3. Control oven temperature closely  at 103°
    to 105°C.  Some  solids are lost at any
    drying temperature. Close control  of oven
    temperatures decreases the losses  of vola-
    tile solids and evaporated water.

 4. Heat dish long enough to  insure evapora-
    tion of water, usually  about 3-4 hours.  If
    heat  drying  and  weighing are  repeated,
    stop  when  the weight  change becomes
    small per unit of drying time. The oxida-
    tion, dehydration, and degradation of the
    volatile fraction  won't completely stabi-
    lize until it  is carbonized or becomes ash.

 5. Since sludge  is so nonuniform, weighing
    on the analytical balance should probably
    be made only to the nearest 0.01 grams or
    10 milligrams.
Procedure.
 1.  Dry  the  dish  by  ignition  in  a  muffle
    furnace at 550°C. for one hour. Cool dish
    in desiccator.

 2.  Tare the  evaporating dish  to the  nearest
    10 milligrams, or 0.01  g on the analytical
    single pan balance. Record the weight as
    Tare Weight equals	g.

 3.  Weigh dish plus 50  to 100 ml of well
    mixed sludge sample. Record total weight
    to  nearest 0.01  gram as Gross  Weight
    equals	g.

 4.  Evaporate the sludge sample to dryness in
    the  103°C. drying oven and  place in des-
    iccator  to cool  to  room  temperature.
 5.  Weigh the dried residue in the evaporating
    dish  to   the  nearest  10  milligrams,  or
    0.01 g.  Record the weight as Dry  Sample
    and Dish equals 	g.

 6.  Compute the net weight of the residue by
    subtracting the tare  weight of the dish
    from the dry sample and dish.
1. Ignite empty dish in
   muffle furnace
             4. Measure out sludge
                                                                       6. Cool dish + residue
                                   5. Evaporate water at 103-105°C
E-10

-------
  Outline of  Procedure  for  Volatile  Solids
  (continue from total solids test).
   1. Determine the  total solids as-previously--
     described.

   2. Ignite  the dish  and  residue  from total
     solids test  at 550°C. for one hour or until
     a white ash remains.
                              3. Cool  in desiccator to room temperature,

                              4. Weigh and record weight of Dish Plus Ash
                                equals	 g.
                                              2. Cool
1. Ignite dried solids at 550°C
                                                       3. Weigh fixed solids
  Total Solids, Volatile Total Solids and Mois-
  ture in Sludge
  A  sample  of sludge  was tested  for  solids
  content. The dish used weighed 8.62  grams
  when empty and dry; the dish and wet sludge
  weighed 21.82 grams. After drying the dish
  overnight  at  103-105°C., the  dried sludge
  weighed 9,.28 grams. After  ignition for one
  hour at 550°C.,  the dish plus ash  weighed
  8.85 grams. What was the percent of solids
  in  the  sample, calculate the percent volatile
  matter  and percent moisture?
  Type of form to be used:
                                Mo istu re = 100% - % sol ids = 100% - 5% = 95%
  Weight of sample & dish, g
  Weight of dish, g

  Difference

  Formula:

    wt. of dried sludge
    wt. of wet sludge

     0.66 g
     Wet    Dry    Ash

     21.82   9.28    8.85
      R.62   8.62    8.62
     13.20   0.66
x 100 = % solids
                   0.23
     13.20g
            x 100% = 5%
                                Fixed matter (dry basis)

                                     wt. of ash
                                                 x 100
                                 wt. of dried sludge

                                 0 23
                                = 066X10°=35%
   Volatile matter (dry basis)
     = 100%-% fixed solids       •   •  \.
     = 100%-35%
     = 65%

 Or another way of determining volatile, matter
.is to subtract weight of ash  from weight of
 dried .sludge and divide this difference by
 weight of dried sludge.

    % volatile matter equals              .
                                 wt. of dried sludge - wt. of ash
                                       wt. of dried sludge
                             x 100
                                                                                         E-11

-------
SETTLEABLE MATTER (IMHOFF CONE TEST)
              Mix well and
              pour 1 liter
              into Imhoff
              cone
                              Settle
                              45 Min.
 Reference:  (Standard Methods, 13th Edition,
 p. 539)

 This simple test can be made to show quickly,
 visibly  and qualitatively if the  primary and
 secondary processes are  functioning properly.
 The volume of  settleable solids in  the raw
 waste  and effluents is seen readily, and the
 turbidity removal  due  to  secondary  purifi-
 cation processes  is evident immediately to the
 eye. The results are not quantitative but are
 very illuminating to both the untrained and
 trained operator.

 Apparatus
 An Imhoff cone, made either of Pyrex glass or
 clear plastic material, a cone  support, and a
 long glass stirring rod.

 Procedure
  1. Fill the Imhoff  cone to the one-liter mark
    with a well-mixed sample.

  2. Settle for 45 minutes and  then gently stir
    the sample with the glass  rod to dislodge
    suspended  matter clinging to the tapered
    sides of the cone.
                                                           Gently stir
                                                           sides
                                                                          1 Liter
      Settle
      15 Min.
Read sludge
Volume
 3. Settle  15 minutes  longer; then read the
   volume of settleable matter in ml/I.

Record  the settleable solids as ml/l or milli-
liters per liter.
  Settleable solids, influent  =
  Settleable solids, effluent  =
  Settleable solids, removal  =
             .ml/I
             .ml/l
             .ml/l
Example: Samples  were collected  from  the
influent  and effluent  of a  primary clarifier.
After one hour, the  following results were
recorded:

                               Settleable
                               Solids, ml/l
   Influent
   Effluent
         12.0
          0.2
E-12

-------
Calculations. Calculate the efficiency or per-
cent removal of the above prirrjary clarifier in
removing settleable solids.      <«•-<•-• ~««.«f|j


Percent Removal of Settleable Solids

    (infl. set. sol., ml/I - effl. set. sol., ml/1)
         .  influent set. sol., ml/1

    12 ml/1-0.2 ml/I
                                x 100%
                  100% =98%
11.8
 12
       -x100%
   = 98%:
 Estimate  the  gallons  per  day  of  sludge
 pumped to a digester from the above primary
 clarifier if the flow is 1 mgd (1 million  gallons
 per day). In your plant, the Imhoff cone may
 not   measure or  indicate  the exact  perfor-
 mance of your clarifier or sedimentation tank,
 but with some  experience you should  be able
 to relate or compare your lab tests with actual
 performance.

 Sludge removed by clarifier, ml/l
    -(influent set.  sol.,  ml/l) minus (effluent
        set. sol., ml/I)
    = 12 ml/l minus 0.2 ml/l
    = 11.8 ml/I

 To  estimate the  gpd  (gallons per day) of
 sludge pumped to  a digester, use the following
 formula:
Sludge to digester, gpd        :, ?-"..•--;,"  - ?• '>
    = total set. sol. rerrioved, ml/I times 1,000
    ^times flow; mgd (assume for illustra-
       tion-a 1.0 mgd flow)
  - = 11.8 x1,000 x. 1 = 1 -1,800 gpd
This value may be reduced-by 30 to 75% due
to compaction of the sludge in the clarifier.

If you  figure sludge  removed as a percentage
(1:18%),  the sludge  pumped  to the digester
would be calculated as follows:
  1.18%
  100%

   Sludge to
   digester, gpd
                                                                 sludge to digester, gpd.
                                                                 flow of 1,000,000 gpd

                                                                  1.18%'x 1,000,000gpd
                                                                 ='      100%
                    = 11,800 gpd
                                                                                       E-13

-------
SLUDGE (DIGESTED) DEWATERING
CHARACTERISTICS
Discussion
The  dewatering  characteristics of  digested
sludge  are  very important. The better the
dewatering  characteristics or drainability of
the sludge, the quicker it will dry and the less
area will  be required for sludge drying beds.

What is Tested?
Sample


Digested Sludge
    Preferred Range
Method A       Method B
Depends on
appearance
              100-200 ml
Procedure
Two  methods  are  presented  in this section.
Method A  relies on a visual observation and is
quick and  simple. The only problem is that
operators on different shifts might record the
same sludge draining characteristics different-
ly. Method B requires 24 hours, buttheresults
are  recorded  by  measuring  the  volume  of
liquid that  passed through the  sand. Method B
would be indicative of what would happen if
you  had sand drying .beds.

Apparatus
Method A.  1,000 ml graduated cylinder.
     1. Add digested sludge to
       1,000 ml graduate.
                      2. Pour sample from graduate
                        back into container.
  Sample Container
                              3. Watch solids
                                adhere to
                                cylinder walls.
 I.Add   sample  of   digested   sludge   to
   1,000 ml graduate.

 2. Pour sample back  into sample container.
   Set graduated cylinder down.
                                3. Watch graduate. If solids adhere to cylin-
                                  der wall and water leaves solids in form of
                                  small streams,  this is a  good dewatering
                                  sludge on a sand drying bed.
E-14

-------
Method B.  .
 1.1 mhoff cone with tip removed
 2. Sand from drying bed
 3.500 ml beaker  •  :     _   :

Reagents
None.
  1. Pour digested sludge
    on top of sand in Imhoff
    cone'.
2. Place beaker under
  tip and wait 24 hrs.
        Broken Tip
3. Measure liquid that
  has passed through
  the sand.
   1. Broken  glass Jmhoff  cone that has  tip
     removed and a glass wool plug in the end
     to hold the sand in the cone.

   2. Fill halfway  with  sand from  sand drying :
   .  bed.              '             .."•    '

  .3. Fill remainder to  one liter with digested
   •  sludge.
            4. Place 500 ml beaker under cone tjp and
              wait 24 hours.  :          ''":._.iV"rb

            5. Record  liquid that  has passed through
              sand  in ml. If less than 100 ml has passed
              through  sand,   you  have  poor  sludge
            .  drainability.
                                                                                      E-15

-------
Supernatant Graduate Evaluation
Discussion. The  digester  supernatant  solids
test  measures the percent of settleable solids
being returned to the plant headworks. The
settleable solids  falling to  the  bottom of a
graduate should not exceed the bottom 5% of
the graduate in most secondary plants. When
this happens, you are imposing a load on the
primary  settling  tanks that they  were  not
designed to handle. If the solids exceed 5%
you  should  run  a  suspended solids Gooch
crucible test  on the sample and calculate the
recycle  load  on the plant that  is originating
from the digester.

What is Tested?

Sample            Common Values

Supernatant         % Solids should be < 5%

Apparatus. 100 ml graduated cylinder.

Reagents. None.
Procedure

 1.F1II  a  100 ml  graduated  cylinder with
    supernatant sample.

 2. After  60 minutes, read the ml of solids
    that have settled to the bottom.

 3. Calculate supernatant solids, %.
       Supernatant solids, % = ml of solids

Example.  Solids  on   bottom  of  cylinder,
10ml.

Calculations.

    Supernatant Solids, %
       = ml of solids
       = 10 ml
       = 10% solids (high) by volume
           1. Fill 100ml graduate
             with supernatant.
          2. After 60 min., read
             ml of solids at bottom.
     Supernatant Sample       —
                                                                       J_
                                                                           10ml
                   100 ml Graduate
E-16

-------
GAS ANALYSIS
Definition

The digester gas analysis is the carbon dioxide
content  of  the digester gas expressed  in
percent.

Significance

Digester gas production is a direct indication
of the activities taking place in a digester. The
gas generally analyzes at 30% carbon dioxide
and 70% methane.  Each plant must develop a
history  of  analysis results.  Deviations from
the normal  trend indicate changes in activities
within the  digesting sludge. When the opera-
tor  detects these changes through  changing
gas  analysis,  he  may perform  further and
 more intensive study of the sludge. The CC>2
 content  of  a  properly operating digester will
 range from  25-35% by volume.  If the percent
 is above  35%, the gas will not  burn. The easiest
 test procedure for determining this  change is
 with a CC>2 analyzer.

 Method  A (Orsat). The Orsat gas analyzer can
 measure the  concentrations  of carbon diox-
 ide, oxygen and methane by volume in diges-
 ter  gas.  To analyze digester  gas by  the.Orsat
 method, follow equipment manufacturer's  in-
 structions. This procedure is not recommended
 for the inexperienced  operator.

 Method B.
 APPARATUS
   1. One Bunsen burner
   2. Plastic tubing-        '-              '
   3. 100 ml graduated  cylinder
   4.250 ml beaker

 REAGENTS.  C02  Absorbent  (KOH),  Add
500 g potassium hydroxide (KOH) per  liter  of
water.
 PROCEDURE.

  1. Measure total  volume of a 100 ml  grad-
    uate by filling it to the top with water
    (approximately  125 ml)/  Record   this
    volume.            •."..-..;

  2. Pour approximately  125 ml  of C02 ab-
    sorbent in a 250 ml beaker.
    CAUTION:  Do  not get any, of this chem-
    ical  on your  skin or  clothes. Wash im-
    mediately with  running water until slip-
    pery feeling is gone or severe burns can
    occur.

  3. Collect a  representative  sample of gas
    from the gas dome on "the digester, a hot
    water heater using digester gas to heat the
    sludge,  or any  other  gas outlet. Before
    collecting the  sample for the test, attach
    one end of a gas hose to the gas outlet and
    the other end to a Bunsen burner. Turn
    on the gas, ignite the burner, and allow it
    to burn digester gas for a sufficient length
    of  time to insure  collecting a representa-
" :~ tive gas sample.      ,

  4. With gas  running .through hose from gas
    sampling outlet, place hose inside inverted
    calibrated  graduated  cylinder and  allow
    digester  gas to displace air  in graduate.
    Turn off gas.
    CAUTION: The proper  mixture of  di-
    gester  gas  and  air  is explosive  when
    exposed to a flame.

  5. Place graduate full of digester gas upside
     down In
     sorbent.
beaker  containing  C02  ab-
   6. Insert  gas  hose  inside  upside  down
     graduate.
                                     t~— I /

-------
   7. Turn on gas,  but do not blow out liquid.
     Run gas for at least 60 seconds.

  8. Carefully  remove hose from graduate with
     gas still running.

  9. Immediately turn off gas.

 10. Wait for ten minutes and shake gently. If
     liquid continues to rise, wait until it stops.

 11. Read gas  remaining  in graduate to near-
     est ml.
    Example:
       Total  volume  of graduate equals 126 ml
       Gas remaining in graduate equals 80 ml   :

    CALCULATION
       Percent C62

      _ (total vol., ml - gas remaining, ml)
                total volume, ml

        (126 ml-80 ml)
x 100%
              126ml
                     • x 100%
                                                        46
                                                     = i26x100%


                                                     = 37%
 1. Clean out sampling
   line by allowing gas
   from sampling outlet
   to burn until line is
   full of gas from digester.
                                     2. Displace air in
                                       graduated cylinder.
                               3. Place graduate
                                 upside down in
                                 beaker containing
                                 CO2 absorbent.
   4. Insert hose in graduate
     and run gas for 60 sec.
5.  Remove hose from
   graduate and then
   turn off gas. Wait
   10 min.
             "^

                         o
                          0
                         0
                          6. Read volume of gas
                            remaining to nearest ml.
 PRECAUTIONS:

 1. Avoid any open flames near the digester.
 2. Work in a well ventilated area to avoid the formation of explosive mixtures of methane gas.
 3. If your gas sampling outlet is on top of your digester, turn on outlet and vent the gas to the
   atmosphere for several minutes to clear the line of old gas. Start with step 2, displace air in
   graduated cylinder. NEVER ALLOW ANY SMOKING OR FLAMES NEAR THE DIGESTER
   AT ANY TIME.
E-18

-------
APPENDIX F
FORMULAS AND CALCULATIONS USED
IN DIGESTER OPERATION AND
CONTROL
These are some of the more commonly used formulas and calculations for digester operation and
control. They are set up with captions showing general use and the metric conversion is shown
after the English unit form of the answer. If no metric equivalent is shown, expression is the same
in both systems.

  1 . Total Pounds Fed
    Find total pounds of solids fed to the digester per day.

     TS(%)/100 x 8.34 (Ibs./gal.) x raw sludge (gal./day) = TS(lbs/day) [x 0.454 = kg/day]   •

  2. Volatile Pounds  Fed
    Find pounds of volatile solids fed to the digester per day.

                Vol.(%)/1 00 x TS(lbs./day) = VS (Ibs./day)  [x 0.454 = kg/day]

  3. Volatile Solids Loading                                                    '
    Find pounds volatile solids per cubic foot of digester capacity per day.
                      VS (Ibs./day)    _ VS(l.bs./day) rx 16 Q2 = kg/day ]
                   Digester Vol. (cu. ft.)     (cu.ft.)    •    '      m^

  4. Ash or Inorganic Percent
    Find percent ash in sludge sample when percent volatile is known.

      !        .                   100%-VS(%) = ash(%)

  5. Ash or Inorganic Solids Fed
    Find pounds of ash if total solids and percent volatile are known.

                      TS(lbsVday) x (100% - Vol. %)/100 = ash(lbs./day)

  6. Hydraulic Detention Time
    Find time in days for digester volume to be displaced.

              Tank VoUcu.ft.)  x 7.5(gal./cu.ft.) = h drau|jc detention time, days
                        raw  sludge (gal./day)

  7. Solids Detention Time (SRT)
    Find average  time  in days that solids remain in the digester (NOTE: Use information cover-
    ing at least a month's averages).
TS in dig,  ibs.) - supernatant (Ibs.) =
  TS in raw sludge fed (Ibs./day)
                                                       retentjon t-    days
                                                                                     F-1

-------
 8. Volatile Solids Reduction
   Find percent volatile  reduction between feed and sludge disposed of (NOTE:  Use percent
   expressed in decimal equivalent).
                    VS in (%) - VS out (%)'
                                                x 100% = VS reduction (%)
              VS in (%) - [VS in (%) x VS out (%)]
 9. Volatile Solids Converted
   Find pounds of volatile converted to other forms per cubic foot digester volume per day.
           Sludge pumped (gal./day) x TS(%) x Vol.(%) x VS red.(%) x 8.34(lbs./gal.)
                                 Volume Digester (cu.ft.)
= VS converted
                                         cu.ft.
                                                [x 16.02=kg/d.f ]
10. Gas Produced From Volatile Solids
   Find volume gas produced per pound volatile solids converted.
          produced (cu.ft /^ay)   x Djgester vo|  (cu ft }  = Qgs cu.ftyib. [x a062 = m3/kg]
    Vol. solids converted -  ,./
                         cu.ft.
1 1 . Gas Produced in Pounds per Day
   Find pounds of gas produced per day if pounds of raw sludge volatile solids are known.

   a.  Net volatile available for conversion = raw Ibs. in - (dig. vol. remaining + Ibs. lost in super-
       natant. NVS = VS raw (Ib./day) - (dig. VS Ib./day + super. VS (Ib./day).

   b.  NVS (Ib./day) x VS reduction (%) = Gas (Ibs./day)  [x 16.02 = kg/m3] .

1 2. Volume of Sludge Pumped (Approximate From Piston Pump Strokes)
   Find volume of sludge to digester from piston pump operation.

   a.  Volume pump cylinder per inch times stroke in inches
                                                                       o
               Vol. cu.in./in. x stroke (in.) = Vol. sludge (cu.in.) [x 16.4 = cm05]

   b.  Gallons per stroke

                    Vol sludge (cu.in.) =   , /stroke [x  3 79 = |/stroke]
                     231 cu.m./gal.

   c.  Gallons sludge per day

           No. strokes (stroke/day) x (gal./stroke) = sludge gal./day [x 3.79 = I/day]
 F-2

-------
13. Volatil? Acids/Alkalinity Ratio (VA/Alk)
   Find volatile acids/alkalinity ratio with both expressed as mg/l.
                         •     "- -..-;-  .-•••m.        • m-: •• •' -     -•                  •   •,
                              Vol. Acids (mg/l)=VA/A|kratio
                                 Alk (mg/l)

14. Volatile Solids Ratio
   Find the ratio of total solids in the digester to volatile solids in the feed.

        ,-...'.,                 TS in digester (Ibs.)  =    TS     (should be at least
                            VS  in raw sludge (Ibs./day)  VS/day   10 for good digestion)

(NOTE: See Metric Conversion Tables in Appendix D.)                                -   -.
                                                                                       F-3

-------

-------
APPENDIX G
DATA REVIEW AND GRAPHING
A number of tests have been recommended in
this  manual to provide process control infor-
mation for digesters/The amount of informa-
tion collected is of particular value if it is put
to use for:

  1. Day-to-day process  control  and  routine
    preventive maintenance.

  2. Making decisions to drain tanks.

  3. Making decisions to repair equipment.

  4. Providing consulting engineers with future
    design information.

 Several  books are  available that assist the
 operator  in  methods  for collecting  and
 recording data. It  is not the intent of this
 section  to  present  those  procedures. These
 publications include:

  1. Operation  of   Wastewater  Treatment
     Plants,  prepared  by  Sacramento  State
     College, Chapter 16.

  2. Manual of Wastewater Operations, Texas
     Water Utilities Association (4th  Edition),
     Chapters 28 and 29.

   3. Manual   of  Practice   No. 11,   WPCF,
     Chapters 19 and 22.                  -

   4. Simplified Lab  Procedures for Wastewater
     Examination, WPCF MOP No. 18.

  There are several  helpful  systems developed
  by other operators that may be of  value and
  these include methods of  averaging, construc-
  tion  of graphs, use of graphs and use of solids
  balances.
MOVING AVERAGES

With some sets of  figures  that may change
widely from day-to-day (such as sludge pump-
ing'or gas production), long-term moving aver-
ages are needed to establish trends. An exam-
ple is given in Table G-1  to calculate a seven
day  moving average (DMA). When lab.results
are plotted on a graph as a 7 DMA, trends are
easier to detect.       .."-.-
                 Table G-1
       GAS PRODUCTION AVERAGE
2/1
2/2
2/3
2/4
2/5
2/6
2/7
12,300
14,700
11,000
1 1 ,500
14,600
15,800
12,500
                  92,400/7
                  13,200 = 7 DMA

 Similarly, the 7 DMA for the next day 2/8 is
 the average  of the previous six days starting
 with  2/2 and  dropping  2/1  as shown  in
 Table G-2.

                  Table G-2
        GAS PRODUCTION AVERAGE

           2/2    14,700
           2/3    11,000
           2/4    11,500
           2/5    14,600
           2/6    15,800
           2/7    12,500
           2/8    13,700
                ,  93,800/7
                  13,400 = next 7 DM A
 	  :"•	;"" ' •	 ". •"•.  "•''     G-i

-------
 The 7  DMA for 2/8 could also be calculated
 easily from the previous day's calculations by
 subtracting the data for 2/1 (12,300) from
 the subtotal on Table G-3  (92,400) adding
 the value of 2/8  (13,700)  and dividing by
 seven.

                 Table G-3
        7-DAY MOVING AVERAGE
 Previous 7-day
   total (2/1-2/7)
 Subtract day 2/1
 Six-day total
   (2/2-2/7)
 Add day 2/8
 New 7-day total
   (2/2-2/8)
 Divide by 7 to get
   average
 New 7 DMA
92,400
12,300

80,100
13,700

93,800

n
13,400 = 7 DMA
 This  method may be particularly useful in
 putting  data together  for percent  volatile
 sol ids converted.

 CONSTRUCTION OF GRAPHS

 Placing columns of figures on graphs can show
 trends  in  information  that  will  never  be
 spotted  when  looking  at monthly  report
 forms.

 The following example describes a plant that
 went  through a period of high loading result-
 ing in the need for corrective action. Previous
 episodes had occurred which resulted in long
 periods without  adequate digestion and  no
 gas production. By spotting the problem early,
 the  corrections were  made and  failure was
 avoided.

 As an example of how graphs are constructed,
 the information on  Table G-4 is plotted  on
 the  graphs  shown on  Figure  G-1.  As this
 example shows,  the  operator was  able  to
 prevent  an   extended  upset  by  corrective
 action taken early, before the  VA/Alk ratio
 went beyond 0.32. This was accomplished  by
 adding 200  Ibs. (91 kg) of soda ash on 2/10,
 500   Ibs.  (227kg) on 2/12  and  600 Ibs.
 (272kg) on  2/18.

 One of the best uses of this type of a graph is
 to provide a history of what happened before,
 during and  after  a  problem was corrected.
 Future operators at the plant can refer to the
 incident and use the action  taken to prevent
 repeated upsets. The "Comments" column is
very important. When  anything unusual hap-
pens,  it should  be noted:  without notes you
won't  know what happened, why,  or what
you did to correct it.

 A blank form of this graph is also included in
 Appendix H.
                                        Table G-4
                          PLANT MONTHLY REPORT-EXAMPLE
                                                            Sludge
                                                                        Vol.
G-2


2/1
2/3
2/8
2/10
2/12
2/15
2/18
2/22
2/25
2/29
VA
mg/l
120
180
450
620
900
700
950
450
200
180
ALK
mg/l
2400
2300
2250
2200
2800
3200
3400
3700
3300
3000
Temp CO2
V/A
0.05
0.08
0.20
0.28
0.32
0.22
0.28
0.12
0.06
0.06
°F.
97
97
97
98
98
97
97
98
98
98
%
30
30
31
32
34
33
33
33
32
30
PH
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.85
6.8
6.85
6.85
6.9
6.9
7.0
Pumped
gpd
10,000
9,300
1 0,200
1 1 ,200
12,000
8,200
10,500
1 1 ,600
10,200
10,200
/Q '
Co
65
62
58
50
42
42
50
59
61
66

-------
                                                               COMMENTS
          0.8

   V.A. ALK.O-J

    RATIO o'.4
          0,3
          O.2
          O.I

         FEB.
           98
           97
           96
           95
           94
           93
           92
           9 I
           9O
           89
           88
           87
           86
    TEMP.
      COZ
%
35
34
33
32
31
3O
29
28




v





•





•«•





«





^




is




•




*•!





^




^



NO
_j





















BURNABL










































E






GAS

*•





•>





X





S





s





N





i











































 SLUDGE
 PUMPED
(GAL./DAY)
7.4
7.3
7,2
6,9'
6.6
t.5
.4
6.3
6.2
I2OOO
II ppp
IOOPCK
9000
8000
7OOO
6OOO
5OOO

M



«i






••



•>






••



»— •










•*






w



~*






^m



••






^










l»


£







^


•^









,»*










^



















^



s






a



L
1





^




/





^



/






••


/







^


^







•M


^







^H

X








••

J
^"








t~

^








^

|








^










0










^










^i










^






















































































                                                               "to*
   %v,s,
CONVERTED
            5O -
            4O
 FIGURE G-1
 DIGESTER DATA GRAPHING EXAMPLE
                                                                         G-3

-------
 SOLIDS BALANCE

 F.  J.  Ludzack  writes  in  the Operation of
 Wastewater Treatment  Plants, "What comes
 into a treatment plant must go out. This is the
 basis of the solids balance concept.  If you
 measure what comes into your plant and  can
 account for  at   least  90 percent  of this
 material leaving your plant as a solid (sludge),
 liquid (effluent),  or gas (digester gas), then
 you have  control  of your plant and  know
 what's  going  on  in the treatment processes.
 This approach provides  a good check on your
 metering  devices, sampling procedures, and
 analytical  techniques.  It  is an  eye opener
 when tried for  the first time and advanced
 operators  are urged  to calculate the solids
 balance for their plant."
The  results of the balance give the operator
an idea of what is happening in his digester. If
annual averages are  used,  the comparison
between the calculated and  actual should be
within 10-15% of each other.  If  it. is more
than this, the accuracy of flow meters and lab
results should be reviewed.

An example of the solids flow for the entire
plant is shown on  Figure G-2.  Data for an
individual  plant could be shown on a similar
drawing to give the operators visual record of
the overall operation.

Solids balance should  be calculated once a
year  with  the calculated  results compared to
the actual digester inputs and outputs.
          Settleable
          Suspended
          Dissolved
FIGURE G-2
EXAMPLE OF A SLUDGE SOLIDS BALANCE
G-4

-------
If  the information shown in Table  G-5-is
known,  a solids  balance can  be calculated.
Averages over several months, or better, over
the entire year, will give the most accurate
results.  The steps in making the calculation
are shown  on Table G-5 and a  summary of
the calculations appears on Table G-6. Figures
shown in parentheses represent the number of
the formula from pages F-1 and F-2.

                Table G-5
    INITIAL SOLIDS BALANCE DATA

                         Di-    Super-
                   Raw   gested natant Gas

Quantity, gal ./day  1,200 430      .

Total Solids

   Ibs.
                  "4.0   '6.0
                  (1)    (D
Volatile Sol ids
   Ibs.
                     70   45
                  (2)    (2)
60
(21
Ash

  Ibs.

Gas, Ibs.

Note: gal. x 3.785 = liters (I).
                   (4)    (4)     (4)
                   (5)    (5)     (5)
                                        (11)
 Using the information above, the following
 nine steps are used  to  fill  in  the missing
 information on Table G-6..

 Step 1. Calculate the pounds of total solids in
 the raw sludge.

 Step 2. Calculate the pounds of volatile solids
 in the raw sludge.

 Step 3. Calculate the pounds of ash in the raw
 sludge.

  Step 4. Calculate the  pounds of total solids in
  the digested sludge drawn out.       .  :   ...
             Step 5. Calculate the pounds of volatile solids
             in the digested,sludge drawn out..

             Step 6. Calculate the pounds of volatile solids
             converted to other forms.

             Step 7. Calculate the quantity of supernatant.

             Step 8. Calculate the pounds of solids (total,
             volatile and ash) in supernatant.           .

             Step 9. Calculate the pounds of gas produced..

             The calculations are made using the formulas
             beginning on page F-1. These are summarized
             below and the  answers. are filled in  on
            , Table G-6,  .;.;•.   , :  ,            .  :

               1. Use Formula 1    :    .
                •    1,200 x 0.04 x 8:34 = 400 Ibs. (182 kg)
2. Use Formula 2
     400 x 0.7 = 280 Ibs. (127 kg)

3. Use Formula 5
     400 - 280 = 120 Ibs. (55 kg),

4. Use Formula 1
      430  x 0.06 ,x 8.34 = 215 Ibs. (98 kg)

5. Use Formula 2                      ;
 .   .  215x0.45 = 97 Ibs. (44kg)1
                                                6. Use Formula 8

                                                         0.7 - 0.45
                                                   a.
                                                                      x 100% = 65%
                                                      0.7 - (0.7 x 0.45)
                                                   b.  280x0.65 =182 Ibs.

                                                7. Difference  between raw  in and digested
                                                  out
                                                 .= 770 gals, (2900 I)     :

                                                8. Use Formulas 2,4; and 5    :
                                                      25, 15 and 10 Ibs. (11, 7 and 4 kg)

                                                9. Use Formula 11
                                                      280-(97+ 15) = 168 (77 kg)
                                                                                     G-5

-------
                Table G-6
     FINAL SOLIDS BALANCE DATA

                          Di-    Super-
                   Raw   gested natant Gas

Quantity, gal./day   1,200  430   770

Total Solids

   Ibs.

Volatile Sol ids

   Ibs.

Ash
                     4.0   6.0
                     400  215
                      70   45
                     280   97
0.4
 25
60
15
  Ibs.

Gas
  Ibs.

Not e:
                      30   55
                     120  118
40
10
                                        168
          gal. x 3. 785 = I
          Ibs. x 0.454 = kg
The  practical  use  of  the  information  in
Table G-6  would be to compare the results
obtained in the solids balance with the aver-
age for three or four  winter months or a
period  of the year when industrial wastes may
affect digester operation.

For  example, one  plant that  received high
amounts of vegetable wastes during the sum-
mer found  that raw sludge dry solids content
reduced while total volatile solids  to the di-
gester  increased.  Gas production  increased,
but volatile reduction decreased because  de-
tention  time in  the  digester  decreased. The
plant had to install sludge thickening facilities
to solve the problem.

Table G-7 summarizes the information from
this plant.

                 Table G-7
         PLANT DATA SUMMARY

                         Di-    Super-
                  Raw  gested natant  Gas

Quantity, gal./day  2,600 930    1,670

Total Solids

    Ibs.

Volatile Solids

    Ibs.

Ash
                                                                   2.5   3.8
                                                                  542  294
                                  78   62
                                423  182
                                               0.6
                                               84
65
55
                Ibs.
                                                                  22   38
                                                                 119  112
35
29
            Gas
                Ibs.
                                                                                    186
G-6

-------
  APPENDIX H
  WORKSHEETS
                                                                   COMMENTS
            0.8

    V.A. ALK,°'«

     RATIO  el*
            O.3
            o.a
            O.I
            98
            97
            96
            98
            94

      TEMP.  J«
            9O
            89
            88
            §;
       CO,
%
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
?B
















































































NO




























BURNABL

















































i







GAS





































































































        PH
7.4
7.3
7.2
7il
7.O
6,9
618
6.7
6.6
6.5
6.4
6.3
6.2
  SLUDGE
  PUMPED
 (GAL/DAY)
12000
IIOOO
IOOOO
9OOO
8OOO
7OOO
6000
nnnn





















































































































































































































































   %v,s,
CONVERTED
             80
             70
 6O
             SO
                                     Days


-------













u.


Ul

O


O
m




I
f °
5 „ z
1$
ll,

ill
< i-
O u
\l
z
J £r
's.'s
ll
^
S
>
§ *
1-1 *
111 igg
o S <« vi i 6 §
fel? Ills
« f S S -§ o 1

•UtiUti
&efgl|l$
illl* §§£€
g| 1-s.s *.sx |
•£ 8 S S,.2-S><^ 1
illfii^ll
g i -s. i ^ i 1 1 1 i
0 t.§eo'SOQ-oiuu.
F H-ilggSgl
g 1 *l Ss | |0 | |
E§ 5 SS SS
§ »-' c\i oj rf Hi 
-------


Recirculation
CNJ
"ro
m
, Sludge withdri
CO
.— QJ
D c
udge Heating E
, Submerged bu
CO i-

. V}
,o
^

<.M.
tf
cu

O
ro
1
v^
in
fcl:
ra S
r Internal hot vv
; External hot v
"•*''ia
-1
<,• £
ludge Mixers
^Internal-fixed
w JT^J
X
E. .." :
31 •
.-Internal movir
;• Recirculation
CN CQ •
-

S2

-------






=
f-
cc
Q.
1
13
u
UJ
_L
U
?•
UJ
s
t-
H
0.























?
1 1
i !
§ s
rio/vs
mn A - An X in the Yes column sho
something or answers a question.
mn B — Indicate from engineering da
information.
033
§ a a





















II.
UJ



O



CO








&
c
(D
Is An Alternate
Available
Yes No
~ i S
o-S 51
^ o*
tg
•a g
o £
11
E S
S «*

i*
f*

Q


0
z


a
i a
"5 E "8
•S .5 c
mn C - Write in actual average data.
mn D — Compare Column C with ini
and mark an X in appropriate D col
mn E— Indicate whether plant has a
available.
mn F — Comments
aa a a










2 if 1 1 %
O o t~ ~"~ "^ O O)
S oo If S S
m O *^ Q QJ f2 O
1 e'|| |l T^-l | 11
„? * if! 11 !|ll l? fi!
p ! Sf! ISttKI II II!
§1 fill! ^PHSIIf .isi
DCS Sa.tico ffio^^accic1" S,2£o>
°-3 i£--E^ i2 = S n o — !5 °> 3 3 »2"5E
Infill! iijllllll! fill
<"o5Wr-CN COQ^Q.^-CMCO'* ID C/)*- CM
cc •£ t;
S £ 1 .
O < '-5 < m o



History of Excessive Loadings
1. Flow
2, Organic
3. Inorganic
4. Toxic
Extreme Weather Conditions
d ai
H-4

-------














-

IIV. DIGESTER CONTROL
Note: Norms! ranges and frequencies are noted.
A. Tests

• • .....-»-... 	 ,..,.,..., 	 ..-, 	 , , .. ..,,... . _., ..,,.„... ... ... .,,, ..,,..•







' . • -: ' '

• - - - '


- • ••-•-.•. - 	 - -.- • • ...-...- 	 	 ...„.„.. .,..,:-. •„ .,.-,. ,; ...

8 .S g m -.,••-"..-.
- o 1 « ' ' -- ' '''I'' .
3 ' > I I . - 5 . ...
J, ^ "S .E c  -;- _^.. _" --1,^,§§. 1 - E:
i|s* £••=•••; i-s o is ^f-isssss -- . - ?.. |; '.^. ...
!§&§«! ii|s la s?lJfs|>-l 5^1 . . .1 •
llll«i IfSS fl . il:l'5-«tl5- -1 1 1 . . . | .-
l,g|M lilies? >l3s^sisiilsi • i-| f §:. .•§ _
li-ii!^°llls- n&fal&eiiii.: . .i I • -« -E -f s .. siis:
ss =52-* s S | £. f£i T£5 NQ.^O as^Qb : •/ -5 s |  '- ^ o ' • 2 | f : | § § 3 5. .| £ ^;-
^ ^j co' -^f 'v ID CD K CD -: • 0 - :< — ^ <3 — cvi '.«.'-•
• . . - : en '"' • "Z- -- -: • . ' •-;. .
UJ . . . ; "5.
Q. < m o ; H < . m '.
' . .'. 	 ; . . . ..'..' .... ..... .'.- 	 > ..''.>.' - -.

'•









• •




C. . .Contents . ' ,
1. Thick scum layer .
i. Thick grit layer
3. Foaming
H-5

-------

-------
BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA
SHEET
1. Report No.
            EPA 430/9-76-001
                                                                                        3. Recipient's Accession No.
4. Title and Subtitle
   Operations Manual Anaerobic Sludge Digestion
                                                              5. Report Date
                                                              Feb. 1976; Preparation date
                                                                                        6.
7. Author(s)
   Chuck Zickefoose and R.B. Joe Hayes
                                                              8. Performing Organization Kept.
                                                                No.
>. Performing Organization Name and Address
   Stevens, Thompson & Runyan, Inc.
   5505 S.E. Milwaukie Ave.
   Portland, Oregon 97202
                                                              10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.
                                                              11.
                                                                 68-01-1706
12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address
   Municipal Operations Branch
   Municipal Permits and Operation Division
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
   Washington, D.C. 20460
                                                              13. Type of Report & Period
                                                                 Covered
                                                              Final Report: 10/74-2/76
                                                              14.
15. Supplementary Notes
16. Abstracts
   The subject of the operation of anaerobic digesters in municipal wastewater treatment plants is presented covering the areas of
   troubleshooting, general operation, safety, start-up of units, basic theory, sampling and laboratory testing, and other subjects
   related to day-to-day operation. The intended audience is plant operators who are operating treatment plants with anaerobic
   digesters. The format is set up to allow individuals to choose the portion of the manual of most interest and use that portion
   without the necessity of reading all the material sequentially. Information for the contents was obtained by visits to a number
   of plants, literature research and discussions with experienced digester operators.
17. Key Words and Document Analysis.   17a. Descriptors
    Anaerobic Digestion, Sludge, Waste Treatment, Methane, Anaerobic Bacteria, Toxicity, Supernatant, Volatile Solids,
    Volatile Acids.
17b. Identifiers /Open-Ended Terms
            Troubleshooting, Gadgets.
 17c. COSATI Field/Group   13
 18. Availability Statement
                         Release Unlimited
                                                19.. Security Class (This
                                                   Report)
                                                      UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                                UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                                :urity Class (This
                                               20. Security Class (This
                                                   Page
                                                      UNCLASSIFIED
21. No. of Pages
    198
22. Price
 FORM NTIS-3B (REV. 10-73)  ENDORSED BY ANSI AND UNESCO.
                                        THIS FORM MAY BE REPRODUCED      USCOMM-DC 826S-PT4

                                       .  U.  S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1981 - 777-000/1105  Reg. 8

-------

-------
SUBJECT INDEX

CAPACITY
CHEMICAL USAGE
CLEANING
CONTROL
COVERS
DATA REVIEW
FEEDING
FORMULAS
GAS
HEATING
INDICATORS
LAB TEST
LOADING
MAINTENANCE
MANPOWER
MIXING
pH CONTROL
SAFETY
SCUM
SLUDGE WITHDRAWAL
STARTUP
SUPERNATANT
TOXICITY
Parti
Trouble-
shooting
Guides




1-16 to 1-18

1-4

1-14
1-9,1-10


1-4


1-11,1-12


1-13
1-7

1-5
1-19
Part 2
Digester
Operation
2-21,2-29
2-33

2-27
2-11

2-18


2-13.2 14
2-22
2-27
2-27
2-10,2-20
2-9 to 2-1 6
2-32

2-12,2-22
2-33




2-16,2-24
2-33
PartS
Potpourri


3-15





3-30
3-14


3-14,3-25
3-34
3-13,3-25
3-2
3-26

3-6,3-19
3-31
3-29
3-11,3-27
3-32,3-35
3-21,3-26
Part 4
Basics
4-9,4-21


4-16
4-28

4-5,4-20
4=23

4-7,4-24
4-29
4-13,4-25
4-20
4-16,4-20
4-11,4-12
4-20,4-23


4-12,4-27
4-14,4-17

4-8
4-8,4-1 1

4-8

Appendix





G

F



E












-------
3
03 O
-5;
S'
C?
f
Sl o
 6^
 OS
 —• O O o
 s-'iM
,i  Si
. o  a «>

      w*
      Wg °
        -2"
        H

-------